Sie sind auf Seite 1von 307

FOR

SERIES

WOMAN'S

THE

MODERN

LANGUAGliS.

AN

ELEMENTARY

GRAMMAR

OP

GERMAN

THE

LANGUAGE:
WITH

EXEKCISES,

By

JAMES

PROFBSSOB

AND

PARADIGMS,

KOK-BBSn)BKT

CONVERSATIONS,

KEADINGS,

OP

H.
MODERN

VOCABULARY.

WORMAN,
HISTORY

AOT)

A.M.,
LAITGUAQE

nnVBBSITT.

A.

S.

"

BARNES
NEW

YORK

AND

COMPANY,
CHICAGO

AT

LAVTSBKCB

IN MEMORfAM

WOR

MAN'S

"M^O iJfeiM

SERIES

OE

First German
Schools

Second

An

Book,

intended

Pestalozzian

69

German

Elementary

i2mo.

Grammar.

300

Complete German

of

Manual

practicein
words

easy

i2mo.

Reader,
Reader,

introduction

the

to

591 pages.

intended

for

Introduction

or

and

German

Conversation

beginners in German,

and

French

isr

Home

Book,

the

on

"

Echo."

Berliner

For
of

n.
or

plan as

same

Literature,
and Campbell,

Berlin,with Vocabulary

in

after the Natural


Instruction.

Book,

French

Schools

i^

to German
of Worman

525 pages.

the

"

the language as spoken


idioms.
203 pages.

Second

preceding work.

145 pages.

CollegiateGerman

First

the

pages.

Grammar.

Elementary German

An

with references
the German
Grammars
to
and an adequate Dictionary. i2mo.

for

pages.

follow

to

Method,

84 pages.

i2mo.

the Natural or
Instruction.
i2mo,

Home

language.
A

I?, li/CA^liT

Book, after
and

German

i2mo.

An

LANGUAGES.

"

Pestalozzian

Method,

the German.

for

(In prepara,

tion.)
An

French

Elementary
German

Complete French
Grammar.

German
An

Elementary
as

the German

Manual
of the

"

Grammar,

Grammar.

Grammar,

on

the

plan

same

as

the

mentary
Ele-

(In preparation.)
on

the

plan

same

as

the

Complete

(In preparation.)

and
CollegiateFrench Reader,
Readers.
(In preparation.)

of French
Conversation"
Berliner Echo."
212
pages.

Copyright i868,by
y

A.

the

S, Bartus

"

Echo

"* Co.

on

de

the

same

Paris."

plan
Plan

TO

Rev.

McCLINTOCK,

JOHN

THIS

IS

MOST

THE

LITTLE

AFFECTIONATELY

D.D.,

VOLUME

INSCRIBED

By

986720

LL.D.,

The

AuthoBc

TO

PREFACE

This
of

little

the

latter

intended

are

advances,
It is

the

little

book

practical
The

lay

articles

etc.,
different

of

for

tasks

with

etymology

which

ease,

knowledge

and

followed

all of

of

thoroughly

of

are

oral

German,

Lessons,

his

who

one

knowledge

adopted

all

through
of

the

each

in

cases

they

few

and

he

as

German,
this

masters

for

syntax

one

so

that

and

language
has

works,

both

in

been

numbers,
the

number,
the

learner

undergo,

thus

make

the

Thus

the

tives,
substanthe

through
at

see

may

learn

may

ments,
frag-

altogether

the

verbs

hours

save

time

same

the

given completely.

of

study

severally

the

at

is

of

minutes,

and

vexation,

the

tense

which

elementary

introduced,
all

of

etymology

in

form

through

given

them

the

presenting

changes

infinite

Reading

systematic

any

sufficient

new

persons

various

for

that

of

tors
instruc-

Grammar

Exercises
in

accomplish

to

German

Conversations

continual

otlier

purposes.

Each
are

pupil

of

form

tion
investiga-

constant

of

wants

present

class-room,

of

the

to

its

observation

series

series

foundation

generally

so

by

opinion

gain

method

discarded.

the

the

author's
will

work

enable

to

and

the

of

part

the

by

accompanied

translation,

written

by

in

which

principles

leading

illustrated

and

the

in

and

learner,

The

and

stated

concisely

revised,

daily experience

suggested.

have

special regard

additions

and

of the

wants

with

carefully

been

language,

of the

study

has

EDITION.

TENTH

prepared

was

corrections

many
the

of

all

It

beginners.

contains

in

volume

THE

the

once

and

of labor,

as

progress

prehend
com-

well

as

and

easy

natural.
The

difficulties

method

of
with

practical

is taken

side

also

pronunciation
into

the

lessons

each,

thus

from

the

very

hour

useful

for

reference,

exercises

by

introductory

greatly

are

under

side

the

diminished
rules

of

by

tion
pronuncia-

theory

causing
the

study

and

to

the

of the

and

tice
prac-

language

up.

To

make

thos3

who

there

weaving

proceed

to

of

is

inflection

the

book

can

also

tolerate

nothing

synopsis

of German

of words

is treated

short

Grammar

briefly,

of

yet

the

strictly systematic

added,
but

meet

as

with

Part

course,

III, in which

completeness.

of

wants

the

Vi

PREFACE.

It

hoped

is

reflexive
of

verbs,

the

and

man,

German

in

in

in

not

and

intransitive
with

English
and

of

the

of

of

the

verbs,

especially

latter,

of

and

separable

will

vocabulary,

yeihi

the

also

Qer'

in

jcin

and

prepositions,

the

oi*

inseparabli*

with

conjugated

the

English-German

of

the

verbs

have,

to

lists

English,
neuter

and

nouns

alphabetical

tiie

and

German-English
the

classification

and

verbs,

irregular

the

the

that

extensive

be

aid

an

to

learner.
To

those

who

the

author

which

desire

prepared

Vocabulary.

To

the

the

Reader
the

referring

of

his

to

such

to

this

to

persons

desire

as

and

Grammar

I.

after

of

course,

the

plan
also

selections

Jungfrau

and

and

dictionary

those

to

shorter

Schiller's

adequate

an

carefully

Otto),

by

contains

II.

Part

and

grammars

own

Part

advanced

more

mar,
gramReadel

and

(adopted

with

complete),

German

which

classics,

German

Grammar,

Conversation-Grammar

(of

this

accompany

Elementary

own

complete

German

Iphigenie,

Reader

References

progressive

modern

Goethe's

and

prepared

strictly

from

his

English

Gaspey's

of

recommends

wants

has

author

Elementary

Notes

contains

supply

an

Woodbury,

notes

Otto,

and

Campbell.
The

Dr.

Rev,

his

the

Baur,
*'

H.

obligation
of

Evening

suggestions

in

Ann

the
to

and

Post,"

during

McCord,

(Mich.)

Arbor

the

to

Union

of

the

late

He

Washington
School,

University,

May,

1873.

desires

Charlton

Sjoberg,

also

T.

for

their

to

to

press
ex-

Prof.

Lewis,
frequent

book.

H.

much

for

Seminary,

to

Jambs

Lawrence

scholar.

eminent

College,

work.

Hermann

Prof.

revision

the
of

the

to

Dickinson

of
of

preparation
Prof,

due

are

President

Johnson,

M.

advice

valuable

E.

acknowledgments

author's

Wobman.

of

00]S"TEKTS,

Pape

Letters

of

Writing

Alphabet

the

11

Alphabet

12

PART

I.

ELEMENTARY
LesRon

EXERCISES.

Pronunciation

I.

"

of

the

simple

Present
IL

**
"

the

of

**
"

of

singular
double

after
IIL

vowels.

subject

the

and

!^a b

vowels.

modified

the

of

neuter

13

e tt

Adjectives
of

Object

vowels.

Plural

of

and

before
verb

the

Accusative

nouns.

article.

definite

The

the

15

feminine

of

of

present

^abcn
IV.

*"
"

of

16

and

Determinative
V.

**
"

of

58f X)" 3) and

article.

possessive adjectives
participle

Past

Accusative

tenses.

VI."

2.

indefinite

The

diphthongs.

the

of

no

in

compound
of

Present

ims.

17
"

fe in

19

ofSand^

20

VII."

"

ofSandB

21

VIII."

"

of

"

",

^ and

tive

adjectives.

neuter

IX.

of

2" and

"*

of

%, 2, 3K, 9?, 3e, D

er,

XII.

"

"
"

of

the

of

d,

en,

Singular
el"

cr

Plural

SB.

and

XL"

in

nouns

**
"

X."

Determinative

3.

of
and

neuter

d)en and

and

and
of

intetTogaand

masculine

22

en

possessive adjectives.
fR,

nouns

Declension
not

ending

of

culine
mas-

in

c,

Icin

cl,
26

e^
ng,

21

28

IT and

p.

Singular

of

feminine

nouns

29

CONTENTS.

Vlll

Page

lesson

XIII.

PronuDciation

"

XIV."

"

XVI.

On

"

XVII.^

9^^and 3)f. Declension

of

ed), fp and

"

36

41

words

42

Comparativedegreeof adjectives

"

XXII.

33

34

Compound

**
"

XXL

)1

Monosyllables
Prefixes, 37
Accessory syllables.
Suffixes.. 39
and suffixes
40
Examples with prefixes

"

XX.

Derivatives.

"
"

"

XIX.

31

names..

Simple words.

the accent.

XVIIL"

of proper

of3:t)and^

"

XV."

of

Male

"

XXIII.

"

XXIV.

"

XXV.

"

XXVI."
XXVII.

"

"

XXIX.

"

XXX.

"

XXXI.

"

XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.

"

49
51

the definite article

adjectives,
precededby
of
superlative adjectives:Attributive form. The
three degrees
Declension of adjectives,
precededby the indefinite article
7b i)o. Regular verbs, presenttense
: he English
auxiliary,
verbs: 5Wii [fen, fonnen
The auxiliary
and mbgen
Declension

of

"

"

in the

Declension

"

Plural

of

Swollen,

genitiveaud

of masculine

XXXVIII.

of

"

"

XXXIX.

of

"

masculine

"

XLL"

nouns

Plural
cn,

XLIV.

"

XLV.

"

XLVL

fc
an

e, cr,

ct and

11.
"

68

e n

TO
11
article.

an

Future

of
73

t n

irregular
plural

75

"

"

"

77

"

"

"

"

"

79

and

Adjectivesand

neuter

ia el, cr,

ending

nouns

kin

80

Irregularpluralof masculine

XLVIIL"

"

XLIX.

of the

endingin

nouns

used
participles

an

L.

"

tenses
"

Declension

"

of

61

"

d)en and

Compound

59

en.

as

er,

el,ar and

or

substantives

and adjectives.
interrogative
pronouns
of the auxiliary
verb 1^a b c n
"

"

"

"

fcin

85
87
89

adjectives
preceding substantives

without

article

Fiist conditional

82
84

XLV

57

"

of masculine

Declension

"

and

55

66

nouns

with

Mascuhne
"

e n

nouns

Neuter

XLIL"
XLIII.

Feminine

54

63

in c
endiii;^
not
ending ia

monosyllabicneuter nouns
adjectives,
preceded by
:^a

XL.

52

64

nouns

Imperfectof f)a
"

biirfen....

follen and

dative

sense
partitive

of feminine

"

XXXVIL"

47

The

Nouns

"

46
.

of fetn

with
Prepositions

"

form

possessive
pronouns

"

XXXII."
XXXIII.

The

female

Imperfect tense

XXVIII.

44

appellations
of adjectives
The superlative
: Predicative
Adjectivesaud the prefixu n
and

90

of the auxiliaries

I;
a

C n

and

in

92

ix

CONTENTa.

PART
ON"

EXERCISES

THE

VERB

11.
AND

OTHER

PARTS

OF

THE

ETYMOLOGY.
Lesson

Page

LI."

LII.

cardinal

"

The

ordinal numbers.

"

"

LVI

II.
"

The

"

LX.

"

"

LXII.

"

LXIV.

months

101
103

pronouns

105

The

modes

two

of

address

107
110

Prepositionsgoverning the accusative.


and

irregular

112

and

places

"

Fifth

conjugation(Imperfectwith
Lesson

fletnc

!Die

116

a)

118

!Karic
with
past participle

conjugation
(Imperfectand
conjugation(Radicalvowel

121
t

ie) 122

or

with
past participle

0).

[or ie],Imperfectwith

LXVI.
LXVII.

"

"

"

" rieci^cnlanb
Reading Lesson : Xprannci.
Separableverbs
Inseparableverbs
verbs
Separableand inseparable
Reading Lesson: SeifpicI "on Stlt^altfam f ett
Prepositionsgoverning both the dative and accusative.
contracted
Prepositions

Reading Lesson
LXIX.

"

Neuter

and

On

"

On

the

LXXIIT."

"

Verbs

Lesson:

Lesson

Reflexive

verbs

Reading
LXXIV

unbbicDuclle

DerSBanbcrer

X)er

Sanbmann

alte

Lesson

139

139

144

148

2) i e f(^0

flc

"

^r

i flin

gcfl0 ^lenc 9) f c

2)

"incroberber^nbere

152
162

rb

155
156

verbs

"Impersonal
Reading Lesson

137

148

passivevoice

Reading

135

142

conjunctions
in the

132

145

Reading Lesson
LXXIL

131

141

the adverbs

Reading
LXXI.

the definite article

intransitive verbs

Reading Lesson
LXX."

with

STnbenSJIonb

12'^

128

....

LXVIII.

[orii].)
LXV."

114
115

(Radical vowel
conjugation

and
Tliird conjugation(Imperfect

"

diminutives

ancient verbs

or

Second

The

letn

of countries

Names
The

Fourth

11.

days and

Bit

Reading
LXI

of

indefinite pronouns

The

First
LXI.

95
99

Names

personal pronouns.

d)en
LTX.

active verbs

relative pronouns

and
"

modern

numbers

^The demonstrative

The

"

LVII.

regularor

The

LI V.
LV.

the

"

LIII.

LVI.

of
Conjugation

."

5lp^oridmen

159

160
163

CONTENTS.

PART

SYNOPSIS

OF

III.

GERMAN

GRAMMAR.
Page.

of

Parts
The

Cases

Speech.

Article

Definite

of the

Declension

in German

and

165

Indefinite

Common

16.5-166

Nouns.

Declensions

1., XL, III. and

IV

166-171

Proper Nouns

of the

Declension

173

The

Adjective

The

Numerals

Cardinal, Ordinal

The

Pronouns

Personal, Possessive, Demonstrative,

175

Correlative, Interrogativeand
Verbs

The

Auxiliary

The

Regular Verbs
Irregular Verbs

The
"

Indefinite

178-181
Relative

Indefinite

and
183-195

^ben, feinand mxtm


(activeand passive voice)

"

Auxiliary

and

198
204

211
of mode

219

The

Compound

Verbs

Separable

227

"

"

"

Inseparable

229

"

"

Separable and Inseparable

280

"

The

and

Neuter

Intransitive

Verbs

280

Verbs

283

The

Reflexive

The

Imporsonal Verts

234

The

Adverbs

23G

The

Conjunctions

238

Number

of

241

j^ouns, Gender

of.

243

Nouns,

"Jonstruction
List of
List of

compound verbs which are


verbs conjugated with fe i n

List of verbs
List of

251

reflexive

in German

both

soparabJe

in German

but

in

not

and

and

inseparable

to have

in

259
.

English

260
263

English

263

Prepositions

PAPiT

IV.

VOCABULARY.
German

and

English Vocabulary

English

and

German

National
Addenda

264
283

Vocabulary

appellations,proper
to Vocabulary

nouns

and

adjectives

295
.

296

letters

(Die 33ucf)(laOen.
following twenty-six

of the

consists

Wherever
German

before

Alphabet

German

The

LETTERS.

GERMAN

THE

the
/and

consonants,
these

:|:
ij is used

two

name

/are
and
letters

at the end

is not
alike

in

/ before
from

given, it is
print

in
the

English.
fact

vowels, will enable

each

of w^ords

; but

as

that

the

is

student

only used
guish
to distin-

other.

whether

standing alone

or

compounded.

WRITING

GERMAN
b,

a,

n,

o,

d,

c,

p,

-^y

t,

^y

y^

c"!i,

sr5,

sch,

Gz,

r -^

E,

P,

M,

N,

O,

m:

^.

^:

T,

U,

This

aucoud

y,

x,

w,

m,

z.

^^ J^^jt'

^^^

ia

th,

only

used

i:,

G,

/ f

W,

T,

st,

tz.

LETTE.15.

v,

sp,

=4^^
L,

K,

D,

C,

B,

u,

j, \i, 1,

CONSONANTS.

CAPITAL

A,

i,

-^y-^y ^"^y

COMPOUND

eh,

h,

g,

r-,

r,

q,

"^yf. ^^

'T/

f,

c,

ALPHABET.

P,

/f /.
X,

at

Q,

tlio end

Y,

ol words.

I,

J,

^/.
R,

^
Z.

",

I.

I^A.FtT

I.

LESSON

of the

Pronunciation
%, a
{",,
t
%,

is

pronounced
is pronounced
followed
by r

like

like

by

is considered
When

the

at

1,

,^

Simple Vowels.

,^

'"

,^

"'
"

'"

"

in

in

father.
in they,or
cherry.

two

consonants

like

followed

wlien

^cHiotx

y^

ey

short,

end

of

so

word,

in

or

nant,
conso-

vowels.

all other

also

are

double

or

when

fate, but

in

unaccented

an

it is very short, like e in battery.


syllable,
3, t is generallypronounced like i in give.
like ie in field.
3, i when followed by e is sounded
followed
by
0,0 generally like o in siojie, but when
it is short, like omoff.
consonants
U, U is pronounced like oo in school or fool.
only in foreign words, is pronounced
^, ^ which occurs

two

like

i in pm.

Obs.

I.

"

In

German

every

begins with

substantive

capital

letter.

Obs. II.

"

Many of the relations of objects,which


English be expressed by prepositions,are
in German
by a change cf the ending of
and

the

article which

German
both

accomj

by
distinguished
singular and plural.

in the

Declension
Singular.

in

denoted
the

There

anies it.

four cases,

would

their

noun
are

in

endings

of the Definite Article.


Plural.
ders.

The
bicfer,
pronouns
this, "cla)cr,which, jebeiv
jencr,that, take the
every,

endings

same

ending
C

The
bicfie).

of the

ending a0 changes

to

e,

thus

alouo
t^t

u,

of

the

itselided, and

is used,

^i"\t^"^

bicfe(not
bicfae).

14
l:er Tlam, tlie

AFvlIGLE.

DEFINITE

THE

Zit ^a^e, the cat

man

pen
t
he
tie 33irne,
pear

the s^ovo (oven)


t"erfcf'en,

'icr

the rose
Dlofe,
the mother
tie SJ^utter,

tie

the dog
^unt)*,

ter

the
^^ei^er,

tic

father
53ater',tlie

ler

Sn.:t3r/ttebrother

lai SBaffer',
the

water

tie

ta^

the
9Jleffer,

knife

unt, and

ta^

^int\ the child

ta5

^xol\the

Slume,

the flower

[yah]yes
i(i\
'

nein,no

bread

t)vift
tu,

thou?

hast

?
tias ho (she,it)
l)ater (fi^'z
^^),

Exercise

Reading

Xer 'l^aterunt

ttr ^antt ^at tie 53Iume.

I?

have
ipabeid),

3(^"l)ah,I have
tu ^jl. thou hast
er (fte,
it)has
ti)^at,ho (she,

I.
tie S!}Zutter.^ctt tai3

"ie
^at tie 33irui\
^at^e? Xie 5)Zutter l)attie Slume.
tu tao ^Baffer?3"^ ^^^^tie Siofe. ler
3c^ ^abetie Seter. S)CL\t
Sr l)at
Du ^aft
tie 53lume,
tai? 33rot. Tcr
ta^ ^X'Zejfer.
^rurer l)at
tie

^int

l)atter 5)?ann? 3encr9)iami


l^.U tie ^at3e, 2CeId)c
^a^e ^ot fte? ^at ter 33ruter ten Dfcn?
^rot.
'^int ^at ta3 33rot unt tu l)a|'t
ra^
3cnt'"^
3fter "^Qtann l)at
5}lum^t

tai5

SGditen

53rot"

^unt

SBaffer.
Theme
I have
The

the

child has

the knife.
Has

the

man

the pen
the child ?

thou

the

she

is

(^has

"

Pronounce

"

b at the end of

et

no

The

flower.

has
flower

word

in
;

like t.

She

has

has

the

cat.

the knife.

Has

the

English. See

j like

y in yea.

rose.

No, he

and

This must

has the j)ear.

He

the knife.

the pen and


has she ?

ai in aisle.

correspondiugsound
i) like /; XO like v

rose

the bread

man

Which

the

has

She

pronouncedlike

Si,

the

bread, it has also (aud))the


?

'

hast

the brother

Has

rose

Thou

cat.

I.

not

be mistaken

Lesson

XI, p.

28.

Hasi

for i".

THE

15

VGWELG.

DOUBLIJ

2cmon

11.

LESSON

2*

Pronunciation of the Double Vowels.


^%

an

(^M,

ec

00,
Obs.

00

longerthan
longer than
longer than

somewhat
somewhat
somewhat

are
Adjectives,

I.

"

remain

Ob3. II.

"

The

the
the

unchanged.
object of the

simple a (ain father).


simple c {ey in they)*
simple o (oin stone).

stantive,
they precede a subplaced aftersubstantives they
when

declined
when

but

the

is

verb

in

put

the

accusative

case.

"ecr,the
the
ta^ ?0^eer,
the
fca^ ?iHoo^,
i% is
gut,good
white
njei^,

Xa^

X;a^ ^aar, ths hair


the
t)er3lal,

eel

^affce,the
tie @eelc,the

coffee

tcr

soal

ter 21ar, the

eagle
the pilot
terSootfe,

Reading Exercise
tai

ypaariflgut. 3d) ^abeten 2lal unt

army
sea

(ocean)

moss

II.

ten

5lar.

I^er 5Batcr^at

Der Sootfe:^attie ^^eter.


^affee. "Zn Wlann ^at tie S^lofe.
tief{deep). Tn ^aftcine (a)(Seele. T)a^ ^eer ifl
ftein
TiViJ"iB^eer
ift
!Eif 3flofe
ten ^unt?
{small), ^afttu tie "djeere? ^at ter Sootfe

ten

wcig.
ift

Xer

^affeeift
gut. 3ftter
Theme

The
and

has

man

the pear.
Except:

ihairiih and

the

II.

pilotis good.

The

the child the bread?

Has

Sc^eere

lair.

coffee.

2lal gut?

and leer
scissors,

The

rose

Yes, the child has

empty, which

are

prouounced

16

VOWELS.

MODIFIED

the bread

and

the flower.

is

ocean

The

Is

stove ?

the knife.
brother

has

the hair white ?

deep.
(tief)

thou

Hast

have

the

mother

cousin

the

The
the pen.
Is the cat white?

has

soul.
(eine)

2cttwn

in.

LESSON

the

Has

dog.

The

No, I have

the water?

3.

Modified Vowels.

Stc,%, d nearlylike ai in fair,


Oc, O, i)nearlylike ea in heard,
lie,11^ii (= French
u) has no equivalentin English.
Ob3.

I.

The

Obs. ii.

The

"

"

vowels

a, 0, tt, when

followed

by c, are said
to be modified.
Formerly the e was placed above
these letters,but it is now
generallyreplaced by
dots.
i
t
is
With
two
capitals
placedafterthe letter.
accusative

in the

feminine

and

neuter

is like

the nominative.

X)er ^x\t, the cheese

T)Xi D:I, the oil

the cold
t"ie^dlte,

the bridge
33rucfc,
ta^ Uebel,the evil
small
flein,

ta3

tie

the girl(maiden)
'^J^dDc^en,

the collier
^i3l)ler,
the pit,cavern
tie ipb^Ie,
ber

JCnr^akn, we

have

tief,
deep
have we?
ipabentuir,

)ISie",y-^- ISriie,
have

pe ^a6en,they have

aben pe, have they?


I)

Reading Exercise
"^tv ^dfetp gut

you?

III.

SBir ^oBenSBaiJer.tai ^dtct)enUt tag DeU

"S^cr^bl)ler
ten ^affee, 3fttie 53rii(fe
t)at
tftftetn,
gut? Xtc ipo()Ie
toix^akn
^at pe tie Sc^eere?9lein,

tie "c^eere.^al't
i^rten

^dfe?

18

AND

DEMONSTRATIVE

POSSESSIVE

PRONOUNS.

Demonstrative Pronouns,
this
Diefed
(neut.),

(fern.),
tiefe

ticfer
(masc),

Reading Exercise

lY.

SO^eitt
5Sater:^at
nn

fyavn, Xiefei5rau ^ateine ^a^e, I)er ^aifer


^ann
^atmeitt ?!}Zej[er.
^^diein
Xiefe"aife l)atein (Ei. 1:iefer
53eitt" ^tx "arten (garden)
?^en^
^at*3dume, 'Eiefe
ipdufer
^af^en
fter(it'mcZoiys),
^^eute Mt
id)ten ^JJ^ann(^efe^en
{seen)J^"ein
^"atertjl
^inb ^at eine SfJ^ntter.'Z\t\t
^ier{here).Xiefe*?
^a^e ^at
eine ?S)iaua(mowse).T)er Dfen

tu eine "eele?
Xeine
ipaft
ij^Jolt.
9)Zutter
!ran! {dcTc)."ein i^unt)
tu beine
iflalt {old), ipajl
ift
nteitte^a^e un^ feinen
iputtt*
i(%^^fcc
^a^e ? 3"i,

Theme

Thy

father

house.

The

has

houses

orphan has a cat.


This boy has an Qgg
have

This

houses.

The
pen.
Is this man

ocean

old ?

have
This

Notice

This emperor
has a garden and a
windows.
Thy dog is true. This
tree.

Thy

trees

and

the

houses.

pear. Our brother and her cousin


that eagle. Thy mother
eel and
has a
and

The
(breit).
that
No, but (aber)

is wide

positionof
(p.19, I.)
participle
*

the

dog.

IV.

the adverb

emperor
woman

of time

has

an

army.
is very old.

(p. 146, IV.),and of the

PRONUNCIATION

OF

", V, T AND

V.

LESSON

19

P.

2t^tivii

5"

English,but at the end of a word hke p.


2),b, as in English,but at the end of a word like t.
Z, i, just as in English,except in words
ending in iim
^, b, as

in

which

are

(i.e. Hon
English.

like tS

^, ^,
Obs. I.

as

"

in
In

from

derived

compound

Latin, the t is pronounced

the

tsijone).

the

tenses

is placed
past participle

last.
Cbs. II.

"

All

nouns

form

their accusative

(forexceptionssee

p.

like tho nominative

167, 8).

Tcr 33aa,the ball

Xcr

the evening
5lbcnt,

the pear
53inte,
tad "rab, the grave
Icr Xiencr,the servant
tai? Torf, the village
death
tcr %\iX",

taS

^int, the child

tic

tie

2;onnc,the

tic

the
Scftion,

tic

portion,the portion

^rcu^c,the
seen
(jcfcfecn,

tcr

gro^,large,great

barrel
lesson

Prussian

IV ir

3ct)Mn, I am
thou arb
tu bifi,
it is
cr ijXhe or
she (it)
12
ftc(ii)ifl,

fint,we are
ibr fcit, )
"ic fIn^ f y^^^
fic[tnt,they are

'

Reading

Exercise

^^^

Y.

33aa t|l
tu cine ^nrnc ? 9?citt,
S3at(ijl
gro5,iiicin
(]ut. .^afl
lib tjabetcinc Slofc. Sijltu cin ^int? 9iein,
icb Mn cin ^axm.

^rt

Xicfcd^int bat cincn ^unt*

1^'orf
i[tgro"nut tic 3:onnc ijlHcin.
5lbcnt ift
fcbrangcnebm

"rab gcfeben?'Ead
ticfcd
2^cr 3:ot. "icfcr^aifcr, T;cr

ipabcn"ie

tu cin ^rcu"c? 2Qir l)abcn


(pJeasant)^53ift
tic Scftion pckrnt (Jcarncd),'I^ie53dumc Mbcn flatter {leaven),
"ar;?
Tk ^LMiitkrfintc^xm {green), Xcr ^atfer
^t ipdufcr.
"Eicfcr

ten

l)atcincn 33aum.

2.0

PKONDNCIATION

OF

Theme
Are yoTi

No, I

S.

AND

V.
child.

We

good and you


ball good?
Is your
this child thy pear?
small.
Has
are
* the
This village
is very large. I have seen
Emperor to-day.
This
Are you
a Prussian?
evening is very (fe^r)
pleasant.
*
The
The
this lesson.
portion is good. We have learned
barrel is small.
This grave is large. The man
has a house
and a garden. This child has thy egg and my pear.
a

man

before

c before
^(J,,

^,

as

in

o, C, i

or

sounds

and

English,but

6.

like ts.

before

it is

never

sounds

consonants
before

mute

like f,

n.

^, t

2)er Samerab, the comrade


the
CiantiCat,

are

^cfttPtt

tt,0, U, au

e.
ter

VI.

LESSON

^,

am

the comb

S^er ^amm,

candidate

ba^

^reu^,the
the

Sapede, the chapel


tie Sitrone,the citron

ter

^abe,

ta5

^nie, the

Caesar
(Eafar,

ter

tie

Reading

cross

boy
knee

the king
^onig,t

VI.

Exercise

%ran, 'Lev Sflmerat ifiin ter Sapellc. Xer ("an^


icb ^abe tad
titat ^at je^tt
?^eitt,
(ten)^aufer. ^afttu ten ^amm?
{has healed).
^reitj.I)er kmh iftgro^. 'Bad ^nie iftge^eilt
2Car (was) Safarein ^onig? ^tin,(Eafar
njar ein ^aifer. S3ir fint
"La^ ^irtt ter

Sitrone ift
fauer(sour)
3d) ^abe einen ^unt. 1;u Biftein ^nabe.

franf

(sick)
.

Tk

3}Zein35ater^atten
*

This

i has

^int ^attie ^a^e.

2:ie

Sapelleiflgro""

^oniggefe^en,

is placed at
participle

f (?)after

Xad

the sound

the end

of c^. See

of the sentence.
Less. VIII.

See

Observ.

OF

PRONUNCIATION

boy

has

candidate

The
has

Theme

YI.

chapel,and

the

Thou

comb.

hast

?
emperor
father is old (alt),
thy cousin

Caesar

Was

We

have

an

king,

have

you

AND

king has
We

citron.

is

large,and

an

emperor.

The

cross.

sick

are

father has

My

21

Z.

(franf).

comrade.

my mother
The
cross

His
is

good.

of

the

ohapel.
Conversation.
SiMuetrt^nak?
^aftIn

ten

id)lin ein ^JJatc^cn.


5^ein,
3a, id)^abe ten ,^amm unt tai
^reuj.
3a, mein -^ater ^at i^mi {two)

^amm?

33atcr ein ipaud?


^at fceitt

ipiiufer.
^at He 'Mutttv einert^unt)?

3ftter

'Mann

ein ("ant)icat
?

LESSON

@, f

is
in

3,

tic ^a^e"
5^ein,meine 5J?utter"^at
ter Santitat tcr ("a):elle"
3a, er ifl

vn.

pronounced

I^eftion
softer than

in

Enghsh,

7.

almost

like

zone.

J is pronounced like ts.

s
!Die 3at)Ithe

Der

"uppe, the soup


^afe,the hare

ter

3"^^^,the

ter

the blessing
(Begen,

ta^

3^^t,the

ter

the
33efen,

ter

ter

"efang,the

^rinj,the prince
the Frenchman
^ranjofe,

Die

oter, or

broom
song

ter

tooth
tent

jmei,two

Reading Exercise
!Der^nalt

number,

^atten 8efen. Da^ ^int

je^n,ten

VII.

ter

^xan.

"Lex fxin W

3elt. Der ^anjofe^at einen Jpunt. ^afttu einen 3"i^"^ Dff


53e(en
ijl
^at fte(Suppe?
quU I)er "efangter 3Soget
(o/'^/ie
6ir"?s).
ein

22

PRONUNCIATION

OF

G, II ANi)

tu
je^n
l)aft
Jlaffee,3^) i)^^^P"^^53ei'en,
tiitronen{Plur.). Sir finC)
llcin. Sr l)atDen XpuuC
ru Inft
grojj,
unt He jla^e, Xer ^oni^ ifi
eiit^Preu^e.
ein t^ran^ofe.
Ttx ^rinjift
tu ein granjofe?^'Zcin,
23ift
i[t"ydt,
ic^bin ein ^reuj^e.Siefer33ci'cn
fA'Cx{here)ftn^jweii5ran30)'en
{Plur.).

3a, pe ^at"uppe

unD

YII.

Theme
Are
man.

Prussian

you
The

broom

of the birds.
small

is

have

thou

soup
Have

you are large.


The tent is small.
and

Frenchmen,

you
of the French.

emperor

Have

you

brooms

you

The

Prussian.

He

is here.

coffee.

servants.

two

This

We

is

song
are

Is the number

is easy
Where

lesson

The

brooms.

tooth ?

king has

are

Tlie emperor

No, I have

The

pear.

large. Two

and

Hast

citron

Frencliman

good

and

large?
are

or

man

We

We
(Ieid)t),
(mo) is the
is a i)rince.

Conversation.
^at

ter

ein ^aui^
^^rinj

S;".\t
"cai Slim
tn
SBijl

ein

einen

3"i^"?

%xan]oic^

GinC @ie ein Santibat ?

^abt i^r"uppe ?

3(1ter Sefen gut?


^nabe einc Gitronc?
^at tiefer

3iitag 3f^tter granjofen


gro^?
?
^abti^reinen 'Sogel
gefe^en

LESSON

Vin.

Xer

^rinjM

j\n?ei
^aufer*
einen 3^^)"*
3^; t*^^ ^int ^fit
^dn, i"ibin ein ^reu^c.
icb bin ein ^der
^^^cin,
{painter)
S"ir ^aben (5uppeunt ^ajfce.
2er Sefenift
febrgut.
^Zein,er \)ateinc 53irnc.
Xa5 3^^^^^^ B^^anjofen
iftflein.
t^ii^
gefel)en.
^aben einen So"}cI
3ii/
r

2cttwn

", 9 is pronounced hard, like g in garden.


(3,g when preceded by t is soft (i.e. it sounds
(y,!^at the beginning and middle of words, as

S.

like

trf)).

in hand.

Q^ f^before a consonant and at the end of a word is mute,


but lengthensthe vowel of the precedingsyllable.
3, j (yot)correspondsto the Englishy in yea.

The

Obs. I.
"

the

and
bicfcr(this),
jcncr(that),
iucli^CV
(which),are deinterrogative
pronoun
the definite article in Lesson

Uke

I.

ending in c(,Ct and en


genitivesingular.(SeeDecl. I.,p. 166.)

and

MascuHne

"

23

ER.

AND

demonstrative

cUned
Obs. n.

EL, EN

IN

N0UN3

add S in the

neuter

nouns

Declension
OF

THE

SINGULAR

OF

MASCULINE

in

The

collar

The

cl,en

Gen.

ilragcuj
tern .^ragcn
ben ^ragcu

te5

^iener^

tern

Xiener

Xer

the
33crg,

SUBSTANTIVES

cr.

Xer

Xcr l:iener

Ace.

and

The

I:cr ^ragen

Dat

NEUTER

servant

Norn.

te5

AND

ten i:iener

bird

The

33ogel
te^ 3Sogel;i
tern 5SogeI
ten 33ogel

tai

water

SCajJer
tes 2Ba|Jer0
tern Staffer
ta^ SBaffer

!i:er^elr,the hero

mountain

tie

03abel,the fork

ter

iput,the hat

ter

the
tie .^b^e,

tcr

Rm\\^,the king
^ragcn,the collar

ter

3"te, the

Jew

^abn, the cock


tie Whx, the watch

tag

3a|r,the

year

tcr

hight

ter

the
(3ot)n,

son

lang,long

gebenSie, give

inir,mo

war,

Reading

was

Exercise

VIII.

I^ieU^r te^ ^iJUcret,


I^ie"abel teg Xieneri?. Xer iputte"j ^iBatcr^J.

^i3l)le
ifttier {deep). "eben @ie mir einen ^ragen. I^iefer
ipelDl)atjeneU^r. 3c^ ^iibfK^ten %rg gefeben.Xer "Bo%n Hi
%k

?
5Sater"3*Xer 3:ot te5 ^aifer^
? ^Belcber
3ute ^atten ^onig gefeben

Xtefer3wte. Xer ^alm t)at


gefrdtjt
{crowed), Xas 3al)riftlang.
Xcr Gantitat

? Xte
S3el(be SapeCle
(iapeUebat einen Xiener.
Ubr. SDelcbeUbr ^atter
GapeUe teiJ ^aiferg. "eben "ie mir tiefe
gut,
^eft? Sr bat tie Ubr te^ ^aiferg. Xer "ol)n tes '^Baterg{[I
ter (5o:^rt
teg ^bntgg.*
3ener ^elD ift
ter

See Lesson

X., Obs.

24

PRONUNCIATION

OF

W.

AND

VIII.

Theme

The watch of this servant


you the hat of my father ?
is good. Is this pit (cavern)deep ?
The fork of this king.

Have

has the watch


of this colHer ?
emperor
of this chapela hat ?
Has the candidate

Which

long ?
the king. Which
Which
king has
emperor
Which

son

king ?

This

the

seen

and

the

king.

The

cock

child has

emperor?

This

is the

Where
has

mother

son

Jew

Is this
The

year
death of

and

has

father.

seen

the

of this father ?

crowed.

Conversation.
^aflIn

ben

3c^ fcabe ben !I^ienerfce^ ^ijnig^

^oniggefe^en?#

gefe^en.
2Cir ^ben eine gute"akl.

"abel ?
^abt t^reine cjute
?
in tin ^m
33tft
?
JpelDein ^i^angofe
3ftbiefer

9^ein,id)Bin ein ^eibe(heathen)


ipelD
iflein IDeutfd^er*
9Zein,
tiefer
fe|r
lang.
3a, tae ^a^x ift
9)lutter,
e
ine
3ene^ ^int) :^at
"

SMa^Sa^rlang?

?
ipatjenejJ^inb eine 3JJutter
ber granaofen.
In gefe^en? Den ^aifer
Seld^en ^aiferl^aft
ein grangofe.
er ift
3ftienerSJJann ein ^reu^e?
9letn,
2Co

ber "o^n biefe^


Cannes
ifl
"eib i^rgranjofen?

LESSON

85,tl

Sr

iftIter,

tt)irpnb SnglSnbcr
S^^ein,
(Englishmen)

2cttwn

IX.

has the

23S,tiJtakes

'

sound

same

the

f8,ti=

placeof

9.

as/.
the Englishv.

!r)erSSetter,
the cousin

"Ltx SCagcn,the wagon

bie

bie

ber

the bird
3Sogel,
ber "eoatter,
the godfather
ber "SfIatte,
the slave

SBede,the wave
the water
bag SBaffer,
the weather
bag SBetter,
the will
ber S3iIIen,
the winter
ber SBinter,

the wine
ber SBein,

where
ttJO,

33ernunft,
reason
bag 25aterlanb,
the

"er,

who

fatherland

!ran!,sick

cold.
fait,

26

PRONUNCIATION

bu
4)a|l

OF

P, Z, M, N, X, Q

einen 3Satcr?

4)atter "toe

ben

2Bo ift
tein (Stoe

AND

R.

einen 3Sater unt) cine


3a, i^ :^aBc

SSogetnteines 5^ein,er :^atten


?

SSogclbelrte":

SJiein"flaije ift
|ier.

^Ter Dnfel :^atten ^a^txi telnes.


SBer^att)en2Bagenmeine^5Sater^?
35aterg.

^at ber "e"atter eitte^wttcr ?

?D^utter"
^tnt %x"iiU
\\i
feine
3:ante,
3ene Srau ift
feine

Ser

jene?^rau?
ift
in Berlin,
er ift
3fitein35atergu^aufe
{athome)^ 91ein,
^aj^bu ben Dn!el beiner ^iJlutter3^, t^ kbe ben Dnfel meinei
?
SJJutterin Berlin gefe^en.
gefe^en

LESSON

X.

5f f; C, I ; HR,m

in

"efttpn

91,n

and

English.
C q is always followed by

3^,
j
u

and

are

10.

pronounced nearlyas

they are

pronounced

gether
to-

like kw.

M,

X is

shrilled ^nd

than

emphasizedmore

in

Enghsh.

2)ie%axh, the color

X)er %raum, the dream

the river
t^Iu",
ber l^reunb,
the friend
bie SieBe,
(the)love
ber %aUt,the falcon
bag ^leit,
the dress
the example
bag S):empel,
bie dvU, the ^arth
bie Dnal, the torment

bie

the black-board
3;afel,

ber

5^amen,the

ber

^naU,

bie

the
%j:t,

ber

3fln^m,the glory

bag

^a^, the

ber

ber

ipammer,the

Obs.

"

or

and

ax

wheel

the

source

(spring)

atiQcnt^m,
agreeable
neuter

^ettand Icin,form
c", and

DueKe,

boy

ntnb, round

hammer

All masculine
tX,

bie

the

name

the dative

ending in t, tl,ttl,
the genitivesingularby adding
by adding c**
nouns

See page 169, Third

not

Declension.

SINGULAR

MASCULINE

OP

AND

NEUTER

27

SUBSTANTIVES.

Declension
OP

OP

SINGULAR

THE

X.

Reading Exercise
Die

ijlmein jammer?

beg

f^Inlfeg.
3(^ ^ak

(had). 3enc 2;afet


ijigro". Der
Der ^amen
bag
runb.

teg

3Setterg. 2Cir

^naBe

of the

love

father

has

river.

The

is small.

cousin

the

father.
Where

ax.

an

father
The
is

of the friend.
earth

("agen)? No,
is

^rennbeg.
feitteg
beg greunbeg. 2Bo ifl
Slab beg 2Cagengijl

X.

The

love

round?
we

have

Have
ax

we

and

the

black-board

This

The
earth

The

wheel

glory of

The

dream?

thy mother.

of

the

of

the hammer.

the

The

is

bag ^(eib meiner Gutter ?

3j^bie 3:afelgroj?
2Go ift
mein jammer

mein

^leib*

3^, bie 3:afetiftgrog.


?

(who) ^at bie W

5$aterg?

id)hah
9Iein,
Dein jammer

meineg

name

large.

wagon
torment

Conversation.
bu
ipajl

My
of the

source

sister.

has

great.

The

is dead.

the pen of my
thou had
Hast

mother.

of the

dress

is his uncle

thy friend

of

boy

The

great.

2Ber

ge^aM

Syempel? Der 3fln^mbeg Dnfelg. Dag


eine W*
Die Dual U^ ^Hdbc^eng.Der greunb1:^^33atergi)at

The

Is

einen 2:raum

bie W
t)at

bit W
'^aBen

Theme

thy

ber

iter. 2Bo
gro^. Dag ^leib beiner iJ^utterijl
ijt
Der ^reunb beineg 3Saterg\\i
Die Srbe ifl
runb.

Die QneHe

(dead).

toU

Die Siek
^lelb beg ?5reuttbeg"

garBe ber 3ftofe.Dag

5J?utter. Der %alU

SUBSTANTIVES.

NEUTER

AND

MASCULINE

ift^ier.
Dein 33ruber \)at
pe (it)*

28

PRONUNCIATION

2So

CU.

OF

ba3 Syempel?
ifl

3c^ |aBebag @):empeL


^reunb t)eine^35ettergto^t ? 3a, er ift
tott

3j^ter
3jltie grtc runt)?
tie DweUe De5 glujje^
2So ifi
?
?
^afitu einen 2;raum ge^aBt
2Cer :^at
ben Balfenfeiner
^wiitx

3a, tie (Srbeipgro"unb runfe*


2)ie "^uetleteg glujfeg
^ier,
ift
3^1,ic^^a6eeinen 2:raum ge^aBt.
SHein 33ruter |atten galfenfeiner

muiitx.

XI.

LESSON

beginning of

at the

6^5,4

^tmon

is pronouncedlike f,

word,

or

11.

wlien

followed

except in compound words, where

the g is abridgedfrom c8,especially


in the
"

,f

"

"

by g,

case.
genitive

after a, 0, U, and au, bas a guttural sound


the Scotch ch in Loch."^
after e, t, t\,a, 5,liu,
tn, n, and
soft
aspirate."
palatal

and

the consonants

sembles
re-

is

"

^\^,guttural
the brook
I)er 33ad),
the brooks
tie 33dc^e,
the cake
ber ^ucfcen,
bag Sud),the book
bie Siidjer,
the books
the light
bag Sid^t,
the roof
bag I)ac^,

^^, K
the choir
ttx (E^or,
the christian
ter (E^rifl,
bag

the
2Bad)g,

wax

Od^g,the ox
the fox
ber ^ucfcg,
the chronicle
tie S-^ronif,
the box
bie 58iid)fe,
jtngt,
sings
gelb,
yellow
ber

rich
reid),
bie

Reading

the
.Winter,

Exercise

children

XI.

^er ("^orfmgt ein Sieb

{song). Zxt\tx3Hann i(lein ^^xx% Jene


l^a^ ^^6^^ ij^gelB. Xer Dd^g ijl
eine S^rijlin
grau ijt
{fern.),
*

This

the aid of
Hs

sound
a

cannot

native

originalsound

be

teacher.
; e. g.,

clearlydefined.
In words

taken

It

from

S^arlotte Sharldttuh.
=

can

only be acquired by
the French

it retains

PRONUNCIATION

OF

CK

AND

29

NG.

^u tie S^ronil gelefen


gud)g iflbraun (brown), Jpafl
? I^ie 33u(^cr
te^ 5D^dcd^en^.^Diefer
SJ'^ann ^at einc Siid^fe*
(reacf)
tie 33dd?e* i:er ^uc^en iftgro^ unt gut
!Eer ^ac^,
ipatt t^rta"
S3u(^gelefen
{read}^ Tie 33iicberteine^ DnfeliJ. X;a^ 2id}tler
rci^, akr feinDnM
Sampe {lamp). Wtin 33etterift
ip gut. I^ad
? "int tie Ddjfen
5^ad)te^ ^an]t^, 3fttag SBad)^ gelb
(^/le
oxen,
eine
?
?
^ein
jene
fin
33ruter
grau
S^riftin
pi) grop 3i^
i)l (E^rift.

grof,

Xcr

Theme
The

children

are

good.

good ? Yes,
brooks.
My uncle

the cake

cake

Is the

rich,but my

Have
is very

read

you

good.

tlie books.
The

Is the

brook

Christian,but

yellow?

wax

very large. Have


and the
chronicle
very

is

XI.

my brother
This fox is brown.

is

and
a

the

man.
French-

The

ox

is

I have read the


you read the chronicle ?
books.
Is your cousin rich ?
Yes, he is
father is poor (arm).The roof of the houses.

Conversation.
3ii3^1^^n^fl ^^i^?
mein 33rutcr?
2Bo ifi

I^ein 53ruter

3ftter ^ud)en gut?


?
31^bag ^a6^^ gelB

(church),
Ter ^u Aen ijl
fe^rgut.
3a, ta" 3Bad)g ift
gelb.

?
^at tein 33ruter tie 33iicher
?
tu tie S^ronifgelefen
ipaft

unt tie S^roni!.


3a, er^attic 58iid)er
9lein,aber mein Srutcr ^at ftegelefen.

5^^in,^r

(poor),

arm
i|l

ift in

ter

^irc^c

tie ^Biid^er
S3o ftnt
teg

3(% ^abe [te(them),


9)^atc^eng?
8int'tie.Winter gut ?
3a, tie Winter fmt fe^r
gut*

LESSON
rfhas the sound
ntj is
*

each

Xn.

2t{twn

of double

pronounced like

f.

ng in the word

compound words where the n and


letter is pronounced separately.

In

12*

the g

long.*
belong to

different wordf

30

SINGULAR

OE

FEMININE

SOUNDS.

jjis used in the middle of words.


^* is used as double f (not z),at the end
and sounds like ss (not sz).
syllables,
Obs.

"

and

undergo no change in the cases


singular.(See Declens. IV., pp. 171, 172.)

Feminine

the

of words

nouns

of

Declension
NOUNS

FEMININE

OF

IN

The

Woman

The

Gun

Norn.

'Bit %xau

Die

33u#

Gen.

ber

%vnn

ter

53ucfcfe

Bat.

ter

%vnvi

ter

Ace.

bie

j^vau

The

SINGULAR.

THE

The

Color

Ax

"Bit garbe

!Die ^vt

ber

?^arBe

ber Slyt

Sud))'e

ber

garbe

ber %t

tie 33uc^fc

bie

%axht

bie Slyt

the barrel
f5(i",
the ring
ber 3fling,
bie modt, the beH
the knife
bag 5Heffer,
ter ^acf,the pack
the return
bie 9tiicffe:^r,
the work
ta^ 2Berf,
bie 5Ragt,the servant (fern.)
the bench
bie 33an!,
ber ^ag, the hatred
ber "efang,the song
the grandfather grog,great
ber "ro"!oater,
the grandmother
bie (Sro^mutter,
lang,long
bte grau,the woman
lo^t,praises

!Dag

the coat
X)er 310(1,

Reading Exercise

XII.

T)er 9lo(f meineg 35aterg. I^ie "(ode

SO^utter. Xer 9lo(f


feiner
Da^ SBerf Io6t ten SJ^eifter
(master).t)k 33attfifl
jeneg^anne^.
Dn!eli?. X)ein 3fling
unfere^^
iftflein. 2^er "c^
lang. !5)ieS^iidffe^r
5!}lanneg. Da6 i^aj
1)er ^pafbiefeg
(beautiful).
fang ift^errtic^
?D^ejfer
jener
?^rauift
ni^t (not)
gut. 2^er
grogunb gut. !Diefe3
ift
einen jammer unb eine 33tume.
unb bie "rogmutter
1:)ahtn
(S^rogyater
bie "rog^
2oBt ber "rog"ater
^t ein Sag unb ein ^O^effer*
'Lit SJ'lagD
er lot^t
unferen(our)33ruter unb
5^ein,

mutter?

This

is

reallycompounded

of f and

bcine SO^utter.

(finals)

PRONUNCIATION

Cr

AND

PF

'61

FR.

XII.

Theme
.

of

father.

your

praisesthe
thy brother.

work

The

I have not
of my father ?
The
pack of that servant

is the hammer

"Where

The

master.

the hammer,
is

large.

is small.

bench

The

mother.
grandfatherpraisesthe grandof this woman.
The servant has a ring. The hatred
This knife is good, that knife is not good. The song of the
barrel is large,but this ring is
That
is beautiful.
servant
of

return

small.

the father

Has

The

coat ?

Yes, he has

coat.

Conversation.
^at einen ^ad.

ipatjcner3J?ann einen ^ad ?

3a,

2Co

in tern "artcn.
2:ie ^iJiagt
ift

tie 3HagD?
ift
2Ber ^at meirt Wt\\ix
?
3jttie 33anf lang?

I;ie "rojmutter
^attein

?
ipattiefe
^rau einen Oting

SBoiflter^ro^yater?
ein f^af
?
Jpattie SJJagt

^^, p^ has

xm.
the sound

Greek

^f; ^f

with

of

f.

as

to

Geography
"eograp^te,
Sltolp^,
Adolphus

tie

ter
ter

ta^

the post
'^iai)l,
the arrow
^feil,
the apple
5lpfel,

^fert,the
*

The

occurs

giveone
compressed lips.
so

^ie ^^ilofop^ie,
Philosophy

ter

It

mostly in

words

of

origin.

united

are

^JOJeffer.

fel)r
(very)lang.
3a, tie 33an! ift
^dn, er tobtten "Sxopattv.
^at einen Soling.
3a, fte(sAe)
in tern (Garten.
!Der "rojj^ater
ift
ein gag unt einen 0ling,
3a, pel)at

Sobtber 3$ater tic ^rau?

LESSON

cr

horse

i is pronounced here

sound, which

is uttered

Louisa
fiuife,
ipeinri(^,
Henry
iflaxk,
Mary
gmilie,*Emily
Lewis
Sutnjtg,
Frederic
grietric^,
Carohne
Caroline,

like y in Yankee,

(Aymeelyiih).

32

PROPER

Da^
wit

Miss
grdutein,
t, how is called, what
^eif

ge^brt,
belongs
is the

Declension of
Obs.

Names

"

of persons

NAMES.

of

name

ProperNames,

preceded by

the definite article

the

article

Exercise

XIII.

Without

main
re-

they add in the


ending in ", ", f(^,
genitive", except masculine names
ending
^, J or ^ which take cn8, and feminine names
unchanged.

in e which

add

n8.

Reading

^^ilofop^ie
waj in "ned?cnlan5 {Greece)ju^aufe(athome),
tcr Bfan^ofen
tit ^eogrartie
flein,
{Plur.). Winn ^fuSr^tblp^
ifi
akr meinc 3;ante (aunt)2uife ift
gro^, Tcr ^fa^l geprt meinem
ni*t gro". I^iefer
ttv ^fcU ifl
33ruter ^eittrid).
meincr
Slpfel
get)brt
(Emma.
iftJ^idstgro". Sene^ ^fert)iftmeig. ^arl ift
S^n^^-^ffr^
Tit

^arie

Hetn.

^at eine ^eDer. Smilie ^at ein 33uc^. tai

^u6

flein
(or gmilien^ 33ud))ijt^ut" Xer Jpunt Bnetrid)^ift
^aricn^ ^a^e ift
grog. 2Bo ift^atoUne ?

Smilien^
aber

Theme

Mary's hat

is beautiful

XIII.

Henrj^'sapple.
(fcbbn).

The

hat of

Geography and Philosophy. My brother


has an arrow.
Emily has a book, and Charles has an apple.
Henry has a horse. Hast thou a horse ? No, I have a donkey
(Sfel).Miss Louisa is a girl. This geography belongs to my
brother
Is your brother Adolphus small ? No, my
brother.
Mary is smaU
Adolphus is largGibut my sister ((S(^tt?efter)
and
of (wicM^t) this man
that woman?
is the name
"What
Charles

His

name

is small.

is Lewis, her

name

is Caroline.

34

PRONUNCIATION

TU.

OF

%\t "prac^eber i^^anjofen


Sflegen.
ifi
W^" Sir ^aBcnbie "pur
'Eiebe^ {thief),Xer @prud) (Salomon^ (Solomon), Der "pott

ten
Iti

be^ ^nakn"

^er

Sletftift
^at eine "pi^e, 3)^cin53i*ut)er^at i)iele

(many) (Sd^afe*2)ie 8tabt

Berlin

ijl
gro"unt f^on*
XIY.

Theme

belongs to my brother (DaL). That house has


windows.
four (ijter)
My brother has a school. The brush
the thief.
belongs to my father (DaL). We have seen (gefe^en)
Thou
hast a ship,but we have a sheep. The castle of the king.
His sister and my mother
are
good. Has the tailor the coat ?
which
is very
No, he has the scissors. My cousin has a cane
have seen
the castle
the pencila point? We
beautiful.
Has
This

cane

of the emperor,

it is beautiful.

Conversation.
ein (3d"iff.
3^, ^^ ^)^t
nid)tfct)5n.
3ftber (Btod beines 33ruber5 fdjon?^m, er ift
ein "(^log^
1^at
^ot ber ^aiferein @d"Io"?
3^^,ber ^aifer
Sr iflin 33erHn,
SCotftber^d^magerbeine^DnfeU?
S3erlinifi
3i^bie (Btalt 33erUn grop?
grogunb fdjon*

?
^at ber Sootfeetn "c^tff

33urfte
3ftbiefe
gwt?
bu ein "Sd)af?
ipaft
^atbag ^aug ein ^enfler
?
ben "d?u^ ?
2CeId?e5^inb :^at
^

3ftbein

SBaterin ber

LESSON

?
(Sc^ule

sound

of the English th. *

in the middle

\b

lengthened.

in
cr ift
9lein,

or

like the

at the

end

simple i, it

of

'

ber "tabt*

2cttivn

XV.

^5" tj is pronounced

When

!I^iefe
ift
fetjr
gut,
^iirfte
id)kBe ein (Bd"ijf.
5Rein,
i:;aiJ
^au^ ^at ijier%m^tx.
Xiefe^^inb ^at ben "d^u^*

word, the

13*
has

never

the

preceding vowel

PKONUNCIATION

^ is compounded
*
(Englisht8).

of

t and

the deed
2)ie Vij^i,
Cer

3, and

T)ie

2^ or, the fool

35

TZ.

OF

is

equivalent to 33,

the
2:a^e,

paw

bie ^a^e, the

cat

the need
9lot^,
the courage
Der 9)Zut^,
tie 2lrmut^,
poverty
the breath
rer 2lt^em,
Elizabeth
Slifabet^,
tie @onne, the sun

the hghtning
53Ii^,
tie 3)^u^e,
the cap
ba0 ^er^,the heart
fcerSenj,(the)spring
tag "olD, the gold

alg,than

much
jjiel,

Die

ber

ter

the
ilJ^ont,

moon

XV.

Reading Exercise
'I^ein53ruterl^at
eine

^\x%t,mein 3Sater^at einen iput l^ag "o(t


9)^eta(I{metal).Xie ^Krmutt)
feme (no) (Sc^ante{shame).
ijl

tj^etn
Tie ^a^e ^atcine 3:a^e" ";er ?0^onr) unt tie (Sonne,
3ener ^nabc
Z^at
teg $ol)neg
iftein 3:^or.5^tefe
n?ert^
ift
{worthyofreward). Ter
Sen^ ift
gefommen {hascome). 2Bo ifltetne tScfcwefter
(Slifatetl)
mtm
?
3d)
(Sd)irefter
eiifabett)
iftin ter (SMe,
^afttu Tuiti)
^ater tie ^a^e ?
"aBeein "eraunt 5!}Zut(),

XV.

Theme
Has

your

mother

("il6er).The
ji

you
thou
your

a
a

Tl^e t and
doubled, which
*

words.

has

I have

cap ?
heart

father

and

sun

pencil* Mary

horse

are

must

the
a

has

My

moon.

cat.

much

That

man

gold

and

sister Elizabeth
is

fool.

silver
has

Have

The lightning. Hast


cap and a hat.
Has
deed is praiseworthy (Io6engtt)ert^),

This

She

gold ?

He

has

Compounded
be

done

gold.

whenever
after

every

the

Bonnd

of the j is to be

vowel, except in compound

36

accent:

simple

words.

Conversation.
3a, er ^at^ut^,

^aft
Du eine ^a^e ?

9iein,ic^^abeetnen ^unb,
Ik 8onne ?
Der ^lonl fc^eint,
@d)eittt
5^ein,
(shines)
3Co ijl
in ter @d)ule.
? "ie tft
"Sci"n?efter
Slifabet^
feine
SKein 3Sater^at "icl"o(t".
^at 3|r 5Sater"oId ?
!ein (7io)
SruDer eln 2;^or?
er ijl
3:^or.
3fifeitt
5^ein,
mx
t)aben^S^ut^.
ein ^etaKDa^ "olD ift
^f^ein,
?
Sr ^at cinen iputun^ eine '^ii^e.
^at er eine "Sflixi^t

LESSON

XYI.

2emon

16.

On the Accent.
lu German

I.

Obs.

"

and

compound

Simple words

"

is made

words.

The

between

former

accent, the latter have

one

Obis. II.

distinction

either

are

two

simple

have
or

rally)
(gene-

more.

monosyllabicroots,or

ative
deriv-

words.

Obs. in.

Foreign words,

"

have

I^a^

the
T)a"i,

their accent

la^
i;a5

^a",the

\:a^

^eer,the army

war,

was

generallyon

the last

is German,

syllable.

woman

ter

Xieb,the

thief

ter

3Iu",the

river

here
l)ier,

officer

Reading Exercise

XVI.

^inli. l:ie grau l)atcine 5Iyt. Ter "raf ^at einen


groj. I)ad "pau3
tief{derp). Xa5 Xerf ift
I^er ^luf ift

3d) lick
ttener,

ending

"vai\ the grave


5a^ Torf,the village
tie W, the ax
the
ler Dffi^icr
(French,officier),

Si,the egg
I hke
3d5 lieBe,
new

their

ta^

barrel

ca^

ucu,

when

the
1:ie %xcLVi,

roof

S)an^,the house
^int,the child

:as

even

tag

37

PKEFIXES.

1.CCENT:

alt (old).
He ipiiufer
ijl
ftnt"
neu, bic Wixi^t
Heitt,
grop. Ztx ^ut ifl
ijl
ierXieb "ateine %t gefto^Ien
Cu ein St ?
3*^ ^i^^JJ
(s^oZe^),Jpaft
^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^aifer^
fcie Sier (egr^^')*
ift:^ier.Da^ "ra6 be^
mein ^inl)? DiefeiJ
^aui ^otein Dac^,
^i3nig^"3Bo ift

XVI.

Theme
hat of the father is

The

thief has stolen

My

new.

brother
This

barrel.
a
(geftot)len)

has

an

child

The

ax.

has

an

egg,
hast the

Thou
Has this house
a roof ?
cap.
is the thief.
Here
The king has an army.
dog of that man.
This house
brother has a hat.
That woman
has a child,my
that child has

is

Is your

new.

hat

new

I have

an

ax.

Conversation.
tm cine W
ipaft
3ft3^r ^ut neu

^at

ta^ ^inb

alt,akr
91ein,mein ^ut ift
iftneu,
^O^itt^e

Obs.

II.

derivative consists

"

connection
upon

"

with

which,

in

the

Foreign words

have

root

roots

derivative

placed.*
The prefixes(i.
e.
root),are:

of

17.

principalsyllable,
and of one
or
more
accessory syllables.
are
fixes.
partlyprefixes,
partly sufAccessory syllables
They are unaccented and are used only in

"

Obs. m.

"efttPtt

XVII.

LESSON

meine

ba^ ^int) ^at einen ?5uc^".


9?ein,
in fm^.
T;a"5^eetfce"5
^aifergift
akr i(^lieBeba^ 58ier,
5'^ein,

cin Si?

ca^ ^eerDe^ ^aifer^?


ift
^afttu 33ier? (6eer)

I.

SBagen*

3^)^^^

$Bo

Obs.

unb einen
^in^ 5l):t

such

as

or

or

principal syllables,

words, the
are

is

accent

placed before

the

bc,cm^, txii,
tv, gc, dcr, jcr.
the accent

generallyon

the last

syllable.

38

accent:

prefixes.

the
")er 33eruf,

the use
S)er (SJekaud),
calling
the reception, bie 35ernunft,
the reason
ter (Empfang,
receipt
the decision
bcr Srtrag,
the result
ber Sntfd)Iug,
bought
angefommen,arrived
gefauft,
lost
read
ijerloren,
gelefen,
found
received
er^Iten,
gefunten,

Reading Exercise
be^
X)ie 35emunft

XVII.

meine^
^anne^, "tiv Snt)'cblu"

33ruber"i[l
gut.

be^ ,^aiferg.
2)er IBeruf
jened
Srtragt^ "erIoren. !Der Smpfattg
"eine Gutter ifl
^O^anneg. 3(^ ^ii^^
ba^ 33u(^
gelefen.
angefommen.
? 2Cir ^abcneine
^aftbu ba^ Si er^alten
3(^^Be ein Suc^ gefquft.
? Da^ ^eer
gefauft.^abt i"rbag "raB be^ ^onigggefuaben
SiHii^e
er^atten.
ift
angefommen.
3^^^ "(^mefter
^ateinen General (general)

^er

XVII.

Theme
Hast

thou

lost

book

The

reason

of the

woman.

The

day (3;ag).We have read the chronicle. My


decision is good. The
receptionof the general. The army
arrived.
has (ift)
of the emperor
Thy brother has found a
watch
(Ut)r).His father has lost his umbrella (3flegenfc^ir
have you received ?
He has read it (e^).What

result of the

Conversation.
"erloren?
ipaben"Sic 3^^ 33u(^

3(^l)aUt(i^ 33uc^meineg

SBruberi

ijerloren.
in ber "tabt.
2)er General ift
ber General ?
t|t
Xer ilaifer
nic^t
ift
angefommen*
3flber ^atferangefommen?
Wltin
5Sater
ben Srtrag
^at
er^alten.
^aftbu ben Srtrager^attcn?
ben ^unb gefunben.
ben ^unb ge? 3a, pe l^at
ipatbeine "^tijefter
funben?
?
3(^ ^ak eine 3l):t
tiahn "Bk gefauft
gefauft.
(e/Vtea^?
?
i?erloren.
ic^^ak ben 33rief
9leln,
'4)akn@ie ben SBrief
gclefen

2Bo

accent:

Scftton

XVin.

LESSON
Obs.

39

suffixes.

18*

suffixes
(i.e. such as are placedafter the root)are:
in,i)(",
U^, rt)en,
et,ig,idjt,
e, c(,en, cub, cr, cm, cS, eft,

The

"

ung and

igen.

J)te Z^uxt,the door

^Eie Sbwin, the Honess

the means
SJZittel,
bag 2ekn, the Hfe
bic 2:ugent,
virtue
the room
tag 3in^ttter,
tie Sltern,
the parents
of the village
teg Xorfeg,
ter ^onig,the king
thou speakest
tu rete|l,

Henry
^einrl(^,
childish
fintifi^,
the little tree
tag S3dum(^en,
tie SBo^nung,the dwelling
the dweUings
tie 2Bol)nungen,
to endeavor
fid)
befleifngen,
wood-like,wooden
^ol^^icfct,
er Uitt,he prays

tag

Reading Exercise

XVIII.

^at ein ^iJZittet


{remedy). !D{e
Jugentteg ^onigg. UnfereSItern fmt ange!ommen. Xiag ^at^en
Vxt Somin ^at tintxi%\x^i%t]xt^tn
ift
fintifc^.
{devoured) @ic
befleif
igenft^" !Eer (Smarten^at einen ^aum unt ein 33anm^en*
2)ie SBo^nungen
ter SItern.
^er ^onig tetetfiir
{for)tie (SItem.
i)er 3)^ann teg X^orfeg.I)u reteft
ijon tern ^aifer* 1)er ^onig ^t
tag SauttK^engefanft,ipeinric^
\\iangefommen. I)ie ^ugentiDcr
t)xt Z^mt teg

ipaufeg.'5^er^ann

eitern,
,

Theme
Thou
a

speakestof ("on)the dweUings (DaL).

Hdness.

The

XYIII.

That

parents

woman

of this

has

the
The

man.

for

the girl {Ace).


(fiir)
arrived.
Where
parents have (jlnt)
prays
The

door

of the house.

dwelHngs of

the

The

neighbor.

The

means.

virtue
The

The

king has
of Henry.
Your

king?
garden. The
of the

room

of the

result and

He

woman.

is childish.

boy

little tree

room

of the

is the

The

the decision.

40

PREFIXES

AND

SUFFIXES.

Conversation.
$at 3^^^Mann
^at ba^ ipaug
"inb

cinen I^iener ?
eine

SJ^einiDlann

X^ixxt?

biefcSo^nungen

gu

i:a5 ^aug
ijer;;

miet^en(forrent)?
?
fint^ifd)
3ftbag 9)?atd)en
Sie ^ci"t
3^r 33ruber?
^aft^u eirt3t"tmer?
2Bag ^t bie 2ott"m gefreffen
?

LESSOIS^

^ateine J^iire.

3ci,biefe
SBo^nungenfmb gu oer;
miet^en.
3a, ba"? ^abc^en iftfel)r
toifc^"
5!}?eitt
33rurer ki"t ^emrtc^.

3d^ ^abebrei 3immer"


"Sie ^at einen ^unt

XIX.

Exampleswith

^ataweiX;tctter*

^cftivn

gefrejjert*

19.

Prefixes and Suffixes.

Smpfanger,tlie recipient gemiit^Iicb,


agreeable
the experience
lost
bie (Erfa^rung,
ijerloren,
the experiences entfpred)cn,
bie Srfa^rungen,
correspond to
the destruction
bie "djule,
the school
bie 3^rftbrung,
the imprebie 3Sermunf(iungen,
cations bie %mQa.h, the exercise
bag (Eifen,
the iron
the silver
bag "ilber,
"op^ie,Sophy
Richard
9lic^arb,
marum, why
!Der

Reading Exercise

XIX.

SJiein^Setter
ber dx^f
tflgemiit^Iid^.
XiefeSrfa^rungen
eitifprec^en
ber "tabt.
9li(^arb
^at
fa^rungmcineg 55aterg. !I^ieS^ff^'^^wng
?
Betet er nid)t
Tag
Sifcn
fein"elb (money) yerloren. ^arum
SBarum finb(Sic nid^tgemiit^Iic^
? 3"^
unb bag "ilber fmb nii^Iic^.
"iI6erg.
beg
tit
l^aBemeinen "8ater ^erlorcn. !Eer Smpfdttger
(5d?ule
angefommen. ^eiue Srfa^rung
iftgro^.^rauleinSopMe ift
unb bie Srfa^rungen. Tag
i|ltraurig
(sad), 'tit ^ern?iinfd"ungen
(not)in ber (at)"cbule ?
Sifcnijlein 2)^etaII. 3ft3Ricfcaruni^t

42

accent:

the
Siitgang,
tmmer, always
ber

TerHg,
ready
cbenfoaU, as
"

"

compoukd

words.

riclies
9leic^t|um,
loves
ojfen,
liebt,
open
triige,
lazy
diligent
P^i^ig^
ber

entrance

as

Reading Exercise
^er

XX.

"Lex 3flegcnBogett
(difficult).
ifl^^errlic^
2lnfangijtfd)mer

^i^^t
^er Sancmann
^i^ ?5rei^eit.
^at einen 9lcgen^
SuJigiing
te^ ^O^^anneS. 2)er ^nak
^at eirt %mx:^
fd)irm. 'S^er3fleid)t^um
3d) bin tmmer
mej[er*2)er Sanbmann bringt(brmgs) tie 5^ad)ri(^t,
fertig*"Dai %m\kx be^ ipaufe^iftoffen.S^ner ^nabe iftimmer
trdge, Der 3^ei(^t^ummtint^ ^ater^S iftebenfogrog aU ber 3flei(^^
bu
t^um be^ Sanbmanneij, ^mti ^an^ ^ateinen Singang* 33ijl
ebenfo
g.ogaU bein 33ruber?
Der

Theme
The

youth brings

the

news

XX.
of the

village.

It is

noon.

beginning is always difficult. Biches is a substantive.


The
peasant has a penknife. The friendshipof the youth.
ways
The
libertyof the child. The entrance of the house is alAre you
not ready. My sister
are
lazy? We
open.
is as largeas your mother.
Every beginning is difficult. Is
he as diligent
as
your cousin ? No, he is very lazy. Has this
This youth is as white as the son
of
entrance ?
house
an
our
neighbor.
The

Conversation.

^at ber ^nabe

ein

bie ^Za^ric^t?3a, er

bie ^a^^xidft
bringt
?
@r ift
in ber (Sc^ule
beg !Dorfeg
(DaL).
?
^e^ermejfer
^tin,ber 3ungling^at fein ge^

ber Sanbmann
33ringt
ber 3ungUng
2Bo ift

bermejfer.
?
offen
3|iber (Singang
?
bu fe^r
trdge
58ift
?
fc^cn
3ftber Stegenbogen

2)er Stngangijl
tmmer

offen^
^m, i^ bin fleigig.
!2Der3flegenbogen
^rrltd).
ift

Obs.

vowels

mt,

a, 0, n,

their

mi6", rich
mi^, white
beautiful,pretty
fd)5n,
gelb,
yellow

old

gro",great
fertile
frud)tbar,
ftar!,
strong
difficult
[corner,
arm,

weak
fd^maii,

lei^t,
easy
useful
itii^lid),
amiable
liiFen^n^urtig,

poor

jung, young

flei"ig,
diligent
ber D^eim, the uncle

Mt,

the aunt
2;ante,
the pupil
t"er"(filler,
^

do
(Bit,

you

know

cold

high
\)0"j,
i^n,him

tie

Itnnm

21.

comparativeas in English,i. e.
of cr, and generallymodify the radical
of monosyllablesinto a, 0, ii.*

Adjectivesform
by the addition

"

2cttwn

XXI.

LESSON

43

DEGEEE.

COMPARATIVE

meln

Sir
iperr,

Reading Exercise

XXI.

""ie grau i(l


alt,Der ^JJann iftalter, "La^ ^iibc^eni(lgrog,ber
aU ber "artcn teineg
ift
grower.Tiein "arten iftfrud^tbarer
35etterij.^iefe 5lufgabe
^tm
Zantt iftarm,
i(tfd)ttjerer,
fein
Dnfcl iftarmer,
l^er Siingling
f^ateinen fc^meren^ad, !I:er
Sanrmann
^at einen fd)mereren
(Ace.)^acf" 3ft^^w 3Saterjitnger
a(5 unferD^eim ?
^arie tj^flei"ig,
"op^ie iftfleif
iger" in bift
aber jeneift
ic^bin fc^madjer,l:iefe
)"!Voa6",
5lufgabe
iftfd^merer,
aU bie 2Jiagb"S^ ift
niiBUcber,'La^ grauleiniftlieben^wiirbiger
^nabc

falter.

Theme
Are

you younger
Uncle is richer than
*

see

The

or

my

older than
cousin.

XXL

Mary
His

father

am

older.

Thy

than
is siaronger

and of ^06),
comparative of gut is beiTer,
^ol^er.For exceptions,

p. 177.

44

MALE

yottr brother.
Do you know

AND

FEMALE

APPELLATIONS.

prettierthan Miss Caroline ?


his uncle ?
This pupil is more
diligent(flet^i^
than
cousin.
This
is whiter, that
ger)
(^])apier)
your
paper
book is better (bejjer).
This exercise is more
useful (nii^Ucber)
than that exercise.
Henry is weak, Adolph is weaker.
Is Miss

Louisa

Conversation.

3ft ter ^unb eknfogrop aU

ta^

aU "ie
3ft3^^^SAmefterjiinger

bag ^ferbijl
5Zein,
grower*

9leitt,
ic^Mn M alter*
aU rer ^naBe ? Der 3Jlann ift
algber ^nabe
3fttierSJJann ftdrfer
ftdrter
a(^ ^mt
?
alg Smilie.
^axu
3ftSmilie fd^rod^er
iftftdrfer
aU bag Sifen
"ielfoftbarer"
? Dag "oIb ift
3ftbag ^olc lo\thaxtx
aU mein ^ater ?
@ein Dnfel ift
2Ber ift
reic^er*
reidjer

Obs.

I.

"

Many
female
to

2ettwn

xxn.

LESSON

22*

individuals
of male
form their
appellations
in (similar
by adding the syllable
appellations
in English),and, if monosyllables,
ess
modify

the vowel.

Obs. n.

"

If the

masculine

form

ends

in

e, this

letter

is

omitted.
Feminine.

Mascidine.

Der
ber
ber

^bnig,the king
greunb,the friend
the count
(S^raf,

^f^a^kr,the neighbor
the pupil,scholar
ber "chiller,
the EngUshman
ber Sngldnber,
ber ^aler, the painter

ber

ber

the artist
^iinftler^

Die ^bnigin,the queen


bie ^reunbin,the friend
^ie

"rdftn,the

^ie

^urftin,

countess

the neighbor
9lac^barin,
the pupil
bie "(^iiterin,
the Englishlady
bie Sngldnberin,
bie

bie

the painter
50^alerin,

bie

the artist
^iinftlerin,

MALE

APPELLATIONS.

FEMALE

AND

tic

the cook
^ijc^in,

the Russian
fcer afluffe,

tie

the
ffin\[m,

cer

^ansofe,the Frenchman
I see
3c^ fe^e,

tie

m6^, also

nod),still

cook

^oc^,the

ter

Russian

the French
^ransbfin,
ahv, but

Reading Exercise

lady

lady

XXII.

3(3^^ak ben ^onig unt) fcie^onigin gefe^en."Ltx ^o4 ij^ein


tu ein "raf ?
aber tie ^5(^inijl
eine j^rangoftn,S3ifl
9lein,
Sfluffe,
id)bin eine "raftn. 3ftteine ^reunDineine "cbiilerinteined 3Sater^?
be^ ^aler3
X;ie 5'Za^barin
^at
ijland)eine aftuffm.!Eie ^rinaeffm
eine Sngldnterin,
einen B^eunt)unb eine i^reuntin. Tk ^iinftlerin
i|l
aber
aber ber ^iin^Ier
iftein Snglanber, Xu 1^a^ben "raf gefe^en,
and) bie ^aiferin
Un
ic^\^abi
^aifergefe^en.^ein 33rnter ^arl :"at
aber ?0^arieng3Sa^
35ater i(i
reic^,
3^^ f^^Submig, Snifen^
gefeljen.
Sir ^aben an6i
ter ift
reid)er.l:ie 9)ZaIerin ijleine Sngldnberin*
eine ^bc^in.

They
The

have

XXII.

(masc.);

we

cook

has

Russian

Theme

friend

have

(fern.).The

also

artist

cook

(fern.).
is an
(fern.)

prince and the princess. The count


has lost his friend (/em.). The neighbor (masc.)has a cook
{fern.).The painter {masc.)is a Frenchman, but the artist
is a scholar, and my
is an English lady. My brother
(fern.)
I

English lady.

sister is
and

scholar.

the count

largerthan

see

the

The

is poorer

the

garden

than the countess,


is richer
queen
than the artist. This garden is much
of my

neighbor(fern.).

Conversation.
bu ben ^aifer
?
bie ^aiferin
3^^ ^cibe
ipajl
gefe^en
gefekn.
al^berO^raf*
3ftber ^bnig reiser aU ber "raf? Die ^oniginifi
reiser
3J^utter
ipatbeine 9Hutter einen ^oc^?
^ateine ^o(^in,
5^ein,meine
ein (Engldnber? ^^^ein,
dn ^ranjofe*
ber ^iinftter
3iiber ^iinftler
ifl

46

suPEr^LATiVE

degeee:

predicative

form.

^at bie "rafirt


em
^t cin "(^(o""
3d)Iog(castle)'^,
^a, bte "rdftrt
3)1teine greuntin cineS^ulerin?
@iet|lr!ie(B(^uIertttt)einc5

^ijlDu ein ^D^aler?


?
ipabti^rten 3ftu|yen
(jefe^en

LESSON
Ods.

I.

"

"

SSir

Vkn

XXin.

eine ^)}ialerin"

bie

^u\\m gefe^en*

Seftiott

The

superlative
degree has

the

noun

takes

Obs. II.

t(^bin
9^ein,

it is called

the

the termination

Adjectives ending

f^) ^^^^^^
fe'
ih ^r ff'

two

When

predicativeform,

and
[ten,
in

forms.

23.

b, t, or
before

afte.:'
which

is

preceded by am/'
in a hissingsound

ftcn:

am

fr^lcc^tcftc

[theworst).
5)a5

the sheep
(Sc^af,

5)te ^u^, the

bcquem,comfortable

obedient
ge^^orfam,
clever
gefc^icft,
PetBig/
diligent
hard
l^art,
writes
fc^reibt,

rut)tg,
quiet
gere^t,
just
loftkr,
precious
what
ttja^,

cow

Reading Exercise

XXIII.

ba^ 33teiift
ba^ "il"er ifl
am
(Sifen
nii^Ii^,
nii^Iic^er,
n%
ifl
grogal^ bie jlu^? 2^ie ^u^ iftfleiner,
lic^jlen,
31^ba^ ^^ferbeBenfo
ber Jpunbift
benn er ift
am
Heinften.3cner ^anit iftam reicfcften,
meine
2^er '^ann ift
am
gufriebenften.
gut,meine @(^n?efter
ift
Beffer,
"oIb.
tJJlutter
am
"on
er if^
Beften*3^^^^ Siting
ift
iftam foftbarften,
ber 58erg
am
jeite^^aug ift
(Sd)Io"ift:^oc^,
:^b^er,
^o^fteiu
ift
I^iefeg
2Ber if!
^enfd^
am
am
rei^ften?X;er jufriebene
ift
reid^ften.

T)a^

Theme
That
is the
*

sheep is useful
most

useful.

Except gut,which

; this

XXIII.
horse

(The) iron
is

am

is
is

more

useful ;

precious ;

our

silver is

beften. For exceptions,see

p. 177.

cow
more

47

Um

PREFIX

THE

precious; gold is the most precious. Our tree is high ; that


is the
is the highest. Who
is higher ; this church
house
poorest? Who is the richest ? What is (the)best ? This
Louisa
is the strongest. Mary writes
wine
(the) worst.
writes

the

best.

Which

metal

good, a pencilis better,


happier than my cousin ?

is the

book

hardest?

is the

best.

is
pen
Art thou

Conversation.
detail ijl
am
am
prteftm? ttx Sta^lijl
^rtejlcn.
SBelc^ea
aU 5^ein,
ta" ^fert)
am
nii^Iic^
nu^Hc^jlen.
3fi fcer ipunb efeenfo
tjl

la^^ferD?

He (Bonne
"xU tie Srte ? ^ein,fcte
Srbe i(lgrower,
grijper
iftam grb^ten;
9JJann ijl
?
5}?ann ift
am reidjften*
am
SSelc^er
retc^jlen
I^ergufrierene
aU bein ^ein
S^cunD iftnidjtfogliicfUc^
Sifttu m6"jtfo gliicflic^

3ftter

^ont)

?
greunt)

aU id).

meine
"(^wefterijlbeffer,
bein Sruber?
Gutter iftdm Beflen,
^arl iftam ftarfften.
2Ceriftftar!er,?^riebri(^ober^arI?
unt bcr "unt)
3ft fete ^u^ eBenfo
ffe iftlleiner,
gropal^ t"a3 ?Rein,
^fert)?
am
Hetnften.
{ft
ber S3ergift
^au^ eBenfo
3fttiefe^
^^6^aU ber Der Saum
ift^b^er,
33aum?
am
pd^j^en*

3ftbeine "^meftcreBenfo
gut al^

LESSON
Obs.

"

^OZeine

XXIV.

take
Many adjectives
meaning, which

Seftion
the
is

2^.

prefixutt, to express a negative


in Enghsh expressed by wn,

diSjin, etc.

gliidli^,
happy
skillful
gefcpcft,
fruitful (fertile)
fruc^tkr,

Bequem,comfortable

wftg,quiet

ungtii(!(t($,
wnhappy
unskillful
ungef^icft,
unfruitful (infertile)
unfru(^tbar,
unbequem,uncomfortable
unru^ig,unquiet

48

THE

discontented
unjufrietctt,

contented
jufrieten,
obedient
gc^orfam,

c?i"obedient
unge^orfam,
i?iattentive
unaufmerffant,
ungerecbt,
w/ijust
un^bflid),
^77^polite
unartig,
naughty

aufmerffam,attentive

gered)t,
just
^bflicb,
polite
courteous.
artig,

CA'

PilEFIX

Reading Exercise

XXIV.

er ifl
fe^runge^orfam. SQir ftnt)
ftefint
gliicflic^,
ifl
gc^orfam,
al^ ^iJtarie? '^arie ift
fleigiger
3ft ^einric^
ungliicflid).
trageunr)
5Satcr befltd)'^
CEr i|l
unfcbflid)
unartigeraU ^einri^. 3P ^uifenS
aber 3flic^arcg
aufmcrffameraU i^rc
Sruter ift
un^bfli^er* "mtlie ift
"i^crtie %xa\iift
SJJann ift
fe^rgej4idt,
[el)r
@(^wefler.2)iefer
ungej?
ter ^o(^ iftungel)orfam,
X:iefc5
fcbidt,X)ie ^od)in iftge^orfam,
D^eintiJ
fe^rhqucm. ,^arl ift
ift
Jpau^ift
un"equem,ba^ ipau^ feinc^
aber feiit
immer unaufmerffam.
immer aufmerlfam,
33ntter3^oBertift

8ie

Theme
He

is

attentive,she is very

pupilRobert

Is

he

as

XXIV.
inattentive.

obedient

as

Do

Frederic

you
?

know

No,

my
he is

disobedient,but his sister is diligent.Thi^. boy is very


is very unskillful.
Is this land (^iant)
tile
ferthat man
skillful,
fertile.
It is very unfruitful,but my garden is the most in?

very

unjust,but the queen is just,and the


is the most just. This boy is always lazy. Charles
empress
is as large as Sophy. Are you feeble ? I am
strong.
The

king

is

Conversation.
urio fletpig.
unge^orfam?
^nn, er iftgel^orfam
3fi fein53rut"er
?
!Der ^bnig i?on ^reu^cHi\tam
am
2Celd)er
^onig ift
gcrec^teften
gered^teften.
all
"ie iftebenfounaufmerffam
3ftSmilie unaufmer!fam?

iD^arie.
SCeldserf^ann

?
gefc^idt
ift

3ft3^r ipau^kquem

mann
2:;icfer

iftungef(^idt.
SJiein^aud ift
fe^rwnkq.uem.

60

PRONOUNS.

POSSESSIVE

XXV.

Reading Exercise

Sr

i(lebenfogro^
'i
al3 fcerS^rige, 3ftSuifen^
"rofmuttereknfo alt aU tie 3^ri|3c
al5 tie meinige. Wnn
^ut iftnic^tfogut al^ ter rci^
iilter
(Bit ijl
iftalt, (Sie fintnicbt
ift
neu; aber ter meinige
nigc;tenn ter fceinige
aber fiefmtijufrietener
aU
unt) gliidlic^er
aU unfer
fo reic^
^'Zad^bar;
^arl ^at fein
er.
Su(^ unti tad meinige"erIoren. SSir ^abentit
geber ted Sc^rerdunt tie feinige
gefunten.Jpat ter ^naU mm
I^iefea
Wlt^tvgenommen? 9lein,er ^at tad i^rigegenommen^
tad feinige?
nic^tmein,wo ift
^fertijt

3f^S^t "arten ebenfogro" aU

Theme

is

largerthan

but

he

has

lost his

and

mine.

yours.

hers

so

is

hers.

Charles

mine.

Frederic

has

found

has broken

bought

His
pretty as thine.
the youngest. Have

He

It is very

large;it

My brother is not so dihgentas yours,


He
garden is prettierthan mine.

penciland
Why has

is not
yours,
I have

Your

is older.

XXV.

Yes, it is mine.

yours ?

-Is that house

?
fcer meini^e

neither

horse

stick ?

his watch
This

is younger

penknife
than

No,
you
my parasol?
mine.
his penknifenor

Conversation.
papiergut?
3fltiefed
^dn, tad unfrige
ifi
beffen
?
in ter @^ule.
2Bo i)l
Sr ijl
3^r @o^n
aid ter meinige
?
(Er i(l
aid ter 3^trige,
3fier ebenfo
flei"ig
flei"iger
31^3^r Garten ebenfogrogaid ter (Er ift
grbperaid ter 3^nge,
meinige?
(Sie fi^at
^at tie "rafinmeinen S3ricfer^
3^^^" S3riefnic^tcx^
?
l)alten

^at
Samm

er

^alten.

einen

^t

0tingoter tint

ter X)ienermein

U^r?

(Er |atmeter eine U|r

Wlt\\tvSr |ated

no^ e"nen

nicbtgenommen,

genommen?
(Er :^at
^at ter ilnabe tad (Sladaerbrod^en?
ni(%ttad "Iad jetbro^en,
er

^atten "piegel
jerbrodjen.

LESSON

wast

war, he

was

|te(c^)
njar,she (it)was
the
i)er Spiegel,
ter

in

were

i^rwaret,

(Sie tuaren,

X,

'

cr

of fciit.

toix toaxtn, we

was

thou
t)u warft,

61

Seftiott 26*

XXVI.

Tense
Imperfect
3d) toav, 1

feilt,

OF

TENSE

IMPEKFECT

,^^"

^^^^

were

yon

pe waren, they were

the (man-) servant


X;er T)iener,
looking-glass

the cloak
SO'iantel,
in or at Frankfort
Branffurt,

^aufmann, the merchant


this morning
fciefeit
^3JZorgen,
ber

treu,faithful

sold
ijerfauft,

dear
t^euer,

a Httle
tuenig,
unwell
unttjo^t,

cin

well
tt)o^l,

i^m,him

Reading Exercise

X XVI.

t)u warjl
3(^ ttar treu,
unartig, (Sr war

fe^r franf. 2Cir

gen,

@ie

waret

al^ wir.
nid)tfo ^bflic^

waren

in

war

waren

I)er

^Jiori?
biefen
fe^ruttwo"^!
ein wenig unartig" 3^^^

unb
"ro""ater

bie

^ranffurt,SJZeinSJJantel ifletenfot^eueraU

!Eein ipunt)ijltreuer al^ ber

9lein,er

war

in Sonfcon,

meinige, 3Bar ^arl

'Mm

35aterwar

5^ran!furt?

in

i^m.

mit

(Dro"mutter
ler 3^^igc"
SCaren @ie

biefen?!JJorgen
ju ^aufe? ^dn, i6" war
ter

^ir^e,

ni(^t
gu ^anfejic^war
ger"roc^en*

!Der (Spiegel
war

Theme
I

was

sick.
very

Her

It

Thou

were

not

We

faithful.

Sir,he

They

lazy.

was

were

sister
was

They

wast
so

XXVI.
little naughty. He

attentive

were

very

as

they.

dear.

You

not
was

with

this

her.

little naughty.

That
The

child

merchant

was

had

always

here ?

Frankfort
with

very

was

were

Is Charles

morning, but h^e is in


Who
was
always contented.

here

in

her

No,
now.

?
(i^r)

very polite.
(war)arrived.

not

52

DECLENSION

OP

ADJECTIVES.

Conversation.
2Bar ber mantd

t^euer?
^a6en "ie i:^n
ijerfauft?

al^ ber 3"rige.


3a, er mar t^^eurer
9lein,
i^n ijerloren,
i^ :^aBe

2Bo war

Sr war in i^^'cinffurt*

D^^eim?
fcu unmo^l?
SBarft
SBaren @ic tmmer
?
gufrteben
bein

3a, ic^war

ein

menigunmoM.

2Bii?maren

nic^timmer jufrie^en,
Saren ftenic^t
in ber @d^ule?
ftemaren gu Jpaufe.
9lein,
?
mir |a6en leinen 53rief
^aben @ie einen 33rief
er^
er^alten
9lein,
fallen,
2Ber

?
ben (Spiegel
Tier "3pieget
f^at
mar jerbrot^en*
gerbroc^en
^aben "ie einen 9tegenf^trm
ober
3^ ^aBe meber einen Sflegenfc^ir
einen "tod genommen ?
noc^einen "tod genommen*

LESSON

^efttPtt

XXVII.

Declension of
PRECEDED

Obs.

"

The
or
as

BY

THE

27*

Adjectives,
DEFINITE

ARTICLE.

when
preceded by the definite article,
adjective,
is subjectto the same
rule
by biefer,
jener or melc^er,
See Lesson
servatio
Obthe possessivepronoun.
XXV,
I.

Masc.

Sing.

Fern.

Nom.

"er altcS3rief

Gen.

beg altctt
33riefeg ber

Dat.

bent altcn 33riefe

Ace.

ben altcn 33rief

Plural

'Lit Quit^ampt

gutcn ^antpe

gutcn ^ampt
bie gutc Sampe
ber

Neuter

Sing.

Dag
beg
bem
bag

Sing, with

Sing.

papier
fc^onc
^apierg
fc^oncn
f^oncnpapier
papier
fc^onc

m e

I (^e g.

Nom.

I^ietreucn Wiener

Gen.

ber treucn T)iener

Dat.

ben treucn IDienern

S3el(^eg
neuc ^ani
mefc^eg
neucn
ipaufeg
njel^emneucn ^aufc

Ace.

bie treucn I^iener

neuc ^aug
ttjet^eg

"

DECLENSION

OF

the bottle
I)ie ^afc^c,

53

ADJECTIVES.

the village
!Dorf,
the physician
^er Slrjt,
the table
ter 2if(^,
I see
3c^fe|c,
^a"

the portfolio
fcie53rieftafc^e,
the bread
fca^ 33roC,

lang,long

Reading Exercise

XXYII.

Tat %x^i^at einc


fauteT;tener |at tie i$tafd)c
gcrSroc^en.
!Die treue "c^wefler
er^alten.
^at bad alte 53u(^.3J^ein
Srieftafd^c
D^eim ^t taiS alte^aud "erfauft. T)te aufmerlfame
^agt) ^t tic
Die alte?i}?utter
lietti()ren
guteSampe gerbroc^en.
"o^tt*
fleiftgen
2Cir :^a6en
Dad gro"e
ipaudoerfauft.
ipaben"ie aud) unferngrofeti
"arten tter!auft?
oerfauft,So ifttad
i(^^aBc i^n ttid)t
^'^ein,
^rob?
ed"
"ierijl
n?ei"e
3^ ^Brmeinen goltenen
^tng ijerfauft
T)tv

Theme

XXVII.

this diligent
praises(to6t)
girl(ace). Where
is the good father ? The good father is in Berlin.
We
have
bought the faithful dog (ace)of the friend. Have you found
the gold(en)(ace.)
ring? No, Sir,but I have bought it (i^n).
? Yes, Sir,I have received
Hast thou received the key (ace.)
hat of thy cousin is very large. I see the
it (i^n).This new
read my
little village.Have
has
long letter? Who
you
bought the gold(en)ring?
Our

teacher

Conversation.
2Co

bad guteweigc
35rob?
tfl
^a^ t}neinen golbenen
dixncj
ge-

^dbm feirtguted33rob"*
ic^^aBeeinen gefauft,
9letn,

SBir

funben?
"artert S^lein,
ipaben"ie aut^ben gro^en
16)l^aU i^n nid)tgefauft,

gefauft?
^cnnen (3ie bicfe
alte%xavL^

fonbern
(but)"er!auft"
aBer ic^!enne
5^ !enne fieniit,
jenenaltcttWlann.

2Co

ber treue ^utibbed (55artnerd


?
ij^
^

For

the inflection of

Der gute3Sater^ati^n gefauft.

Less.
see
adjectivesprecededby fcitt

29.

54

DEGREE

SUPERLATIVE

ATTRIBUTIVE

FORM.

|atbeiit
5^em,t)ie gute"c^mejler
?
nommen
^^ejfer
genommen.
Diener
^attie^ag^ bieSampeserBroc^en?
5^ein,ter unaufmerlfame
tie meijeSkf^^ gerbroc^en*
l^at
iorfifi
flein*
S^leitt,
biefc^
fe^r
tier ^mk

^at

^Jlejfer
ge?

mein

ScftiPtt

XXVin.

LESSON

Second Form
Obs.

"

of the

of

28

Superlative.
the

degree
superlative
is the attributive form which
takes jleonly,and is
declined like other adjectives,
precededby the definite

The

second

article.

form

It is used

understood.

only when

See Obs. Lessons

ADJECTIVES

Positive.

in
adjectives

IN

Comparative.

THEIR

THREE

follows

noun

and

XXV

XXVII.

DEGREES.

or
am
fldr!crter, tie,ba" ftdrlfte,
\6"mtxter,tie,ta^ fcl^bnftc,
or
am
ta^ diteftc
am
alter
or
alt,
ter,tie,
Bcffcr ter,tie,ta^ beftc,or am
gut,(irreg.)
,

jldrrjlen
strong
beautiful
fc^ijnflen
old
dltefteit
bejlen good

the exercise
X;ie 5tufgaBe,

the niece
2)ic 5'^i(^te,

the work
tie 5lrBcit,

the nephew
9Jeffe,
ber ^elt,the hero
ta^ !t)orf,
the village
the bread
tag 53rot,
torn
gcrriffen,

iput,the bonnet, hat

ter

the physician
Slrjt,

ter

the
"tiefel,

boot

golden (gold)
gotten,

Reading

is

Superlative.

jtarf,
[i^on,

ter

or

ter

Exercise

XXVIII.

^etatt. ^eiit^?
tag fc^merfte
tag 33leiifl
tag ^drtefle,
"ta'^I
ijl
?
"tc
unt befle
(S^iiter.31^ 2uife.aufmerlfam
ter fleigigfle
rid)ifl
mein Dn!el ijl
^dt^en. !Der ^elt ijlj^arf,
ijltag aufmerlfamfte
Der

55

ADJECTIVES.

OF

DEGBEES

Wlann.
Seine ^x"ik ijt
ta3
^er flarffle
aBcr fcin^a6^hav
i|l
fliirfer,
UxUiL
^Jlaijciett
in granffurt.Die Slufgabe
ijttie fdwerfte
fc^onfte
i^ut"erloren*
^akn @ie ehua^ "erloren? 3"^ ^^^^ meinen beften
i)ein
(Btod genommen*
ben langften
tcit
^i^xt9li(^te
^t ten
5^effe
"arten*
^utgefauft*@ie ^aUn ben grb^tenurio fc^onften
neueften
^leit.
3^re2;ante ^atta^ t^euerfte

Theme

XXVIII.

gent
Mary is the most dilithe most attentive boy. They have bought
Charles,
girl,
the largest
garden. I have taken the longeststick. "Who is
that girl
She is the youngest daughter of his uncle. This
?

The

best bread.

female

servant

best man?
metal.

The

whitest

has broken

Yes, I know

Nelson

was

rose.

the finest
him.

the most

glass.Do

(The)

lead

the
you know
is the heaviest

Englishhero.

celebrated

Conversation.
^dbm @ic

ben

l^bc^j^en
33erg
ge?

5!JJeine
5Dlutter
^atben

?
fe|en

l)bd)jlen
Serg

gefe^en.

(Seine 3:anteifl
bie f(^bnfle
'^xau?
%xa\x.
2BeI(^e5*iftbiefd)onfie
ber fleigigfte
^naU
2CeId)eg
ifl

^nabe.
ber flei^igfte
Unfer53ruberift
SO^ann ifl
?
3}iein5^ad)6ar
'^ann.
ber ftdrffte
am
2BeId)er
ftdrfften
x\t
?
^"i ^abeba6 Befte
^ajlt)u ein S3uc^
getefen
i8u^gelefen,
"Lex Xiener ^ati^ngerbroc^en.
2Cer^atbenBe(ten"tod3er6ro(^en?
^akn "ie etmas yerlorcn?
mcine befte
gebcrijcrloren.
3^ i)"t^c
?
bie bejie
5^i^te"
Sc^l)af"c
^ajtbu cine 5^id^te

LESSON

XXIX.

^cftivn

Adjectives
precededby
Obs.

"

29.

the IndefiniteArticle.

An

when
adjective,
preceded by the indefinite article,
or by a conjunctive
possessive
fein,i^r,
(ntcin,bein,
pronoun
gular,
or by fein(no),
takes,in the nominative sin3^i^/
unfer^
i^v*),
the terminations
and c" {vmtt.),
),e (fem.),
cr (maf^c.
*

For

tliisuse

of

rod^^tSsee

p.

194, 103.

56

PEECEDED

ADJECTIVES

In

all other

cases

of the feminine

BY

THE

INDEFINITE

it takes

and

en,

ARTICLE.

except the

neuter, which

ends

hke

accusative
the nominative.

EXAMPLES.

Feminine.

Masculine.

Nom.

cin Quttv'^am

Gen.

eine^

Dat.

eincm

Ace.

einen

Win has
is

ter

cine gute%vau

gutcn^anne^

guten %van
guten SJianne einer guten %xau
eine gutei^rau
guten ^^ann
etner

tin neinc" ^int)


eine^ lleinen^inte^
eirtem lleinenMnt?
eittfleineg^inb

plural,but with mein, betn,fein,


k., the
decHned, taking the ending en, accordingto
no

Observation
Ter

Neuter.

jective
adthe

of this Lesson.

the
"(^u^macber,

shoemaker

the Rhine
3fl^ein,

glu",the river
nac^Idfjig,
negligent
written
gcf^rieben,
geftern,
yesterday
tcr

foftbar,
precious
fc^arf,
sharp
broad
treit,
dear
lith,
made
gemad)t,
(Etwa^,anything,something
englifc^,
English
German
teutfd),

celebrated
itxix^mt,

angcne^m,agreeable

Reading Exercise

XXIX.

ijlein guter^ann, Sure 5^a^krini|leine fcblec^te


Unfer5^ac^6ar
X)ag "oil)iftein
%xaxi. "etn "cbu^^macberiftcin junger^ann,
'MdaU.
^aben
^^r "ro""ateriftein guter alterSHann.
loftbare^
Gie meine golcene
U^r ^erloren? ^aht i^r einen langen33riefgc::
ein ate ^ferc. ^ennen "ie biefen
9)^ann?
Meben?
reid^en
ipierift
biefenreiAen Waxin noc^jenenarmen SJJann* Jpat
? 3^, pe f^at
einen fe^r
einen langen33ricf
gefdjrieben
unfere9lic^te
gefdjrieben.
langen33rief
jd) lenne

weter

Theme

XXIX.

neighbor has a largegarden. The Rhine


has taken my sharp knife?
I
Who
river.
(Brelt)
Tour

is

broad

have

taken

58

REGULAR

VERB

PRESENT

TENSE.

Thus:
I know
ic^lenne,
id)fu^e,I seek, look
I find
i6:i
finte,
i"jermarte,I expect

Dcr
ber

I buy
x6^faufe,
I want
id)Braud^e,
I write
ic^fd^reiBe,
ertuarten "Bk, do you expect?

for

Zi]^,the table
the joiner
2:ifd[)Ier,

!Der "ommer,
ber

(the)summer
Sinter,(the)winter

Reading Exercise

XXX.

beinen alten 3Sater. Sr


3(^ HeBe meine guteSplutter* ^u liebft
licBtfeinen
reic^en
D^cim, 2Bir liebenuttfern
3^r
gropen "arten"
lieBteuer jungc^^fcrK "ie liekn i:^r
Du fauffl
fd^arfe^
^^cflfer.
einen 33Ieiflift,
eittc8ta^Ifeber*
5Bir fuc^enunfern altcn
er brauc^t
"tod.
bu ? 'J^er2:ifd)Ier
^ennftbu jenenSJlann ? Sag fu^fl
fudt
ben 2;if(%,
2)er "ommcr
iftangene^m,ahx ber Sinter iftunange^^
ne^m. @ie lieBen3^^^ 2:ante;
3"^ ^f"nc
fieiithn unfern"ro""ater"
? 8u(^en @ie 3i)f
jenen Jungen Wlann*
Se^rer
^ennftbu feinen
? 3c^ pnbebiefeg
33u(^fe^rgut.
X;intenfa^

XXX.

Theme
I know
want
Hke

his little sister.


umbrella.

new

your

she

is

her.

flower very much


seek ? I seek my

Do

thy new
parasol. You
inkstand.
dost buy an
They
and a pencil. Do
a good book

seeking it,

beautiful
do you
want
?

seeks

I want
steel pen.
No, I do not want
cap ?

buy a
copy-book?

you

Thou

He

Who
you

knows
know

our
our

cap.
(she seeks

Where

it). I

is

Mary's

like

that

Do you hke it also ? What


(fe^r).
gold(en)ring. Which pen does he
ugly little girl? They do not know

merchant

Conversation.
?
Siett jener alte'^Sflann

treuen
3fneralte'Mann lieBtfeinen

ipunb.

3ftber 9l^cinein glu"?

ein BrciterSlug.
Xer 3fl^cin
ift

auxiliaries:

^ennjlbu

ben

^ahm @te

ben

{onnen
SJliiffen,

and

59

mbgen.

"(filler? 3c^ tenne ben fleigigflen


fleiftgen
(Sc^iilcr*
3c^ ^abei^nnic^tgelefen"

meine^
33rief
fd)bnen
SSetter^gelefen
?
Sarum
fauft ber SSakr neue

Der

alte

SBaterg

m
(Stiefet

ift

"tiefel?
jerrtiJen
(torn).
"^reibt3fli^arb
auc^feine
beutfc^c5^ein er fc^reibt
feincenglifdjc
,

Slufgabe?
5Bag fuc^t
uttfer
Zi\"ikx^
2Bie pnbejl
bu biefe
gebcr?

LESSON

XXXI.

Verbs:
Auxiliary

^ufgabe.
Sr

ben 3:iffi*
fuc^t
3c^ ftnbe
ftenii^t
fe^r
gut*

'

Seftioii

SWuffcn,fonncn

unb

31*
mogcn.

2J^uffen"
3c^ muj,
bu
cr

mu^t, thou
mu",

2Cir

I must

mujfen,we

must

)
or mit^t,
i^rmiiffet
"^
)
"ic mujfen,
fiemujfen,they must

must

he must

must
jie(e^)mu"; she (it)

^^^^

^bnnen,
SBir

3c^!ann,I can, may


thou canst
bu !annft,

Fbnncn,we
i^rfount, )

faun,he can
can
fte(eg)
!ann,she (it)

(Sie fonnen,

er

I may
bu magft,thou
er

mag,

(like)
mayest

he may

fie(eg)mag, she (it)


may

can

you

(te!bnnen,they can
9Jlb g

3c^ mag,

can

e n*

SBtr

mbgen, we
i'^r
mbget, ]
(Bit mbgen^

may
you

may

fie
mbgen,they may

to write
f(^rei6en,

to
fui^en,

to read
lefen,
to speak
[pred)en,

to buy
!aufen,
Ikikn, to stay (remain)

to
ge|en,

to go
auggejcn,
without
qfcng,

go

French
^anjbftfc^,

seek

out

60

^Riiffen,!bnnen

auxiliaries:

mogen,

and

XXXI.

Reading Exercise

3c^ mu^ einen Srief|%ei6en. Xu mu^t Jeine UeBeffe^un^


lefen.
Sr mu" frangbftfc^
2Btr mujjenunfernPartner fu$en.3^r
fprec^en.
o^ne (without)"d)u^e
miigtein neue^ 33u(^faufen. (Sie miiffen
unD mein ^rur^er
i^c^en,^annfl t)U fc^rcibcn?
3c^ fcinn fd^reiben
tie ^JiKaCi^en
?
^bnnen
2Btr fonnen Heiben,[te
lann
lefeit.
fprecben
X)u magft Bleiben ot)er gekn*
"uuj[en
ge^en. Sr mag au^ge^eit.
v^einri^mu" in tic (Sd)u(e
franjbfifd)
ge^en, Die (Sc^iiler
mogen
3^) 1^^^mein 53udjoerloren,
e^ fuc^en.SDkg
toixmiiffen
iprec^en.
cer 2:ifc^ler
auege^en?
Theme

May

stay ? No,

we

you

must

XXXI.
go

out.

May

I read

French

joiner. Can he stay at home ?


Charles may
stay in Berhn, but Henry must go to (nad))
I must make
Frankfort.
Frederick
my English translation.
letter.
Can
he speak English? He
must write a German
Can
letter for me
must learn French.
a
(mid))?
you write
I
hat
for
must
No, I must go out ;
buy a new
my brother.

No, thou

has

He

may

cap

est seek

; but

the

he may

also have

hat.

Conversation.
unt f^relBen^
unt" fc^reiBen?
^a, i(^fann lefen
^annflbu lefen
tien 2:ifd)
bcr 2;if^ler
fuc^en? 3^1,^r mag i^n fud^en.
jJlag
toix ten
i^onnen
"^ier.
neuen
nic^t
2;ifc^Der nmt Z\\d)ift

fe^en(see)?

Hn^t tu

SGinter.
33udji^ahcn^.^a, ic^trancheed tiefen
aber
?
lefen,
3a, id)tann frangbfifd)
franabftfc^
lefen
fprcdjen.
nid)tfran^bfifd)

ein nened

Connen @ie

"ie eine neue ^rammati!


-Jiiijlcn

ifaufcn?
J3o

t)crX)icncr?
i[l

id) braudjefeine neue


S^^ein,

; tie

nod) (still)
gut.
meinigeij^

Qx i^ au^gegangen (has gone

out);

er

mu"

ten

"djlujyd

3^reg 3immcrvJ^olen.

2B

auxiliaries:

e n

fo

Verbs
Auxiliary

fciir

fe n.

61

"efttott 32*

XXXn.

LESSON

and

en

unt biirfcn.
tSSottcn,
fottcn

wish
2Bir tt?olIen,
we

I wish or will
3(^Witt,
thou wishest
ru wiOft,
he wishes
er tvill,

(Bit mollen,

fie(c^)mill,she wishes

ttey msh
[len?o(Ien,

"ollen,
2Bir

I shall
3d) foil,
thou shalt
bu foUft,
he shall
er [oil,
she shall
fte(ti)foil,

shall

foden,we

@ie jollen,)

fiefoilcn,
they shall

X)urfen,
I may
3d) t^arf,

dare, (Iam

permitted)
thou mayest
tarfft,

tu
er

or

tarf,he

tai
tomm

may

2Bir

we
fciirfen,
may

t^rtiirfct,
you may
"ie turfen,
they may
Pe liirfen,

the dictionary Ta^ Sweater,the theatre


SBorterbuc^,
to sell
"erfaufen,
en, to come

morgen, to-morrow

l^pn, when
translation

tie

the
UeBerfe^ung,

tie

the season
3ii^^s^3fit,

men, whom

fui^en
@ie, do

you

(seek)look

3emanb,somebody, anybody
Alternant,
nobody
?
fiir
men, for whom
3d) ^a6e^uft I have

for?

mo^nen,to

I would

live

{dwell)

er

mo^nt,he

Raading Exercise

mind

or

like to
hves

{dwells)

XXXII.

Wnm
3d) mill avL^ti)tn,
"^meftermitt ^u Jpaufefclei^en;
fiemill
ein ^ud) lefen.Swollen (3ie in ten "arten (^eben? ^6^^ahtUint

62

auxiliaries:

SCollen, follen and

t iir

fe n"

in bag 2:^eater
tuill
Xaa ?0^db(^ett
gel)ett"
Sup,3U Hei6en. 3c^ tt^itt
@oU id)gu* tern
tie Ueberfe^ung
lai SBorterbuc^.
fc^rciben;
fiefuci^t
lommen. ^ann
ivirin
na^ tern 3:^eater
follen
Slrjt
ge^en?Du foUft
@ie foden
tie "c^ulege^en. ^^v fotit
t"en 33rief
tie 5lufgak
fcforei6en.
lernen, Darf ic^in ta^ 2;^eater
fommen.
Sr
ge^en? Xu tarfft
2Bir tiirfen
"er!aufen,
tarffeinSBortert^u^
3U ipaufe(at home)

Heiben*

XXXII.

Theme
What
and
book.

will Charles write ?

Henry

will write

French

ter,
let-

I will learn my lesson. You shall read this beautiful


Thou
shalt sell neither
thy house nor
thy garden.

We

sell our
horse.
May you stayhere ? I may stay
may
will you go to*
here, but I will go tof the theatre. When
Berhn ? Thou
art permitted to go.
May I go out ? We
will go

out, you shall stay at home.

permitted)to remain
to-morrow.
dictionary

at

home?

Mayest thou
They shall

(artthou
sell their

Conversation.
bu franjofijc^
?
2BitIfl
lefen
?
SCoUt t^rin ta^ 2:^eater
ge^en
"oflen (Sie na(3^33erUn
ge^en?
"er^
Darfftbu teln SSSbrterbud)
?
!aufen

^tin,t^ ^ak feineSu(!,


^tin,mir tiirfen
ni^tauSge^en*
^f^ein,
t(^foil
gu ^aufebleiben.
3", t^ tarfe^ "erfaufen"

S3ann wotlen"ie ju mir !ommen ?


2BiII ter @(^u^ma(^er
tai S"er^

3^

trill
morgen fommen.

eg su
Sr ^atfeine Sufi,

faufen*

?
faufen
terBu(^
tu tin neueg 53ucbfaufen?
SJiu^t
^aft tu Suftnac^ granffmt au
?
ge'^en
tein 3Sater?
SBen fud)t
*

the

After verbs
name

of

Translate

denoting

direction

5^cin,
t(^mid e" faufen,
3d)^abefeine 3ctt.
gr fud)t
ten (Scbiiler,
toward, ju is generallyused

person, and no4 before the name


here in (with the Accus.).

of

before

placeor country

PREPOSITIONS

WITH

Governingthe
Prepositions
"

the

In German

They

may
or

33*

Genitive and Dative.

different cases.
prepositionsgovern
either the genitive,dative, accusative,

govern
both
the

1. Prepositions

63

DATIVE.

Seftiott

XXXin.

LESSON

Obs.

AND

GENITIVE

which

accusative.

and

dative

Govern

Dative

the

only

"eit,since
%ni, out of,from
bet,
near, at,by (atthe house of)"on, of,from, by
mit, with
3U, to, at

mij,after,to
2.

gegcnuber,
oppositeto

Prepositions

Governing

SBegcn,on

SBd^rent),
during
Der

^J^upne^rer,the

Genitive

the

music-

teacher

account

the watchmaker
U^rmadJcr,
I know, Mtte,pray
3c^ n?ci",

of

perhaps
tiietlcicfot,
au^gegangen, gone

ber

only

out

jvot)in
@ie,where
get^en

are

you

going?

Reading Exercise

XXXIII.

ani^
a6er er war nict)t
ju ^aufe,er war
Z\\6^Uv;
^rie^ricb
ge^tju tern "c^u^mad)er, Vix iO^ufine^rcr
gegangen.
3* rm^n\6"t Sr ijl
tro^nthi meinem D^eim. 3fi^r aw ""WK
"e^en "ie ju tern 3:ifd"Ier.
2Bo|irt
ttielleic^t
ge^t
au5gegangen.
3^r 53rutcr? @r ge^tju fcem "artiter. 3^re Jante ge^t^u i^rer
Xer .^aifer
ter
wo^nt M
9lac()barin.
3c^ fomme ani ter "Me.
mit ter "rdftn nad)53erHn gegangcn (gone).
^aiferin.Der "raf ift
wdkent) fce3 .^rieged
te3 0legen3
(EiJwar
(war). 2Bir fint"
we^
tu einen Srtef i"on meinem
nic6tau^gegangen. Jpaft
Ce^rer? @eit
tern ^riege.

3c^ war

fceitern

64

NOUNS

IN

THE

PARTITIVE

Theme
He

go to my
lives with his

must

friend

SENSE.

XXXIIl.

friend.

I live at my father's. My young


grandfather. Is the physicianat home ?

whom
He is at the tailor's. From
see.
go and
sister. He
received this letter ? It is from
my

have

I wiU
you

school. Where

from
an

umbrella

the rain.

you going during the rain ? We


the war.
of the rain.
Since

are

account

on

the

During

comes

summer.

was

have
After

at the music-teacher's.

Conversation.
tdbmittnac^^ranffurt
SBerlinge^en?
2Bta|ltuna(^
9?ein,
ge^en,
Du ju tern @6nei?er gel)en?5^ein,
i^ fott
(SoOft
ge^en.
jum Jifd^ter
tu ein 53ud)
"on teinem 2e!^rer3ci,
ipaft
cr ^ate^ mir gegeben*
?
er^olten
2Bo "o^nt fein
gr ttjo'^nt
Bet feiner
greunb^oUxt ?
"ro"mutter.
9)?itmm
tt)o6ntter "raf?
Sr wo^nt mit feinem
Sruber.
Sr ge^t"iettetd?t
gu tern Se^rcr.
2Bot)irt
3c^ ge|e3U bem ^O^ufifte^rer.
ge^en@ie ?
bu morgen au^gel)en?
!E)art7t
3c^ tarfni^tan^Qt^tn,

'XXXIV.

LESSON

Nouns
Obs.

"

In

German

%ki\"!,
3Bein,some

some

or
or

or

when

omitted

is taken

noun

both

in the

in

partitivesense

singularand pluraL

bread

some
3urfer,

or

any

any

meat

^affee,
some

or

any

any

wine

some
SBajJer,

any

the milk
"Lk ?0^itcb,
the butter
33utter,
bic Dinte,the ink
ber ^afe,the cheese
bie

34*

in the Partitive Sense.

the article U

33roD,some

2emvn

"La^

or

sugar
coffee

any

salt
(Bali,
(tlie)
ba^ 33ier,
(the)beer
ein ^funj, a pound
belongs
ge^ort^

water

66

OF

DECLENSION

SBittter

NODNtJ

MASCULINE

!Da3
\io!itx(i
gro^e^naBe 3u(ier

IN

E.

Heine ^dbdjen Witt

3w(ier

^aben*
er ^atSCajfer
^ot unferI^iener 33iergctrunlen?9lettt,
getrunJeit,
al^ bag
?
T)a^ (Salj
ebenfo
nii^Iid)
ift
3ftba^ eal5nii^lic^

3d) ^abe feinen ^dfe"


"^ ^at^ilc^ getrunten*
2Ba"J ^t ca^ ^int
ein ^funt)2:^ce,
SBie ijiel
3:^ee
braudjt
3^re3}lutter? "ie brauc^t
X)inteunb papier*
Mtfeuaud) X)inte?
3a, ic^:^a6e
tie Z^^iixmeiner S'lac^^
(Sr ift
fiir
giirn?en ift
Mefer3wtlcr?
Iran!
barin ; fie
ift
?
^cife
?
getrunlen

"c6ett (Sic ntir 53rob un^

"

XXXY.

LESSON

"efttott

Declension of Masculine Nouns


Obs.

Masculine

"

all other

adding

Der

the
9lujfe,

ending

nouns

both

cases

n, but

do

not

3wbe, the Jew

ber

D^fe, the

ber
ber

Some, the lion


the monkey
2ljfe,

ber

the nephew
?^effe,

page

Der

singular and

modifj^their vowel.

plural by

I know
3(^ tt)ei",

gro",bi(f big
,

two
jttjei,

(the gentleman) also takes


Declension).

^err, Mister

167, Second

of the

in c, form

$afe,the hare ^'Y'ber ^opf,the head


the German
ber Deutfdje,
the Frenchman
ber granjofe,
the animal
bag J^ier,

unartig,
naughty

in the nominative

c.

ber

ox

^h^m, ugly

endingin

!t)ag"rag, the grass

Kussian

ber

33"

this inflection.

(See

Reading

Exercise

67

E.

IN

NOUNS

MASCULINE

XXXV.

3:^ter
X:iefe^
i[lein
te^ granaofen^at einen Somen,
9leffc
?
^^^ 3:^ier
oDer ein !Deutfct)er
3l't
iperrein ^^ranjofe
5lffe.3ftliefer
ein 3:^ier,%ix Some ^at einen gropen
?
ter ^afeift
ein ipafe
5^ein,
aber jener
"^yxu iftein reic^er
un5
^ftujfe,
^apUcben^opf. I^icfer
Heine ^xi^t ? S^iefer
ein ^ranjofe.$Qie ^eift
^nabe ift
tiefer
arme
$.Xi^\it^ei^tGilbert, X;ie Somen ftn^fc^rparL %tx
unge^orfame
He U|r 3^re5 ^f^effen;
tes ^errn ^Jlartin, ipierifl
fteift
jer^
Slffe
er mill ein teut^
3^^ SKbrterbucfc,
broken* Sei^en@ie tern ^^i^an^ofen
SBort fud}en.
fc^eiS
Der

Theme

XXXV.

boy is diligent.The boy'shat (the hat of the boy) is


The Frenchman's
house
new.
(thehouse of the Frenchman)
The boy of Mr. Martin
is large. Here is Mister Eobinson.
is ill. The head of an ox is big. The hares eat (freffcn)
grass.
Which
@ie), the Russian or
gentleman do you mean
(meinen
the Frenchman
This horse belongs to the Jew.
?
No, Sir,
the Jew has bought it. My nephews like the Germans
very
much
(fe^r).
The

Conversation.
?
^^tv. "ic ben 2lffen
gefe^en
^at ber 3w^e einen ^afen?

biefer ^nabe
l;aben?

2Ci(l

5Ca5 ^atber

\^ ^abeben
^^^ein,

gefe^en*

itnb ein ^ferb*


Sr ^at einen ipafen

fein33u(^ ^Zein,cr

?
ipafe
gefrejfen

Somen

mill

fein Borterbuc^

"^abcn.
(Sr ^at "rag

c^efrcjiTen.
einen gro^en
^"xiber D(^^ einen bicfen ^opf ?
^opf*
9lan,er :^at
e^ nic^t;
^aben ^xt ^naben biefen
(Stu^l 3c^ ii^eig
i^ ^abee^ nic^t
?
aerbroc^en
(]efel)en.
SBoUen "ie bent Sranjofcn
aber
^x
3d)f^"neben^ran3ofertmdbt;
?
SBorterbu^
lei^en
{{^mitt i^m mein 5Sbrterbuc^
Ici^en.

^r

biefer
ijt
junge9)?ann ?
f^o^tn8ie einen 5fiejfen?

unfere^^aufmanne^.
SriftDer^leffe
3"^^abegmei^fleffen.

68

PLUEAL

MASCULINE

OF

SUBSTANTIVES.

XXXVI.

LESSON

!^ettwn

36.

Plural of Masculine Substantives,


I.

Obs.

"

Masculine
C

Obs. II.
"

in the

if

plural,and

substantives

All

they do

ending in c, el,C11
modify their vowel.

not

nouns

take

or

that

tv

take

(Seep.169).

in the dative

en

already have

not

and

plural,

ending.

Examples.

the tree.

T)tx 3:if^,

Xer (BM,

the table.

the

Nom.

I)ie 33aume

Xte

Gen.

ter 53aume

ter

Dat

ten 33aumcn

Ace.

Me Sdume

chair.

'Lit (StiiWc

3:ifc^e

3:ifd)e
ben 3:ifcben
bie 2:ifc^e

8tu^Ie
fcen (Stii^Ien

ter

tie

"tii^lc

X;er 21^ the branch

the branches
")ie 5lefte,

S3aum, the tree


the stick
ter "todf,
the fish
ter ^ifd),
ter ^ug, the foot
tie "(^n?et3,
Switzerland
i?iete,
many

tie 33aume, the

ter

njte

liow
Vll^^i

meinen

"ie,

fe^r,
very

do

(Btodt,the sticks
the fishes
tie ^ifd^e,
tie p"e, the feet
them
fie,
(plur.)
trei,three
tie

four
ijier,

many
you

trees

to
Itegen,

mean

much

Impebfect

lie

talD,soon
Tense

I had
3(^^atte,
thou hadst
tu ^atteft,
he had
cr^atte^
she (it)
had
fte(e^)^atte,

of

To
l^aBen,

Have.

had
ffiirl)atten,
we

i^r|attet,|
^^^
3
"ie fatten,
fie"fatten,
they had

^a

OF

TENSE

IMTEllFECT

G9

C tt.

XXXYI.

Reading Exercise

5Jtein
imi Sriefe er^Iten, 'Lk 33aume kttcn Slefle*
3d) :^atte
^Setter^attetrei "tbcfe gefauft.SSie "iele^reunte^tte 3^r 3Sater?
?
^arl
ipute genommen
"ier ?^reunte. ^at 3c"tanr)unfere
gr ^attc
?
S$ir traiu
faufen
2Ber mill tiefe
^legcnfd^irtne
^attefte
genommen*
cinen
tu
^tten feine p"e. ipatteft
"tocfe. Tie %i\6^t
d)ett siuei
?
Tic (So^neteg 3uten fmt angefommen. 2Cir :^atten
9iegenfAirm
"^
4)attet
i^ripafen
Tie 2ott)en ^aben ijierp^e.
^afeituni) Bifd)e.
toix fatten
Ddsfen.
S^lein,

XXXVI.

Theme
Do

you

cousins.
I

have

broken
the

the

know
Have

received
?

fish Hve

two

feet,but

broken

the

Mr.

Jew

had

I had
very clever.
had lost two parasols.
are

sons

With

and

four feet.

bought

and

two

one

The

my
has

three

whom

are

my
friends ?

What

Jews.

chairs

They

?
from

letters

any
the

four

has four

oxen

Kobinson

the rivers ?

in
(leben)

? The
(fpredjen)

of

received
you
letters from

has

He

sons

Henry

sticks.
do you

Do

speak

daughter. I have
German
physicians

umbrellas

and

my

aunt

Conversation.
SBic

@ie biefe
"tii^Ie?
ftnben

2Bie ttiele
^reunte^attt
3^r 35ater?

^ai 3fntant unfereipiite


genom==
men?

3d) ftnbe
ftefe'^r
f(^on"
Sr ^atk "ier %nun'^i.
Ter SDIufiHe^rer
1^atftegenome;
men.

3Ber Witt tiefe


tan:: 2Bir hxau6^m feine 3ftegenf(^trm
3flegenf^irme

fen?

njir Brand)
en trei (Btodc.

"ie He 8o^ne beg

%x^k"? 3a, icbfenne fie; ftefmb fe^r


fleif
ig.
aBeld)er
3:ifd)Ier
^attefciefe
3c^ ireig
a;tf(^e
id^fenne ben 3:tf(^^
nic^t;
^ennen

unt) (Stiiblegema(^t
?

fattentie 33aume flatter?

ler nid)t.
tie Saume )^atkn
ater
5^ein,
2lejle,

feine Slattir.

^att:t
i"rgifc^e
gefauft?

nicbt"e(b
^txn,njir fatten

(enough).

genug

70

OF

PLURAL

LESSON

SUBSTANTIVES,

FEMININE

XXXVn.

2enwn

Plural of Feminine
Obs.

"

The

pluralof

the

37.

Substantives.

and poUysyllabic
feminine
dissyllabic

ends in n or
.nouns
end likewise in en.

en*

See

Some
p.

feminine

171, Fourth

monosyllables
Declension.

Examples.

Reading Exercis3

3(^HeBe bie 3io\tn


am meiflen
(mostor best).
be^ (B^lo\fti
Tit Wantm
ftnt|od). ^atte bie "drtnerin Slumen ?
Tit "trafen S3erUn^ fmb treitunb fc^on.2Gie langeV-f^^^ gefcbla^
"tnnben gef(^lafen.
fattenbie "(^iiler
fen? Sr ^at fec^^
i^re^luf;;
? Unfere^reunbinnenfmb ^euteaBgereift.
(BinD meine
gabengemadst
pe finbau^gegangen. 3c^ ^enne fed)^
greunbc gu ^aufe? 5'Zeitt,
fc^bn.^atOemanb meine brei geberngenome
pe fInbfe'^r
"(^njejlern,
? 3a, t^re 9licf)ten
mtn
I)akn fie^enommen.
3^^ ^enne biefe
imi
%vautn nicfet;
mx
(inb|ic?

^itl^bu

bie S3Iumen ?

XXXVII.

XXXVII.

Theme
How

many

sleptfive
sleptsix

hours.

hours.

give them

to my

How
To

walls has that castle ? I have


many
slept? He has
long has the German

How

whom

you
friends.
(female)

do not fulfilyour duties.


The streets of BerUn
kind.

Who

give these steel-pens?I

do

are

those

We

I love my

you

London.

It has four

of the uncle /

has the house

six doors.

and

rooms

doors

71

MONOSYLLABLES.

NEUTER

or

PLURAL

are

two

broader
ladies ?

duties; but

iulfilour

aunts; they are

very
the streets of

than

They

are

my

bors
neigh-

{fern.).
Conversation.
@int tcine

ftntin
"S^meflern
ju "aufe? 9lein,f^e

2Bo

3^r 53ruter^arl ?
i|l
(Sint tie "tra^en53erUn^ keit?

tern 3;^eater,

ijli
au^gegangen.

(Sr

keit unt
"3te ftnt

fd^on*

"tocfe.
Sr ^attc
^n?ei
2Bie lange|at ter 3ute gefc^Ia^
(Sr ^at gwei oter trei "tunten

einen (^todf
?
ipatte
SQil^elm

fen?
"int

tie

ter 9lofensax^
?5arBen

gefd^Iafen.
(Sie ftntfe^r
"erf^ieten.

fdjieten?
9J?ann unt er^^
Sr ijlein giitiger
SjlterXeutfc^eeingiittger^J^ann?
immer feine
5^flid)ten.
fiillt

72

PLURAL

OF

NEUTER

MONOSYLLABLES.

Reading Exercise

XXXVIII.

abcr |ie^a6enftejerbroi^en,
Die
Die Winter fattenjmci "Idfer,

^leiDer

ter

.Winter finD^erriffen.
3ft^te ipenne unferer5flad)6arin

33anrer, Die
Die griinen
mx^ oDer rotb ? Da3 J^al iftoiriiit.
SBoIf,
Da^ tcutfd^e
ter ipenne?
t)a5 9?eft
^u^ner legenSier. 5Co ift
fmt alt;
Die "o^ne meine^ 9^acbbar5 finDimaitiij""^fldm S3itd)er
unt "ie(e33aume.
i"icle
Der .^ijnii}
tie teinigen
l)at
^djlojjer
fintneu.
Sante^ fintfc^rfcton. Die ^nakn
^akn trei
Die 2:pier unferer
53latter.
pbcn tie fd}bnften
9lefter
gefunten.Die fi}iJnfien'S3aume

Theme
How
three

glasseshas the
glasses. Your ribbons
many

XXXVIII.
servant

broken

He

very nice.
of my niece are
not

are

has broken
Do

j^ou like

green, white
nitions are very happy ; they have
and red.
Those
a
good
and a good empress.
Have
the valleysof
you seen
emperor
These
three boys have lost their
?
Switzerland
(ter(Bri^ivei^)

the

red

books.

ribbons ?

The

eggs

The

ribbons

of the hens

lio

in
(liiQtn)

the nests

(dot.).

Conversation.
(Sier?
SiJentie Sngldntcr

Bit t\^m"ielcSier,

Jpabentie 33dume 3^red "arten3

S3tdtter"
3^/ fie\)ahmgriine

33ldtter?

fatten (Sie tie Jpler ter "B6^nm] ^a, ftefintfek fdjijn,


?
gefe^en

74

ruTURE

TENSE

OP

Future
I shall
3c^ Werbc fein,
bu

^ttbcH

Tense

op

AND

fcim

feiit.

S3ir ttjerbenfcin,
we

be

shall bo

thou will be
mercet fein,)
wirjt
i:^r
fein,
| ^^^ ^
he (she,
es)"lrt fein,
(jle,
it) @ie werten fein,
will be
ftettjcrten fein,
they will

.,,

cr

"

be

Reading Exercise XXXiX.

SQctn ^abeit,Caroline tt)irt)


S3rob ^aben. Du wirfl
eln
3(^ tt"ert)e
^funt 3wcfer^aben, "5ie iPtrb ein ^aar "triimpfe^aben. 2Bir
mxltn
ipemben ^a6en, 3^r "ert)et (or"te tt)erten)
s"el X)u^ent"
trcl Paar ipantfd)u^e
^aben. Die "critterwerben trei Sticn 3:u(^
in Berlin fein?
i"" ^^^^ bw SJlorgen
^akn, 3"^w^rbe fieiJtS!'^
f^
2eute njerten immer arm fein*SBirt)bein Dntel gu ^anfefein?
3:rdge
immer
mxUn
3c^ Uebe lit n)ei"en
S^ofen,Xie guten ipanbfdju^e
wer^en balt"(soon)reif
t^euer(dear)fein* 2)ie ^irfc^en
fein, ADie
?
tu Seinnjanl)gefauft
"tbrc^e^abm lange"alfe, ipafl

XXXIX.

Theme
He

will have

want?

hundred

I want

three
four

pounds* qf'f coffee.


yards of cloth. I will

yards of linen.

I shall have

one

dozen

What

do

have

also

you

(a)'

shirts. These

These
little books
will be as
longestnecks.
The good fathers will love their
useful as those big books.
'^^Tiere have you
children.
bought those beautiful ribbons?
bread and butter.
The large
Give
to the poor people some
storks

houses

have

the

will be dearer

than

the small houses.

Conversation.
i^ werbe gu ^awfeHeiben.
tu na(^Berlin reifcn?
5flein,
SBirfl
unt
SSerten "ie
e^rlic^3c^ ""crt"ce^ fein.
flei^ig
(honest)fein?
*

The

words

^aar
9)funb"

and

Du^enb are invariable when

preceded by

number,

t Of, after

names

of

measure

and

weight,is not expressedin German.

NOUNS

FEMININE

: PLURAL

IN

mtr
^lein,

$at bcr (Stor^einen ^aU ?


SBerten @ic gutc^2:u(^
^aben?
2Bic "iele ^emten

^at ter

arme

75

C.

merten

2le)jfel
(apples)

laben,
Sr ^t einen fe^r
langenipaU"
3(^ merte ta6 Befle
a:u^ ^aUn.
t)it Stte Xuc^ !o(let
J^lc^
fiinf
"r ^atfiinf
oter fec^g
4"cmtctt^

^nabc ?

4)attcr 3utc

tic

aHe gelefen,
Sr ^atjtc
langen23ricfe

?
gelefen
SBerfcen tie

gropen3intmerBcjfcrXie grogen3immer

unt angene^mer
fein.
beflfer

a(g tie Heinen?


fein

LESSON

2eftwn

XL.

Feminine Nouns
Obs. L

"

Some

tuertentjiel

feminine

addinge

nouns

the radical vowel

and

form

in the Plural,*
their

pluralby modifying

adding e only.

Examples.

See page

171, Fourth

40*

Declension.

76

FEMININE

Obs. n.

The

"

nouns:

Gutter

words

vowel

irbegular

in the

do not add

their

modify

c.

Vu

fat
fett,
catch

of in-b em)
(contraction

im

Reading

2: o (^t e r

the mothers
^ixtttx,
the daughters
bie 2;5c^ter,
ber 9^u"baum,the walnut-tree
different
"erfd?ieben,
to fly
Piegen,

tit

jongen,to

and

plural,but

the mother
Sautter,
fcie2;oc^ter,
the daughter
tie ^elier,
the feather
ter ^mol^ntx,the inhabitant

plural.

"

Exercise

XL.

Xorfer fmb fe|r


"crfc^ie:
33erUn un^ faxi^ ftnb
ttn (different)^ie "tragenber "BtMt
nic6timmer in ben gro"ten
"tabten,
keit, Die rcid^ften
Seute Jt"oI)nett
2^ie ^a^en fan:;
(Sinb bic 5^dc^te
langerim SBinter al^ im "ommer?
ber S3flume ttjcrben kib (soon)reiffein,
(5CrtWdn\t. Die ?5^ucl)te
Heiner

i)ic Semo^ncr grofer"tabte unb


"

abtx unfere(55dnfe
tuerben fetter
fein. Die guten
Diefe^ii^e
ftnbfett,

unferer^la^krin. 3d) ^Be gwei ^dnbe uxio pvd %ii^c,


2;ijj|ter
? @ie
? SSo fmb bie 25i3gel
^ahn @ie bie Hcinen ^a^en gefe^en
Rnb in ben ^dflgen, "ekn "ie biefe
Sl^en3;iJdjtern"
^Briefe
Theme
The

monkeys

(ba)?

I have

will be

ripe soon.
The

geese.
are

very

have

four

the

cherries

have

there

you

ripe? No, they

feathers.
I like the fat
have
geese
of the trees will be ripe. The
walnuts
fruit(s)

good.

The

The

have

gardener will

cows

five

are

cows.

will have
fruit (s) of

What

hands.
Are

mice.

two

XL.

and
cows
many
the walnut-tree.

not
The

big as

so

the

inhabitants

geese.
These

The

The

oxen.

of these

walnuts

are

daughters love

lages
vilthe

their

mothers.

Conversation.
Sangenbie SWdufebie ^a^cn ?
So (liegen
bie 35bg;I?

bie ^at;enfangenbic SJJdufe*


S^ein,
in ber 2uft.
Die 3SbgeI
flicgen

NEUTER

NOUNS

PLUEAL

IN

77

C.

(Std^tc?
2iekn "ie tie gro^ett

i(^lieBcfcicflcinenX;brfcr,
9letn,

@tai)t?
2Bie fmt Die "tra^ert
tiefer
SJBerteti^r"dnfc ^abcn?

@ie finbkeit unb fdjbn*


mtr
9leirt,

^ii^el^ahm^
@ie ^abenlangc^ebern*
SBa^ l^aUntie "dnfe?
?
"ie Vben "ier ^dnbe*
2Cie oiele ipdnte^aicnbie 2lffcn
feine ^inber*
fie)^a)"in
5^ein,

XLl.

LESSON

Neuter Nouns
Obs.

"

Some

neuter

nouns

werben

2eftwn

addinge
form

41*

in the Plural.*

their

pluralby adding

only,t
Examples.

Dad
the float
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

Dad

ber

gIo"e
bcrt %\o^m
bie t^Io^e
^ferb,the horse

^ferb,

Dag'"ctct^

the horse

the prayer

Die 5)ferbc

Die "e6cte

ber

^ferbe

ber (S^ebcte

bctt ^ferbett

ben "ekten

bie

bie "efccte

^ferbe

Die ^ferbe,the horses

bie (Sd)afe,
the sheep {pi}
@c^af,the sheep
bad "piet,the play,
bad 3tt^^f
the year
game
the animal
bad c^eft,
the copy-book
bad J|ier^
the ship
bad 2:l)or,
the gate
la^ "(^iif,
the pig
bad "(^n?ein,
bie ^aare,
plur. the hair
the sailor
ber ^atxo\t,
rein,clean
n?ic alt,
how
bie SCoCe,the wool
old ?
the number
bie ^aiji,
numerous
Sa^Irei^^
bie S'Za^rung,
food
healthy
gefunb,
ten,
tit^n,
SttJ^J^S^Q;
twenty
breijig,
thirty
bad

See page 169, 9. Third Declension,


t The dative pluralalways adds n.

t8

PLURAL!

IRREGULAR

MONOSYLLABLES.

NEUTER

Exercise

Reading

XLI.

^er i)eutf(^e
:^atbret^tg
"c^afe unt" aC^n^ii^c*
^fcrfce,
sttjanjig

? i)ic
flnboffen* (Sinl) alle J^ierenii^lic^
ber 3;^iere
Dcr "raf l^at
aOe feine
^ferbe
^la'^rung
ijl"erfd)iebctt.
? ("r ^attcge^ ^ferbc* Sin ^uU
t)er!auft,^atte er "ielc ^ferfcc
Die S^icrcfaufen
l^otte
flcgefauft.
SBaffer.Die ?0^atrofen
pnt)auf
"c^iffen*Die ^aare ber Winter pntifc^warg*
(on) ben englifc^en
fiieben Me Winter Me "piele? Du bi(l
ge^n 3a^re alt,id)tucrbe
"tdbte

'")te3:^oreUx

Sa^realt fein.2Cie altifl


biefe^
"c^wein? Die reine SBolIe
gttjattsig
ter "d^afe. Die "ci^afe
unb tie 5"ferte
2^iere"
(tnbbie aa^lreic^flen
"inb bie S^oreber "tobt offen*
Theme
The gates of the towns

pigs?

The

horses

the games.
not

are

very

Where

are

sheep,of

sheep

is better

shipsof

the

the

the

larger than

sheep.

The

you

any
like
boys

copy-booksof your pupils? They


sheephave wool. We eat the meat

the

oxen,

than

Have
(gef(^loj[en).

shut

are

The

clean.

of the

The

are

XLI.

and

of the

(M^) of

that

Englishare

pigs.
the

The

meat

pigs;it

of the

is healthier.

numerous.

very

Conversation.
?
iaUn "ie ^ferbe

"inb

aU
bie ^ii^ettu^H^er

?
"d)tt)cine

akr
9leitt,
bie

h)irtverbeti
je'^n
"(i^afe

^ben.
Die ^ii^e finb bie

nii^lic^jl

S^iere.

Die
"c^afenii^lic^?
SflbieSCotleber

SoUe

ber

"(^afe i(lfe^r

nii^lic^,
?
"ie jinbttjei".
"ittb bie"aarebed ^inbeg fc^warj
SlEe ^^ierefaufen
?
a:rinftber iputrt)
SBajfer.
SSaffer
@r ^at neue i^emDen ge!auft"
SBaiJ|atber 3ube gefauft?
ber Sngldn^ 2^ ^U "iele"d^iffe
gefe^en.
^aUn "ie bie "(^iffe
ber

?
gcfe^en

2Cie alt fmb "ie ?

3^

Mn

swanaig^a^xtalt.

Masculine Nouns

Some
Obs.

"

Scfttott

XLn.

LESSON

Some

masculine

an

radical vowel

and

form

SCurm, the worm


the forest,wood
ter 3SaIt),
^ott, God

ter

Sfleic^t^um,
(the)wealth
the heathen
ter ^eite,
Sjlelleic^t,
perhaps
ter

their

plural

adding er.

the
T)ieSJ^dnner,

man

42*

Plural.*
Irregular

nouns
monosyllabic

by modifyingthe

2)er ^ann, the

with

79

MONOSYLLABLES.

MASCULHra

PLURAL!

IRKEGULAB

men

the worms
SOBiirmer,
tie SdlDer,the forests
tie

"otter,the gods
tie 9leid)tl)umer,
(the)wealth

tie

aUmdd)tig,
almighty.
mortal
(lerMlc^,

Reading Exercise

XLIl.

'^tin Dktm
T)ie (SJiJtter
ter ^eitenfintfe()r
sal^Ireic^.

einen
fcatte

3)^dnnern 33roC unD


gro"en0leiAt^um. "eben (Bit tiefcnarmen
^dfe. greiJenf(eat)tic SBiirmer tie 5Sbgel? S3ir fennen tie
ter ^onigin. 2Bem ge^bren
Sfleic^tpmer
tiefeSBdtcer ? @ie ge^bren
loerloren.
^iitler ^atatle feine
tern reid^en9lad)6ar.iperr
Steic^t^iimer
Die Seiber ter ^Kenfc^en
fintfterblic^
(mortal),aber tie "eelen [int
SCo teBentie SCiirmcr? "int tie "otter ter ^eiten aU^
unfterHic^.
?
mdi^tig
*

See page

t The

word

166, Third

Declension

(Exception III.).
freffen
(toeat)is applied only to aminalt.

80

PLURAL

OP

MASCULINE

AND

Theme
The

live in the

worms

birds?
(frejjen)
?

of the

heathens.

The

know

Do

you
woods ?

These
these

No, the rich

belong to

horses

eat

count

the

the

(plur.).The

taken

my

eat

worms

Have

worms.

have

men

Enghsh

those

prayers of the poor

XLII.

has lost his wealth

count

NOUNS.

ground (earth).Do

No, the birds

wealth

NEUTER

gold

gods
gods

watch.

Had

uncle any
your
has large*woods. The beautiful

poor

men

God

men.

hears

the
("brt)

people.
Conversation.

Softnbttc^Sbgel?
2Ber ^at meine golcene
U^r Qt^

8te

fmb in ten 5Baltem.


9)^dnner in ^^xtm
3d) ^abe jirei
?
nommen
3immergefel)en;
^kM6"t\)ahn
'^i)ve
U^r genommen.
tiefe
^ennen " ie tiefe
SOIanner?
3a,id)fenne fic; ftemo^^nen in
tent ^aufemetne^
9lQd)bar^.
5Qem gc^rentiefc
Scatter?
"ie ge^orentern reid)en^^teunrc
5?ater^.
unfere^
"int) tie Scikr ter ?i}?enf(^en
ahv
3ci,tie Seiber jintfterMidj,
tie "eelen ftntunfterHid).
fterMid)?
"Sinc t)ie hotter ter ^eitcn alt;? 5flein,
aberunfer
"ottift
allmdc^tig.
?
ttidd)tig

LESSON

2ettwn

XLni.

Plural of Masculine and Neuter Nouns

m.

endingin

cr,

ci, en, j^cnand (cin.


Obs.

"

and

MascuHne

neuter

substantives

ending in

cr^ tt,
in the

termination
(fin,have the same
of the pluralas in the nominative
but
cases
singular,
modify their radical voweLf
generally
en,

^Cttand

Translate

t Words

grope (seeLess.

in ot

come

under

49).
this rule.

See page

166, First Declension.

82

PLURAL:

IBREGULAR

MASCULINE

NOUNS.

of the queen
beautiful.
These bakers are poor.
are
birds have wings. The tailors make
coats; the
(mac^en)

gardens
The

shoemakers

make

watches.

The

boots

has

servant

shoes; the watchmakers

and

lost

only four gold

spoons

make

and

silver knives.

two

Conversation.
?
2Ber [tnbtiefe
jmeiiUlatdjcn

"ie

be^ U^rmac^er^.
fmbMc 2;od)tcr
aBer er 1^(d
Sr ^at nur einen Sfet,

?
ipatter Partner ijiele
Sfcl

i)icr^ferbc.

2Cic toieicSacfer

3n
flnt in fciefen

ben

I^ijrfcmptibnur

akr
33acfer,

?
Xiorfern

in ben

ircnige
"tattcn jint)

toiele.

3"i/ff ^"ti'^^iSBriibcr.
met)rcrc
t^cnjicr
3"i, pe n^erbm
SCerbenbieipaufer
genflcr:^aBen?
l^aben.
2Bic ijieic
3c^ ^^ Jtuf fiwen @d)neiber*
"(|nciber
l^akn"ie?
itcnncn "ic bic Sriibcrbe" "rafcn?

LESSON

2eftwn

XUY.

of the Plural
Substantives.*

Formation
Irregular

Obs.

"

Some
their

masculine

ending

nouns

pluralby adding

; words

44"

of Masculine

in

tt, cl and av, form


in ur add en.

Examples.

2:er "BtaM,
the

Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

sting

'Lev "e"attcr, Xer


the

god-father

"Bta"ieln !Die "e^attem


ber "e"attem
bcr "tad^eln
ben "tad^eln ben "ei)attem
ble "tac^eln bie "e"attem
Die

See page

167, First Declension

!rer S3a{er,
SJIu^fcI,

the muscle

the Bavarian

T)u^uMn

^^ieSaiem

ber 5!)Zu^!eIrtber 33aiern


ben SJlugfeIn

ben Saiern

bie 'MuMn

bie 33aiem

(Exceptions).

PLURAL:

IKBEGULAR

the
!Der 33auer,

MASCULINE

83

NOUNS.

58auern,the peasants
the cousins
Me 53ettern,
the neighbors
tie ^ad^jhavn,
the slippers
tie i^antoffeln,
Die

peasant

the cousin
55etter,
the neighbor
bcr 5^ad)6ar,
the slipper
Ux ^antoffct,
tcr

XLIV.

Reading Exercise

Unfer9la^"arijleiit
23aier,
feine5^ad)6antfine 33aiem. Jpaben tie 9lofen(Stad"e(n?
5Bo fintunfere
^^ornen (thorns).
tie Stofen
^antoffeln?
:^aben
5flein,
!Die "(^u^ma^er ma^en (make) ^antoffeln,3enc ?!Kdnner )^abm
SJ^u^teln. Die S3aiern pn^ ^ic "^^i^^"
53auern. 2Cir ttjcrten
Par!c
tie "arten ter (SeDattem faufen^
"eoatterg
Die S5cttem imfered

33auern.
jtnt)

Theme
I
and

am

peasant

forests.

These

This house

XLIV.

peasants,theyhave
belongs to our neighbors.
men

are

lands
Your

is your
Here
shoemaker:
neighbors are my best friends.
aU my riches.
The rich
he bringsyour shppers. These
are
has many
count
houses, gardens,fields and forests. The

fishes like
have
my

Are

(the)worms.

bought horses, oxen,


?
Yes, Sir.
slippers

cows

these
and

men

Frenchmen?

calves.

Do

you

We
want

Conversation.
^aBctt tie 53auern

einc

5flid)te
^m,

trei 3Settem.
fte^abeit

?
(niece)

"int tie

teinc^ (Seoat^
9la(^6artt

rei(^.
fieftntfe^r
9Zein,

terg arm?
?
@ie ftntBei tent "S^u^mac^er,
^antoffeln
gefuttten
?i)iu^!e(tt
^u^feln ftntfd^wac^.
?
S'Zein,
ipatjener ^ann ftarfe
fcine
kxibt
?
njerten trei 5Sctteni
^nn, aBer tt"ir
i^rcinen ^Setter
^a"en.
banner fint33aiem"
?
9}Zanner granaofen
"int tiefe
X)iefe

tu
ipafl

teine

84

ADJECTIVES

PARTICIPLES

AND

SUBSTANTIVELY.

USED

LESSON

2eftwn

XLV

and Participles
used
Adjectives
Obs.

Substantives.

as

and participles,
when
Adjectives

I.

43*

used

substantively
declined like adjectives,
are
varying accordingas,
they are preceded by the definite (seeObservation,
tion,
Lesson
XXVII) or indefinite article (seeObservaLesson
XXIX).

"

Examples.
Plural.

1)er 0let|'ence,

Die

9letfenben,

the traveler

the

travelers

Nom.

Xer

l^ie S^eifenten

G-en.

t)e^9leifent"en

ter

Dat.

tern

ten

A.CC.

ten

9leifen5en
5leifen5en

Obs. II.

"

JReifenbc

Tliere

being

no

and
adjectives
take

tie

Sin ?^remter,
a

9letfenben
9leifent)en
3fletfenten

stranger

"in ^^remrer
cine^ ?5remten

gremten
f^remten

cinem
einen

pluralto the indefinite


used
when
participles,

article the
tively,
substan-

the inflexion of the definite article.

Examples:

@itt"efangener,
a

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

prisoner

tcr
ta3

"efangene,
prisoners
of prisoners
(S^efangener,
to prisoners
"efangenen,
"efangcne,
prisoners

the traveler
X)cr Sflcifcnte,
ter

Sin

^remte,the stranger
the prisoner
(Sefanciene,
the prison
(53cfan3ni",

3fleifcnter,
traveler

travelers
Sleifente,
of travelers
9leifenter,
to travelers
3fleifenten,

travelers
Sleifente,

Sin SBetienter,
a servant
ein
ein
ter

ambassador
an
"efantter,
man
a learned
(SJele^rter,
the bookseller
^Bwcfc'^antler,

INTERKOGATIVE

THE

85

PRONOUNS.

Reading Exercise

XLV.

^at ten "cfangenengeka(^t(brought).


3fleifcnter
fremfcer
einen "elc^rten. ^er 33e5ientcte^ ^^efanbten
I^er 53ud)bdnller
fud^t
Dent
^ut ge^ijrt
for in tern)"efangnig.S^iefer
iftim {contraction
i^remten.
^mtx 9^leifenDe
iflein ^remDer. ^ennen "ie ten 3flei^
fenten? Sin Sebienter U^ @rafen ift(has)ange!ommen. 2^rei
im (5^fangni".
T;er
^mt ^remten ftnD9^ei|'ente"
[tnti
(53efangene
iBacferfd)i(ft
33rot)tern "ele:^rten.
fint33aiem.
Xiefe"ele^rten
tiefe^
mit meiner "c^mefter
3:ante.
3^ ge'^e
3n nnferer
Sin

XLV.

Theme
Our

neighbor is

Bavarians.
man

learned

man.

whose

learned

These

man.

"WTio is this stranger?

learned

To

an

ambassador?
The

house

(3cf^
ge^e)to my
prisoner? He

booksellers

(or to whom)
with

aunt's
is in the

learned

men

are

is a traveler.

Is

No, but this ambassador

is

have

He

received

these

apples?

you going? I am
little sister. Where

going

are

my

prison.

We

have

seen

is the

stranger

at the merchant's*

Conversation.
ter 8ot)nunfere^
"ete^rten.
i[t
ein gremter.
^ennen (Sie jenen"^ann ?
^tin,er ift
aBer x^ |aBceinen 9leifen^
gefe^^en?5flcin,
^a|lbu einen "ele^rten
ten gefe^en*
"ie ftntin tern "efangni",
tie "efangenen?
S}o ftnb
@int tie Bremtennoc^(still)
^ier? 3^, fiemerten erj^(only) mor-gen akeifen.
?
(Ein fremter
in tirfcm .^paufe
"ele^rter"
2Cer wo'^nt

Gr

Ser i|t
^rembe?
tiefer

XLVI.

LESSON

Tlie
Obs. I.
"

The
what

^cttion

^6.

Pronouns.
Interrogative

are
interrogative
tucr, who
pronouns
which
(declinedlike the
; tn clever,

tottg,

definite

86

what
)tia0 filr
cilt,
; and
article)
(of which only the indefinite

Declension of

Obs. n."

SBcr and

nJtt" are

tin,with
filr

tocr

used

tt)CT

AND

sort

or

OF

DECLENSION

PRONOUNS:

INTEEEOGATIVE

and

with

W a 0"

kind

clined).
article tin is de-

tiia0.

and
verbs, ttJCltjcr

the thimble
!Dcr ginger^ut,

ta^

beaten
gefc^lagen,
called
gerufen,

(pi)the furniture
(the)cloth
Xn6!i,

tier"ulnen,the florin
the ell,yard
Stle,

mit

mir, with

mit

S^nen,with

me

you

ttial

substantives.

!Dic W6M,

tic

of?

(toyou)

costs
!o(let,
befhaft,
punished
no"i,still
now
je^t,

Reading Exercise

XLVI.

SBcr
2Ca^ faqen(say)"le?
2Ca3 fur ein S3uc^ njoHen @ie?
?
S3er ijl
? 2Ben l^aBen"ic gerufen
fommt tnit ^^mn tton 33erltn

t"e^Su(^^dnt(erg. Unfer3;ifdjter
? Sr iftter 9leffe
jenerSleifenfce
? Sent
iS^oBet gcmaci^t.
2Bett ^at fcer(Bd^neiDer
gerufen
l^attiefc
T;er junge3:ifc^Ier
Garten ? gr gcl)5rt
tern ^rofeffor.
tiefer
ge^brt
in tiefemipaufe
unb allc Wokl
^attiefe
gemad)t.Ser
"tittle
fci^bnen
?
^arlg "Rocf
? Seffcn3ftocf
^atSBil^elmgefdjtagcn
^aftbu aerriffen
2Bcm
3(^ ^abeteine "rammati! bem ^Robert gelte|en.
gerriffen,
ifl
"ie eingela;^
SBen l)aBen
gelie:^en?
^ati^rcSouftnei^reni^inger^ut
?
meine Bejien
ten (invited)
greunteeingelaten*
3(^ l^aBe

Theme
"Who
made

has made
all

our

XLVI.

this beautiful table ?

furniture.

Who

has

The

beaten

old

the

joiner has
bookseller?

learned

The

a yard
foftet)

Whose

^alttll

VERB

AUXILIARY

has

man

lent

me

of this cloth ?

thimble

florins. Whom

is this ?

hast thou

book.

whom

To
A

yard
punished?

87

TENSES.

COMPOUND

How

much

ttiel
(ttJie
give this ring?
is

do you
of this cloth

costs two

The

prisoner.

son

of the

Conversation.
Sr ifl
ein "o^n bed (^tit^xttn*
grembc?
Jeiier
ijl
?
fRod ijl
!Eer 0lo(Jbed 2:ifc^Ierd.
2Bej[ett
gerriffen
Wohd gemad^t?5^ein,
bcr 2;tf^ler
^at ber 33ac!er
1:^at
(icgemac^t.
biefe
Sent gel^brt
Sr ge^ort
metnem
"tu^I?
"ro"ttater.
biefer
bu ?
belner
ben ^ingertjut
3"^ ^"ii"c
SCejfen
ginger^ut
:^a(l
2Cer

"ro"mutter.
Sarum

l|ater

auf^
aufge^;Sr ^atbie a:prenunb i^enjler
ttjeil
eg tuarm
mac^t (opened)?
ifl,
gema(^t,
ein33u^^aktt(Sie?
3(^ |ak "d^iaer'd(SeHt^te.
SBadfiir
bfe

Z^vm

LESSON

XLVn.

Compound Tenses*

2cftwn

of the
TO

47*

Verb "oktt^
Auxiliary

HAVE.

Fast: (Se^aH,
Participle
PERFECT

had.

TENSE.

I have had
SCir ^Un ge^aBt,
have had
we
3^ ^a^ege'^aBt;
thou hast had
bu ^ajl
i^r^aU ge^aM, ) you have
ge^abt,
I had
he (she,"ie :^aknge^a^t,
cr (jte,
eg)^at ge^abt,
fie^ben ge^aBt,
it)has had
they have had
PLUPERFECT

TENSE.

I had had
SBir fatten
3(^^tte ge^att,
ge^aH,we had had
bu ^attefl
ge^aM,thou hadst had t^r^attct
ge|aM, ) you had
he (she,"le ^attm ge^aBt,
er (fie,
)
eg)^attege^abt,
had

it)had
*

had

Compound

ficfattenge^aBt,
theyhad had
tenses

of this verb

are

formed

in German

as

in

Engliah.

88

AUXILIARY

l^aBett:COMPOUND

VERB

the
!Die Sigarre,

the needle
9ZaieI,
the pin
fcic"tccfnatel;

Die

ta^

TENSES.

cigar

to show
iB^tO^n,

the picture
(5)emalt)e,

aufgemac^t,
opened

Reading Exercise

XLVII.

?
ter ^remte Qti^aht
Sr l)atben iputfce^S3u(!^^dttbi
Sejyen^ut ):^at
einen ?^inger^
bu einen "tod ge()abt
ler^ ge^aBt.
?
ipattefl
3"^^iiBe
aBer ii^^ak i^n ijerloren, 2Ben "^aft
? SJTetne
r"u gerufen
^ut ge^abt,
eine 5'Za5eI
3;ante l)at
aber beine iD^utter^atte
^mi "tecfita^elnge^abt,
ein "ental^e
? SBir ()aben
ge^abt
ge^bt, ^attter nictt eine (Etgarre
SingerpteftnDtie0
ge^bt,aBer unfer3?ater^at e5 ^erfauft*SBejJen
@ie
S3orterbud)gekn? ipatten
(these)? 3Bem moKcn "ie tiefe^
?
ein S3u(^ge^aBt
Sir batten eine Sigarre
ge^^abt.

XLYIL

Theme
Have
have

you

pins?

Have

lost them.

cigarsWednesday
That
little boys had
the

tall
?

Whose
queen.
Robert's
grammar.
you

pins and needles,but I


cigars? No, we shall have

No, I have
you

had

had

Had
(^ittn?0(^).
you taken Robert's
is our
man
gardener. What have
I had not
the king,but I had
seen
grammar
I have

have
had

you

had?

picture.

grammar?
those

I have
To

whom

seen

had
will

?
give this dictionary

Conversation.
aber er i^at
I)at
53uc^er
ge^^aBt,
fteijerfauft.
U^r ge^abt,
U^r?
3c^ ^attceine filberne
^aflt)U eine goltene
aber id)i^ah fte
^erloren.
2Bir fatten
"emalce ge'^abt?
nur
jwei"emdlne.
^aben 8ie ijiele
2Cir fatten
^atkt i^rGigarren
ge^abt?
ge^abt*
guteSigarren
Sir fatten
t)n 3Cein ge^bt?
SBajfer
ge^bt.
ipaft
8ie?
3 A ^abtfeine "igarren.
f)ahtn
SBejfen
Sigarre
"emdice?
"ie tiefe^
5Bem jeigen
3(i)tuerbe e^ tern "elel)rten
jeigen.
3cb ^"ib^
fiealie ^crlorcm
2CnlIfttuniireine(StecfnateIgeben?

55uc^er?
^at fcer^Bwct'^anbler

Sr

90

ADJECTIVES

PRECEDING

SUBSTANTIVES

Theme
Hast

thou

concert.

been

Has

(itmaU)been
They

the tailor not been

had

been

No,

here.

been thereatwoj hours.i

AN

ABTICLB.

XLVIII.

the theatre?

to

in Berlin

WITHOCT

at the ball ?
have

we

Had

She

No, I have been

only been
been

you

had

Have

been

to the

you ever
in Frankfort.

there?

in Berlin,

We

had

He

had

been iujVienna* twoj daysj.

Conversation.

?
3c^ war im 3:^eater
getuefen*
gewefen
njirnjaren in 33erUtt
?
"eib i^rim Concert gewefen
9lein,
gemefen^
nie in Slmerifa gcnjefcn*
?
^tin,er ift
3fler in 2lmeri!a geroefen
meinen t^curenDnfct
SSarum Mfttu fotrauriggewefen?
2^ iaBe
bu
55t(l

im Garten

uertoren,

2Bir trercen ing (Eoncertgc'^en.

?
fQc^inttjerben"te gc^en
2Bie lange(how long)war
Slmerifa gemefen
?

LESSON

cr

in

(Srwar

trei

"

in Slmerifa ge^

ttjefen,

XLIX.

Sefttott 49.

PrecedingSubstantives
Adjectives
Obs.

^ge

without

an

Article.

adjectives
accompanying a substantive are not
precededby an article or by a demonstrative pronoun,
the gender of the substantive
be expressedby
must
the adjective,
which
takes the terminations
of the
(wanting)article. The genitivesingular,to avoid a
of g, takes n.
repetition

^When

Examples,
masculine.

Singvla/r.

Plural.

Nom.

guterSCein,good wine

gutcSBetne,good wines

Gen.

of good wine
gutenSBeine^,
to good wine
5Belne,
gittem
gutenSJein,good wine

guterSSeine,of good

Dai

Ace

wines

to good wines
gutcn3Bcinctt,
good wines
gutc SBeine,

PRECEDma

ADJECTIVES

WITHOUT

SUBSTAimVES

AN

AETICLE.

91

FEMININE.

Plural.

N.

"uppc, bad (poor)


fd^lcc^te

G.

soup
of bad soup
"Suppe,
fc^Iec^ter

D.
A.

bad
(Bvc^^^tn,
f(^Ie(i^te

(Suppcn,of bad soups


f(^Ie^tcr
to bad soups
^Bu'^'ptn,
fc^Iec^ten
bad soups
fc^lcc^te
"uppeit,

@uppc,to bad soup


fc^lec^tcr
^uppe, bad soup
\^\t^tt
N

B.

Plural.

SingvZa/r.

old books
atte 33udjcr,

Nom.

fresb
33rob,
frifc^e^

Gen.

of fresh bread
frifc^en
33rotc^,
to fresh bread
S3rote,
frifc^em
fresh bread
33rot",
frif(^ed

Dai
Ace.

soups

bread

of old books
alter33u(%er,
to old books
alten Siic^ern,

old books
altc S3u(^er,

ham
!Der (Sc^^tnfen,

roast, roasted
gekatcn,

tie @uppe, the soup


bie "aBel,the fork

boiled
gefod^t,

ba^

excellent
tjortrepc^,
thick
bicf,
c^ gieH,there is,there
giett
e5, are there?
Jemal^,ever

Dbfl,the fruit
Me 9?ac^ricbt,
the news
fc^bne
33Iumen,fine flowers
jungeSeute,
people
young
neue

"c^u^e,new

shoes

wild
ttJilD,

Reading Exercise

are

XLIX.

unb njarmc
bu Mte
3(^"^aBe
"uppe o^t^alLSBittfl
guten"(^infen
33Iumen ^aben. Sr liebttt)et"ed
"uppe ^ben ? S"ir tuerben fd^bne
unb
3:intc.
"ebcn "ie bent Oleifenben
l^apier
warmed
fd^warje
bie "drtner reifed
ipafcen
SBaffer*2Bo ijlber
"ciju^mad^er?
(ripe)
Scute
"iebt
in
Dfefi? eiJ junge
"tabt ? SCirb ber 3:tfc^Ier
biefer
neue
2)^oBeI^aben? ^er "c^u'^mactjcr
t[lin granffurt
gemefenunb IcA
neue
(Sd)ul)e
gebrac^t.(E^ maren mitte 9^ac^ric^ten
gemefen. "eka^:
ftU gefo(^te5
tene^ glctft^
unb
ift
gefunDer
Slcif(^"
3c^ l^abefd)n?ar3e^
rotted2;u(^gefc^en.

92

1^ttBett.

VERB

AUXILIAKY

Theme
thou

Wilt

have

FIRST

XLIX.

good ham,

some

white

CONDITIONAL.

and

fresh

bread

and

good

red

We
have eaten
bought
paper.
The
excellent frmt.
gardener has drunk very strong beer.
Have you green
My father Hkes only good old red wine.
I want
Will
tea or black tea?
good coffee and sweet milk.
boiled meat?
roast meat
the boys have
Here
is good
or
fresh water, and also good white wine.

butter ?

I have

Conversation.
^nUn "

?
ie gutcn^afcge'^abt

SSir fatten
guten ^dfe unb

frifc^c

33utter"
SBaren "Bk

im

alten 2:^eater
Qt^

9^ein,luir ttjarcn

im Concert gc^:

n?efcn"
wefen?
^at unfer
U^renaU ber3Mge"
U^rmac^erguteU^ren? Sr ^atkjfere
leben (Hve)
in tiefer9lein,
"ibt e^ 9cf(^i(!te
Slerjte
geft^idte
Slcr^te
"tatt?
itur
(only)in ieutfiilanb,
("ic ma(^en nur neue ^bbel.
?
WoM
t)te2;ifAter
newe
9)^a(^ett
ZxinUn "ic rottenoJer tueifen3c^trinfeweter rotten
no(^met"cn
Sffieitt?
SCein,ic^trinfefrifc^e^
SBajfer.
3BotIen "ie
^6" raucfcemeter gutenoi^fc^Iec^te
etne
gutc (Eigarre
Sigarren.
rauc^en(smoke) ?
unb
gnten griinen
fe^r
2Ser!auftber ^aufmann guten Sr ijerfanft
S^ee.
fc^margen

LESSON

"efttott

L.

30*

First Conditional of l^aBen.


I should have
^iitte,
3(^ tuiirbe^aBenor tcfj
thou wouldst
tu miirbefl
^aBenor bu Mttef^,
have
he would
er wiirbe ^aBen or er ^atte,

SBir hjiirbenl^iaUnor toix Wkn,


n?urbet 1:}aUn
i'^r
fiewiirben ^kn

or
or

we

should

i^x^tttt,you would
fiefatten,
they would

have

have
have
have

^a

VERBS

AUXILIARY

if I
l^emti^ :^atte,

" C tt

AND

fC t tt,

FIRST

SBenn n?ir ptten,if we

had

Do

CONDITIONAL.

had

if thou hadst
trenn i^r^dttet,)
^atteft,
j^^^
^^
if he (she,mnn
@ie fatten,)
tuenn er (fte,
e3)^atte,
if they had
mnn
fiel)atten,
it)had
tu

"entt

First Conditional of fcin.


I should
bo
or
ii^ludre,
3(^ wiirCe feitt
thou wouldst
tu njiirtefl
fetnor tu wdreft,
er

wiirte fein

er

or

2Cir miirtien
or
fein

mare, he would

h)ir mdren, we

be

be

should

i^rtoiivUtfeinor i^rmdret,you would


(lettJiirten
feinor jlemdren,they would

be
be
be

SBenn mir mdrcn,if we were


{^ metre,if I were
if thou wert
bu mdreft,
menn
menn
i^rmdret, ) ^
menn
er (fte,
e^)metre, if he (she,menn (Sie mdren,)
menn
fiemdren,if they were
it)were

^mn

the
5)te ^flaunte,

plum

the battle
tie "cfcta^t,
the plaything
"|)ieljeug,
fro^,glad
Uttnht,sorry
ba^

just
Q^^^^^,
to blame
tat)eln,
l^ungrig,
hungry
fcu^fti^/
thirsty
drunk
getrunfen,

Reading Exercise

L.

^dtte.*t)U miirbejl
^6^ miirbe"elD ^ahn, menn ic^nic^tgetrunfen
nte^rgrennte ^abm, mjnn.tu gerec^ter
mdrejl*("rmiirbe ein ^ferD
er "elD genug
menn
^dtte. Wdnt @b^ne miircen au^ge^en,
l^aben,
miirte nid)t
menn
unmol)tmdren
ftenid)t
Unfer3:if^Ier
fetn,
\o arm
mdre, X;ie 3:ante miirte nic^t
menn
er flei^iger
fo^ungrigfein,menn
ba^
menn
fieStma^ gegejfen
^tte. SCiirten "ie aufua^ Sanb gel}en,
^Betterni^t fo fd^Iei^t
mdre ? Xit ^inber miirben "pielgeuge
:^aBen,
miirten. "I:ie^remben miirben nidjtfo burj^ig
menn
ftefpielen
fein,
"Sie
miirben ni(fct
tatetn,
menn
^tten,
fte5Bajfer
"

After

mm,

the verb

is

placed at

the end.

See

Lesson

71.

94

VERBS

AUXILIARY

tt

etl

wouldst

(gegefcn)

would

be

They

should

she

Would

have

happier,

be

if

sorrj'-,

(ijewonnen)

thou

If

just.

would

and

if

had

were

the

battle.

she

hungry,

sorry,

if he

apples,

diligent

if

they

he

be

She
also.

glad

Would

Would

they

would

They

not

ripe.

were

had

just

were

would

friends

more

more

he
if

Thou

playthings.

be

glad,

wert

plums

they

be

you

those

had*

He

thirsty.

be

eaten

if

glad,

be

should

CONDITIONAL.

FIRST

L.

Theme
I

(it.

fC

AND

have

be

won

Conversation.
bu
SCiirfecfl

SSater

ju

(15elt"f^ahn, mnn

ipaufe

bein

fte

"Sie

SBiirben

SBitrbe

|Ie ni(!^tIrani
SCiirbe

ter

ttjenn

@ie

(Solraten

@ie

menn

"

After

eg

(never

fein.

frif(^e0, lalted

nur

trinlen.

fro^ unt

jpurbe

gereti^t
fein.

the

ttJiirbcfe^rfro^

fetn.

3c^

ttJiirbe eg

(with

fatten ?

mm,

tvieber

@(^ia(^t

3^^ ^f^^ lei^en,

mir

"ie

gufrieben fein, Sr

ni^t ijerloren ^tten


Siirben

Mxixht

wiirbe

SSajfer

nie

ware

^aifer

Ue

3c^

gered^ fein,n?enn

bie 3:ante

ttJiirben

again)

trinlen, wenn

SSein

burftig mxtn

"ie

"ic

fatten ?

"pielgewg

tag

'^aBen^

mare

(tc fro^ fein, njenn

SBurten

njiirbe \jlel "e"

2^

verb

is

placed

at

the

3^tt"t

pleasure)

end.

See

wit

35ergnugen

lei^en.

Lesaon

71.

II.

P"A.I^T
"

III

"

2emvn

U.

LESSON

of Eegular(or Modern)
Conjugation
Obs. I.

Active Verbs.

the infinitive in n*

in

end

verbs

^All German

"

51.

By removing this ending we find the root,


to praise.
taUi-n,to blame ; lob-eit,
Note.

In German

"

infinitive when

the

by jtt; but the auxiliaries


to feel ; preit,to hear ;

of mode

(seep. 219),also

to
blcibcit,

to help ; le^rettf
to teach
l^clfcn"

followed

are

I bid you

by the

Obs. n.

The

"

Present

to the root

e.

preceded
fit^Iett,

finbett^find ;
to

maditn, to make,
e^ t^tttt^
^^ ^ci^Ctiid^

9"

^-

ju ;

fieju fe^en,he

came

to see

her.

by adding tvh
g., Uhcnh ; the Past Participleby prefixing
t
affixing ; e. g., geloit.

The

prefixge is not
verbs of foreignoriginending
2. With
fc^irt
(not gemarfd^irt);
"

g.,

learn, and

formed

Participle is

and

gc
Note.

e.

to bid, (not to call);


l^et^eit,

;
to

without

infinitive

it,but "r fam

do
{to)

remain

Umen,

verb is

after another

ctl"

or

used

the

in

participle
past, 1.

With

all

in

to march;
mav
e. g., marfd^iren*
i(c)rettj
such as have the unaccented
prefixbtr %tt
g., kfuc^en,to visit ; kfuc^t (notgebefuci^t).

tmp, tnU tx, tJcr,or jcr ; e.


^The Imperatiye, which
Obs. III.
"

is formed

person,
fetch
seek

(thou); and
(ye),or etl
@ie:

pronoun
Obs. rV.

"

^The Present
the

PRESENT

in the
in the

when

only used in the second


singularby adding e: ^olc,
pluralby adding ct : fuc^ct,
is

the verb

loBetl @ie,

is followed

by

the

praise (you).

is formed

tense

Imperfect by

adding te :

TENSE.

by adding

e :

ic^Me

i(^lobte.

IMPERFECT

TENSE.

I learn or am
3(^lerne,
learning3c^ Ue6tc,I loved
thou leamest
tu lieBtcft,
thou lovedst
tu ternft,
he (she,
he loved
er (fte,
it)learns er lieBte,
a) lernt,
learn
ttJlr
ttjlr
we
lernett,
Uebtcn,we loved
J
il)r
Iern(e)t

eie

lernen,[^^^

i|Miettct,]

^^^^

they learn
fielernett,
*

The

to be ;

only verbs

which

to do, and
t|tttt"

^^^^^,
,

^^^
Mttn,
pe Hebtett,
they loved

ete

in the

infinitive elide the

those whose

root ends

t before

in el or cr.

are

fcin,

96

Obs. V.

OR

REGULAR

COMPOUND

TENSES.

and
xoxx

etc.
^ben geretet,

are

Obs. VL

VERBS:

euphony sake regularverbs, whose last radicals


tween
b, t,hn, ^n, hm, fftt,
"^n,or ti)m,retain c bethe root and the ending in every mode, tense,
I speak,tu ret eft,
er rercte,
person ; e. g., 3"^ rete,

For

"

MODERN

last radical is

^Verbs whose

"

insert

second

in the

person
I wish, fcu i"unf(^cft,
etc.
njiinf^e,

Reading

Exercise

(f,ff,fc^^")
singular; e. g., ic^

sibilant

LI.

teinen "c^iiler.Sr geI)or^


Xu lobft
leme nieineSlufgabe.
3(i^
3^^ ^^^'^i'tc SiiAer.
feinemSe^^rer.SStr wo^nen in ?5rcin!furt.
ta^ Si}i3rterbu(i
Xie "Mer
oter 3Cein ?
^olen (Sie SBajfer
fud^en
? Xer ^ater
t)ufcentragen"3d)iilev
3c^ lieBtemeinen Se^rer.Sobteft
n?a^
SBir !auften
itnt 53irnen. 3^^ ^"^^tet
ten 3;ifd)(er.
Slepfel
fuc^te
8ie ge^ordjten
mein Dnfel fagte.SBo^nten8ie nicbt in 33erUn?
a"ir eine neuc
in^ (Concert ge^en. SoUen
tern X)tener. i)ufannft
lernen ?
"ie nad) ^ari^? UnfereSltern ge^enin^
9leifen
5lufgabe
"rammatifen.
ipoleetn "la^ Sajfcr."uc^eteure teutfd^en
3:l)eater.
bu? Sr retet fe^r
2Bag njunf(^eft
(angfam(slow).

LI.

Theme
I love my
his lesson.

Thou

pai^nts.
We

buy

new

livest in Berhn.

dictionary."WHiat

Charles learns
do

you

seek ?

did
What
gardener and the tailor live in Frankfort.
She loved her teacher.
I bought a white horse.
you buy ?
The
What
are
learningmy lesson.
making? I am
you
teacher praisedhis pupils,
they learned the lesson. Learn
Love
to obey. Obey (plur.)
(plur.)
your teachers.
(sing.)
your parents. My parentshave visited your uncle.
The

Obs. Vn

"

The

Compound

nearlyas

in

tenses

are

formed

in

German

English.

cipal
past of the prinparticiple
and in the
verb is preceded by the present,
Pluperfectby the imperfectof ^dUxi (sometimes
learned ; Ic^
(ein)
; e. g., 3(i)\""ihtgclemt,I have
I had loved.
l^attegelteBt,
the
2. In the First Future and First Conditional,
1. In the Perfect

the

98

REGULAR

MODERN

OR

COMPOUND

VERBS:

TEN8ES.

Reading Exercise.*

Additional

?
er 1:)at
^tein,
"c^u^e gemac^t
"Bc^u^mac^er
fie
^at uitfer
biefe
tu W
n\6"tgemad^t* i^aft
ipau^
Slffen
au^ gefe^en?3c^ ^^^cbiefe^
n?irt ftc
? 91ein,
tie Slufgakgelemt
er
gekut. ipatteter "c^iiler
n?enn
kute lernen. 2Cir miirten tad 2Bi3rtertu(^
^aben,
gefauft

n?ir

Be^;
^te Seftion morgen (to-morrow)
^attenf*
3^5 ii?ci^^c
ge^abt
?
S3ir
SBirptu ten 33rtef
entiigen*
^abm, e^eeg iunfel ij^
kenfcigt
"ie juurbentic
werben tie 3flec^nurtg
tega^It
^aBen,e"e"ie abreifen.
l^dtten.
S3u(i^cr
^aben,"enn fie3citgeWbt
0efu(%t

"elD

Additional
Who

has made
has

Charles
all his

these

not read

watches, we

tables ?

his

book.

will sell

Theme.
I have
The

learned

watchmaker

the children

Would

ours.

my lesson.
had
sold
have

played,iffthey bad had playthings?Where will your teacher


Our
sister
house
in Berlin?
live?
Will you buy a new
have
sold his
would
would
buy the dress. The merchant
house, iffhe had
I had
loved

heard
you

if he had

it.

also.
learned

lost his
If
The

I should

son.

have

had

loved

me,

Professor

would

have

you

his lesson

believed

it,if

I2 shouldi have

praisedCharles,

better.

Conversation.
iit^ari^ ?
SBo^nten@ie frii^er

SBag "irt ter l^iener ^olen?


2Ga5 ^aUn "ie

?
ge^brt
?
tu Deutfd)
Sernfi
SBirt) ter ^bnig eiit neued
bauen?

in 33erlin,
ic^wo^ntefritter
^^^ein,
aberje^t
wo^nen njiritt^^ranlfurt
Sr tt"irtSCajJer
:^olen.
3d) ^aU eine fd)bne
SJ^ufi!
geprt,
i(^leme Snglif^.
9lein,

"c^Iog5^ein,aber er njiirteein
@(^Iopbauen,n?enn er

neueiS

(^elt

Uttt.
SSerten @ie tad blaue Zu6"

These

additional

t SBenn {if)here

? 5^eitt,
tad griine
nja^Ien
toa^Un.
i^ ttjerte

exercises
governs

be reserved for
may
tlie subjunctive
(which

at t?ieend.
requires the auxiliary

see

separate lesson,
on

page

206) and

t)u in'g Concert ge^en?


aBirfl

2Bcr ttJtrtbie

2Bein

glaf^cnmit

futlen?

99

NUMBERS.

CABDINAL

afteri(%ttJiirtc
ttjcnn
9lcin,
ge^ett,
i"imeinc ^luf^aBe
^atte.
gelernt
Der I^iener wixxU ftefiillen,
wenn
mir SBein fatten*
3c^ toixxu lai "ei"egetud^U

^aben,
(Smilieges^
%ixv mn
^attebcr Odrtner biefc(Sr ^attefiefur unfere
S3Iumen gebrac^t?
fcrac^t.
^aben?

liH.

LESSOlSr

"eftiou

52*

Cardinal Numbers.
*
tin,e (ein5

sixteen
fec^^e^n,
peknge^n,seventeen
ac^tje^n,
eighteen
nineteen
neunje^tt,
twenty
anjanljig,
tin unti snjan3i9,
twenty-one
Ireifig,
thirty
forty
ijierjig,
fiinfaig,
fifty
fe^gig,
sixty
peknjig,seventy
ai^tsig,
eighty
ticutt^ig,
ninety
a hundred
l^unbcrt,
a thousand
taufenc,

one

jwet, two
trei,three

"ier,four
five
fitnf,
six
fec^g,
Pcben,seven
eight
ad^jt,
neutt,nine

jc^n,ten
eleven
elf,
twelve
gmblf,
thirteen
bretke^tt,
fourteen
tjicrjc^tt,
fifteen
fiintge^n,

Obs.

I.

"

The
answers

the

(" i n ^ is

the

particleg c ^ n,

which

the

English teen ; from 20 to 90, with


exception of thirty,f they talie the affix 5 i g
to

answering
*

13 to 19 add

numbers

used

never

to

ly.

at the

beginning or

in tlie middle

of

compound

numbers.

f The
prevent

word
a

r e

liarshness

ending in
of sound.

vowel, f i fi is added, instead

of j i g, to

100

CABDINAL

Obs.

n.

^The

"

English expressionwhat

is translated

Obs. m.

"

NUMBERS.

n?

ie " i e I

o'clock

UJr ;

as,

or

what

What

timey

o'clock

(whattime) is it ? 2Bie ttiel U^r ij^ c^?


When
speaking of the hour !^a 1 6 (half
) and
25 i cr t e I (quarter)
are
ber
placedbeforethe next num(half past three) hteraUy
; as, ^alfe "ier
half (towards)four; eitt 2$iertel
auf fedjg
a quarter towards
(a quarter past five)literally
(of)six.

Reading Exercise

LII.

brei ^aninc^en
altc Sager:"at
^arhter :^at
Uttfer
Dtefcr
gefc^offen.
neutt 3SbgeI
gefangen
(caught). 2Bie alt fmt)"ie? 3"^ H" fle"ett:^
?!J?onat^at
3e"^tt
Sa^rc alt "L^i 3a^r ^atgmblf?!Jionate. I:iefer
ein unt) brei^ig
@tatt fint)
^dufer. 2Ctc
taufenb
2:a0e.3tt biefer
"ie( U^r ifl
S" ijl
brei U^r ober ^16 "ier. !Der ^bnig ^atmt^x
ei3?
HiJ je^t
aU ^unbert
ber "c^iiler
f)ferbe*SBie ijieleSlufgaBen
:"at
(as
Sd
in
ftnbfec^a^l^
yet)gelemt.
ipu^nt^cn bent ipofe. ^JZelnSiZejfc
^at"ier unb swanatg "Stdbteunb fec^g
unb a^t^ig
!Dbrfer
gefe^en*

Theme
How

son

He

eighteenyears
rabbits.

has

uncle ?
He had six horses,
your
and
four
old is your eldest
How
oxen.
(ipnnbc)
is fourteen
old,and my eldest daughteris
years

many

dogs

two

horses

LII.

Our

old.

The

gardener
yard.
your

hunter

has

shot

to-day

nineteen

has

than twenty-seven
caught more
in
chickens
There
are
eighteen florins in my
A week has seven
days ; a month has four weeks; a
purse.
three hundred
weeks
months, fifty-two
or
year has twelve
and sixty-five
days.

Conversation.
2Cie ufete"d^iiler
^aiiperr2ange?

("r '^at
unb swan^ig(Sc^iilcr.
fiinf

2Cie alt ftnb3^re Jotter?

X;ie altej^e
3al)realt.
ip fiinfje^n

ORDINAL

101

NUMBERS.

2Dic "iel U|r ifl


e" ?

cirt2$iertcl
auf"ier obcr^alb
ifl

Sd

in
("r ^atfte
^at ter X;iener tie ^ii^nc^cn

3Bo

?
gefangen
"int ijiele
Sagerim

S3 pnb

SSalDe?

Cent

^ofegefangen,

"iele3agerim
fe:^r

Balbc

unt in ter "3tatt.

'"

LESSON

Lm.

Sefttott

'

33.

Ordinal Numbers.
the
erfle,

ttx

the twentieth
!Der gttjanjigjlc,

first

itx

the second
jttJeite,

ttv

the third
iritte,

the thirtieth
brei"igjle,
the fortieth
ter ttier^igfle,

ber

the fiitieth
fiinfjigfle,
the sixtieth
ter fe^aigjle,
the
ter jlebcn^igflc
(or Petjigfle,)

the fourth
"ierte,
the fifth
fcerfiinfte,
the sixth
ter fec^^te,
the seventh
ber (iefccnte,
the eighth
ter aci^te,

tcr

ter

seventieth
the eightieth
ac^tgigj^e,
the ninetieth
ber neunjigfle,
the hundredth
ber ^untertfte,
the two hunber gwei^unbertfte,
ter

ter neunte, the ninth


ber
ber
ber

the tenth
^ti^nk,
the last
le^te,
what
ttjiet)iclte,
day

month

Obs.

dreth

of the
ber

I.

^The ordinals

"

the thousandth
taufenbfle,

formed

are

the

from

cardinals,up

to

britteand act)te
(bererfle,
excepted),
by adding t,and from the 20th upwards, by adding
and are precededby the article. They terminate
ji,

the 19th inclusive

in e in the

nominative, and

See Lesson
Obs.

rC.

"

^In

compound

the others

XXV,

numbers

remain

gwblf^unberta^t

are

declined

like

tives.
adjec-

Obs. V, page 49.


the last only is ordinal,

cardinals
unt

as,

the

1238th, ber

breifigfte.

102

NUMBERS.

ORDINAL

Obs. m.

"

In German

the

of months

names

and

days require

the definite article.

Sftttuar,
January
ber ^ebruar,
February
ber Wdx^, March
bcr Slpril,
April
ber ?3Zai,
May.
ler ^ani,Jund'.
Der

..

."

,.

^cr 3uH, July


ber 2lugufl,
August
ter (September,
September
ber D!toBer,
October
ber 9lo"emlber,
November
ber ^e^ember,
December

"

be? Sp'mit^a,Sunday

ber

Donnerflag,
Thursday
ber %vcxtaQ,
Friday
ber "amftag,{or(SonnaSenb)
Saturday

itc'^ontaQ,
Monday

Dienjiag,
Tuesday
SJlittrood^,
Wednesday

ber

'

Der

Obs. rV.

"

To

are

nals;
to the cardim
a I is added
repetition
e in ma
I, once; jmeimal, twice, etc. They
sometimes
written
e in
Tlal, 3 id e i 50^a I k"

denote

Reading

Exercise

LIII.

erfle
Za^ ber britten SBoc^e. !I^iele^tenXac^tber ioorif^ei
ober brittein feiner
ber gwcite
tmmer
SBotS^e.Unfer^einriAifl
^laj^e.
^mat
be3 3a:^re3,
ber Dienflag
ber britteZaQ
ber erfle
X)er 3anuar ifl
n?irbam "onntagober SJJontag
ber SBoAe.
^^nebric^
ju 3^nen tom^
ber fiebente
ber Srfte
men.
SSil^elm
ifl
^onig"on ^reu^en."ubn?ig
T)er

unb "uflato
mar
5lboIf
SSierje^nte
^bnigtoon gran!rei(^
^onigtoon
I^en mie ijtelten
"Aweben.
3c^ bin breimal in Sonbon getoefen.
? 2Bir ^aben^eutc
ben neunge^nten.
bed 9Konat" ^aben"ir ^tutt
ber

Theme
The

first week

in

king of England,
day of the week.
works.
Mary

had

At.

Henry the eighth,


Saturday is the seventh

lost the

is the

third,Sarah

second
is the

much

What

um.

of Schiller's

and Elizabeth
fifth,
I shall pay

(news)paper

the month

day of

render
.o'clock,

volume

have?

do you
money
Friday. I read my

on

beautiful

six wives.

Thursday or
morning at eighto'clock.*
him

was

I have

How

the last.

May

LIII.

'XU^X*

is

every

to-day?

103

PRONOUNS.

DEMONSTEATIVE

Conversation.

3|1 bein Se^rerje

3a, er ijlbrei ober tiicrmattort


gen?efen"
3d) ^aU tret donate unt) "ier
X)eutf(^^

in 33erlin(je^

?
irefert
(Sie
SBie lange1:)aUn

in

bort geleBt.
^2a0_e

?
lant)gcIeH

SCann

tu ju
n"irjt

ipaBen"ie

3c^ njert)e morgcn ober am X)oniJ


nerftag
ju 3^nc" fommen.
3a, i(i
lefcftejeben^orgen urn

mir fommen?

fd)onbie 3^i^it"9
9^^

jteBcn
U^r.
lefen?
5lm ijierje^ntcn
SCann flarB
(Btpttmhv1701"
Sa^oB^er 3"cite?
?
bcr treije^nte
2Bar (Sonntag
^f^ein,
"onntag"ar fcerneunae^nte*
nic^t

:8cftiott 34*

LIV.

LESSON

Pronouns.

Demonstrative

pZwr. bicfc, these;


plur. j e n c those ;

this ;
that ;

X)iefcr,Hcfe, biefcS,

I.

Obs.

"

}cne, jcne^,
jener,
like the article. *
declined
are
Obs. IL-" I: crjenige,

ta^jenigc,

b^xlil^ biefcUe,

one;

also

tiejcnigc,

rnTmT

i d^e

the
,

affclbe, the

same,

combine
very same,
the article and the adjective.

fclbe, the

*^-

Ex.

Instead
2)tc^
This

Btress

of b

ftnb

t e

fc

mcinc

abridged form

than

Germans

SBorte,
of

the

the definite article.

often

use

these

are

demonstrative

and

the

b i e ^ and
my

that, the
same;

clben

ber?

of

declension

ha^,

and

also

words.
pronoun

receives

more

i.

104

DEMONSTKATIVE

PKONCUNS.

Neuter.

Nom.

ta^jenigcor bad, that


of that
or
tciJjenigctt
teffcit;
cyr fcem, to that
temjenigen
tadjcnigc(yr tad, that

Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Plural.

Masc.y Fern, and NeuL

"

Nom.

or
tiejenigen
or
terjenigen
or
tenjenigen
(yr
tiejenigen

Gen.
Dat.

Ace,
Obs. m.

^In German

"

if this

those

tie,

tercr,of those
tcnen,to those

tie,

tJiatis

or

those

separatedfrom

its

subjectby the yerb to be it takes the neuter form


of the singular
without any regard to the gender
or

number

son,

Die

of the

noun.
following
fed ijl mein
"5o^n"

Reading Exercise

Ex,

This

is my

LIV.

bed 33rief6otett.
^ieri^
^ier iflmein ^ut wnt tcrjenige
{cyr
ber)
33ebientett.3*^^ U^r tfl
unb biejenige
i^eber
feine
(orbie)unfered
aid bad 3^^^^
aid bie meiner Sante. S^ned ^inb ijlgrb"er,
fleiner,
^nate :^at
2^er unartige
nur fein
33ud)i)erIoren,
^a(^feard.
nic^t
\^n^
aucb bad fcined
^em
Se^rerd. I^icd iuaren bie 2Corte unfered
Slr^ted.
bad 2Ber!. 2Cir fpredjen
Dad ifl
meber "on wnfcremBebienten nod^
x^on bem bed ^erfn
"on bemjenigen
fonbern
(orb e m) 3bred"enerald,
53aU iflbied?Der Se^rer
^atkibe ^iic^er
^b^Icr. SBeffen
genome

33anb tt^
I:iefer

men.

2Ber!ed ij^
audgegekn.

Theme

LIV.

Elizabeth's silver thimble


Have
not

taken

you

my

hat

only this house,but*

your umbrella
Frederick's umbrella.
neither

"

But after

negatedclause

nor

or

is better

that of Louisa.

than

that of Charles.

also that of

that of Miss

Henry

has

uncle.

our

Miller.

spent his

is generally
rendered

We

shall sell

I have

taken

I have

taken

money

and

(seep.
fontkettt

that

106

PBONOUNS.

BELATIVE

Declension of mld^tx.
Plural,

Singular.
Nom.
Gen.
Dai

Ace

Neut.

Fern.

Masc.

For

all

genders,

jucldjern?el(^ctrelc^e^ ttjcldje,who, which, that


whose, of which
teren,
tejfen
tejjen teren
to whom, to which
n?elc^fmweld)ernjelc^em njelc^cn,
n?eld^enxotX^t weldjed njclc^e, whom, which, that

Reading Exercise

LV.

ttjetcber
? "aBett
'^at
unfercnneuen Z\\"i
gemacbt
2;ifc^Ier,
? Die ^naben,
"te tad ipau" gefe^en,
me^ed ter ^iJ^e^ger
gekut ^at
tie ^irfd)en
ftnttie meinigen."int tie "c^iiler,
^aten,
njelc^e
ge!auft
? Die .Winter,
teren 5lufgak@ie ijerbejfert
teren 3?ater
^aben,flei^ig
hjir geflemgefe^en
^aten,ftntfe'^r
n?eld/em
fd}bn.Der U^rmac^er,
2Batter.
X)er ^uc^en,
l^abe,
ic^tiefen
35rief
tuelc^en
gefc^riekn
"ei"t
ter "d^neiter,
welAer
tt)ir
^ben, war ni(^t
fe^rgut. Dad ifl
gegejien
teinen 3flo(f
tie JungeB^^au,teren ^ann
!ran!
^at. SBer i(l
gemad)t
? Dad ifttie 2Cittn?eSCalter,
in teren ipaufe
mein D^eim n?o^nt,
ift
3fltad tie jungeDame, mit ter (Sie ind Sweater
ge^enwerten ? Sd
Bet meiner "c^wefter
tie geftem
war.
iftgrauteinSJ^iitler,

S3o ip ter

Theme
I have

the shoemaker

seen

fortune.
the reward.

Show
The

me

LV.
whose
whose

the widow
pen

which

have

brother

has

lost

all his

daughter has received


made
does
(gef^nittcn)

not

write.

Have

you

shall

has

have

postman
a

of

(oon)which

These

to-morrow.
sold

the butcher

widow.

to the

in

our

whose

house

to the kitchen

reward

is in

lost

are

The

we

very

know

spoken ? I
gardens which the

(which)you
The

old.

Will

whose

son

have

flies which

troublesome.

is ill.

postman

you

have

books

generallyvery

are

trunks

are

whom

the

are

The

in the bookseller's store

bought

bread

of

son

the houses

seen

them

see

butcher

we

Is this the

107

PRONOUNS.

PEBSONAL

you
has

The

take the
received

Spain.

Conversation.
S3o

mein
ijlber ^naU, twelc^er
^at?
33ud}gerrijfen
^ahtn ""ictie Srcmtengefe^en,
\"on
toix gcfprodjen
n?el(^en
i^aUn?
mit ter
3fttai tic jungc2Bittn?e,

@ie im

J^eaterge^enn?erben ?
S3cr Ifl
jeneralte ^am, tn ten
^at?
S3rief
9cbrad)t
Bennett @ie ten

3(^ njcige^ nic^t,


ic^^aBe i^n
nic^t
gefe^en.
mein ^err,id^'^aBe
ftenoi^
9lctn,
nic^tgcfel)cn.
9lcin,ta^ ifttic ^amt, tie mir
einen Slcgenfc^irm
^at
gelie^en
in teffen
g^ ij^
ter Srief
ipau5
bote,
mein

Dnfel tvo^nt.

ter greunt)
!cnne i^n,er ift
tcr "^eute3a, icfc
^IJie^ger,

Ui

2;ante war ?
ter mttm.
unferer
2Bie ^eipt
2oA^
ter maUx, )^t^en
Der 5J^aler,
teffen2:od^ter
tiefcn
tcr tiefcn
33rtef
l)at,
^cigtSBcif
S3rief
^at?
gefd)rteben
gef(^rie6cn
SBic "iclcStmntcr i^at
S^ ent^alt
ta^ ^m^,
(contains)ad^t3int^
tod6"t^tein 33atergcmieti)ct
unt cine .^iidje.
mer
^at?
gclefen.
SQBc^egtton tiefcn
33u(^ern
l^aUn 3c^ ^aBeBeite 33u(^er
"Bit gelefen
?
.

LESSON

LYI.

2cltwn

36*

Personal Pronouns.
Obs. L

"

^The

are
personal pronouns
(mas.)he; fie, (/em.)she ;

i (^

and

I; bu, thou;

eg

it.
(new^.)

er,

108

DECLENSION

PERSONAL

THE

OF

PRONOUNS.

Declension of the Personal Pronouns,


Singular.
1st Person.

For

aU

2nd Person.
For

genders.

Nom.

X^,

Gen.
Dai

meiner,of
mir, to me

Ace.

m\^,

all

genders,

tin,thou
of thee
teincr,
to thee
fcir,

I
me

txA, thee

me

8d

Person.

Masc.

Fern,

Neut.

Nom.

cr, he

she
fit,

c^,it

Gen.

of him
felner,
i^m,to him
i^n,him

of her
i^rcr,
i^r,to her
Pe,her

ofit
feiner,
to it
it)m,

Dat.
Ace.

e3,it

Plural.
For

Nom.

we
to\x,
of
unferer,

Gen.

us

i^r

or

euer

or

aU

genders.

(Bit,
you
of
^^xtv,

fle.they
of them
i^rer,

you

(unfer)
Dat.

uni, to

Ace.

un^,

Obs. IL

us

T) u

"

ciidjor 3|nen,to
tit"jor "Bit,
you

us

is

employed,

Deity,and
and
friends,

is used

in

German,

between

to servants

and

hke

you in English,is the


it is used particularly
with

Properlyspeaking," i c
from
but is distinguished

'

person

by

the initial

'

'

addressingthe

intimate
relations,

inferiors

generally.@

politemode

of

strangersand

address

i e,
;

superiors.

capital.

( himself,herself,itself
Irix.
^

A. )

near

in

is in the third person plural,


the other form of the same

Eeflexive Form:
O.

to them
itncrt,
them
fie,

you

fidj.

themselves
1yourself,
yourselves,

) For both numbeni

aad

all

f!:ender8.

OF

DECLENSION

Obs. HL

The

"

all

reflexive pronoun

genders both

used

onlyin

in the

the dative

109

PRONOUNS.

PEESONAL

THE

fi d^ has only one form for


singularand plural,and is
accusative.

and

Reading Exercise

LVI.

lofcen
mi(^. "ie lenncn un^ unb tt)ir
fie*
liebjl
mir
? Xiefe^Jafc^entuc^
lei^^c
ifinic^ttroden,
^at er jlc^
genjafd^en
33ruber bir einen 33rtef
Cer ^aufmann, teiJen
ba" bcinigc.2Bie ^eigt
nac^ ^aufe nc^men. ^6) h)crbc
^at? 2Cir werbcit tud:^
Qef^riefcen
?
SBir werben cd
tci^en. "3eib i^r^ungrigober burflig
fiebir nid)t
t^un. SSottt l^r felbjl
ge^cn? 2Bir banlen S^neitfur3^re
felBjl
"lite. S" iflmir leib. 3"r werbet 6ei un" Heiben. j^onnen "ie
ntlt irno fpajieren
bem 33u(i^:J
? 9leitt,
ic^banfe 3^nen,ic^l^aBc
ge^en
binber ijerfproc^en,
jcDenZaQ mit i^m fpajieren
ju ge^cn.

tic^unb
3(^a(%tc

bu

LVI.

Theme
I

not

am

yet ready.

Do

esteem
you
I have washed

us

thou

Hast

handkerchief
?
it,but it is not
my
yet dry. Is it necessary to learn this conversation ? Yes, it
is very necessary, you
learn it. Have
read the
must
you

washed

paper

this

shall read

morning ?

No, Sir,I have

it to-morrow

or

the

day

me
(jlicb)
(Dat)a piece [of]bread.

Why
very

had

not

time, but I

after to-morrow.

Give

We

things.
play-

will

buy

you

? Do
?
Will you do it yourselves
a trunk
you need
The
books which
lent me
is he sad ?
are
you have

interesting.Here

kindness

to lend

me

which

is the newspaper

; I thank

you

very

much

you

had

the

(fe^r)
.

Conversation.

^aben @ic
men

meinen

fcllf
eoI)n ^ati^it
3"r jiingfler
5^ein,
3a, id?Hit

S3i|lbue"?
"tocf genome

mein
^at bie ^rau be^ S3riefBotcn

gemafd^en?
3;afc^entuc^

c^

genommett.

^a, fie^t

ea

aber e^ iji
Qtm]"i)m,

nidbt trocfen.

110

INDEFINITE

PRONOUNS.

bu il)r
einen 58rief
?
SBirft
f(^reiBen
^dn, mein iperr,
i^^k feine 3eit.
2Bo ift
Dag |)ferD
tmu
^ad^bax^? Sr ^attee3 nid)tme:^rnbt^tg
unD
eg,
ijerfauftc
?
Sotit i^rmit itng ge^cn
2Cir banfen 3|nett,tvir ^aBen
^eutefeine3eit.
^onnen @ie mir 3|r SBortcrbu^("g t^utmir (eic,
id)fann eg S^neit
?
lei^en
ki bem S3ud)^
eg ift
nic^t
let^en,

binber.
^bnncn @ie

?
nic^t
augge^en

LESSON

mir muffen
bteibeti.
9lein,
gu 4)aufe

LVn.

Scttivn

57*

IndefinitePronouns.
The indefinite pronouns

are:

(French,on), they.
Sebermann,everyone,
everybody.
somebody.
Semanb, some
one,
SRiemanb,no one, nobody.
(Stmag,anything,something.
9li(^tg,
nothing, not-anything.
self.
"elbjt(?/fel"er),
another.
each other, one
(Sinanbcr,
^dntt,t, g, nobody, none, no one.
one
SJian,

Obs.

only in the nominative, (ifanother


of
is requiredthe corresponding oblique case
case
is used
einer
(see 107), and requires the
verb in the singular. It is expressed in English
not
only by one and they,but also by the passive
voice : ^ an
fa g t they say, one says, or, it is said
(French,on dit).
takes g in the genitive,
the other
3 eDermann
remain
91 i e
cases
unchanged. 3 f nt a n b and
take 0 or cS in the genitive. In the dative
manb
^

"

a tt

occTirs

Obs.

n.

"

INDETTNITE

HI

PEONODNS.

the

endingis em, and in the accusative ctl. Quite


these endings are dropped.
frequently
in.~@
e I b )1
or
fe I B e r is invariable. It cither follows a
noun
or
(pers.)
pron. ; e. g., 3^r "SoI)n
e"
fclbflfagtc
is
or
mix,
placed at the end of the clause : 3^r "o^n
e^ mix fclbfj,
fagte
himself told me
it.
your son

Obs.

Reading Exercise

LYII.

"Man

franf. Man bat i^n gellebt.


er ift
fagt,
Jpatman einen 5)^ann
? ^ega^It
'Man
3cJermann. ffiir^ijren
^emanteiJ"timme.
gefe^en
!Die
reDen.
foU loon ^f^iemanDem (or "on 9licmanU)
S3bfe^(euiZ)
SJiutterkac^te (brought)i^re3:oc^ter
3d) ^Be c5 \tib^
felBfl.
^t^
.Reiner
licBenn?ie (as)fic^
9^ad)bar
madjt. 3Han mu" feinen
felBjl.
Xann jn?cicn
^errenMenen. ipatCir ta^ 3^ntant"
(^lyo)
(or5flicmanb)
loBt5f^iemanCen"
? SJleinSSrutier
gefagt

Theme

you

does

brother

My

Nobody

that ?

not

love

can

serve

LYII.
Has

anybody.
than

more

one

somebody told
master
(^ e r r).

{or it is said)that he is ill. One must love one's


(feinen) neighbor as oneself (fid)fclbfl)*He has come
ia
I shati do it mysell One is happy when
himself.
one
the man
contented. Be* politeto (geg e n) every body. Had
is without faults. Several have
received anything? No one
They

say

made

the

mistake.

same

Conversation.
^at

man

?
i^ngefeC)en

^t\n,er

ipattir bag 3fntant)


gefagt?

xoax

nic^t
jn S^an\t.
iate^
2;o(^ter

SJ^eine^ Dnfeig
mir

gefagt.
SoBte tie Gutter i^reJoc^terfelbjl?
unferDnfel lobte|Ie,
5^ein,
2iebtbein Sruber 3fntanren?
er Iie6t5fliemanten.
5flein,
ti
9lein,

2Car 3entant^ier?

toax

S^liemant)
^ier*

Stalin Wu^xixi benfelBen


ge^Ier ^arl unb So'^^nnnnb nod^anbcre

l^akni^n gemad)!.

gemad^t?
*

For

the

imperative of

to

he, see

p. 200.

112

GOVERNINO

PREPOSITIONS

?
3flfcieoSetcrmann^ ^fli*t
^naBen einancer
^u6:^tn
tiefe

THE

ACCUSATIVE.

Sebcrmann^ ^fl^t
nic^t
ifl
ni^t mit eliu
^tin,pc fprecfcen

S^
?

anter.

etnja^ "(^Oi?
bu je (ever)etma"$ "c^one^ 3"^ ^^^ "is (never)
4)ajl
?
nere^ gefe^cn,
re^ gcfe^en
9liemanl) (Reiner)
?
o^ne?5c^Isri[l
3jlReiner o^ne ?$e^Ier

Seftton

LVm.

LESSON

Governingthe
Prepositions
Obs.

I.

Accusative.

the accusative
followingprepositionsgovern
only. See Lesson XXXTTT, page 63.

The

"

case

T;ur^,through,by means

of,by

D^ne, without
around, about, at

*
for
fiir

urn,

towards
QtQtn, against,

toiur,against

The
Obs. II.

"

S8-

Diminutives $en and Icin.

nearly aU substantives may be formed


into diminutives
by affixing^ni or Iciit* Nouns
ending in e drop this letter in the diminutive form,
and those containingthe vowels a, 0, U are modified.
In

German

diminutives

The

to express
cases,

are

neuter, and

small size,but also

are

used

and
affection,

not

in

only
some

oddity.

Reading Exercise

LVIIL

meine "d)mejler.
2Bir iverten
fiir
Seilc^cn
(intmr ta^ 3;b(^terlein
^trfdjen
unfercd
gc^cn. I^icfe

ein
X)a5 ^yiatcben!aufte

turd)ten 2Calt

conjunctionin German,
the English conjunction /(?ris b c nn.
o

u T

is

netier

the word

correspondingto

114

NAMES

OF

"

^Names

"eftiott

39*

of Countries and Places.

Names
I.

PLACES.

AND

LIX.

LESSON

Obs.

COXJNTBIES

of countries

and

placeshave

in

German,

as

English,no article,* and form their genitive


by adding g, except those ending in g, y and j,
remain
which
unchanged, but are preceded by the
in

\) o
preposition

Obs. U.

"

n,

governing word stands beforethe name


of a country or
place,the genitiveof the latter is
not formed
by the addition of g, but the preposition
" 0 n precedes it, as : %\t ^bnigin"on
Snglant,
and not Die ^onigin" n g I a n fc g"

^When

the

Austria
Dejheic^,

Europe
(Europa,
America
2lmeri!a,
Snglanb,England
France
f5ranfrel(^,
Germany
X)cutfd^lant,
SKien,Vienna

"panien, Spain

Stalien,
Italy
^reugen,Prussia
Eussia
Sluplanb,

9lom, Rome

Reading Exercise

LIX.

\tW in !DeutfcbIant
25cr ^rofeffor
35art^
3"^ ge^ena^ granfreic^.
unt) ge^cn nadjSnglanb.
Slu^ttjantercr"erlaf[en
i^rcipeimat^
X)iefe
? (Sie ^ci"t
2Bte kigt tie ^aiferin
"on
S^anfreic^
Sugcnicuni W
Slugujlc.Der 9lame beg ^aifersijott
^onigin "on ^rcugen:^eigt
Heiner aU "panien ? Deftreid)
5llej:anter.3fiPortugal
ifl
9luglanr
Sant in Suropa?
iftbag grogte
fogrogaU 3lmeri!a, SBeldje^
iftnid^t
ein ^aifert^um. ^ommen
"ie
Stalien ij^ein ^bnigrei^,
9lugIanD
"on
am
^ari3? SBeldjegijlT)eutf*Iant)'g
^auptftatt?
granlfurt
SJJain. ipaten"ie ben SSater ber beutfc^en
?
i^Iuffe
3ft ^^
gefe^en

ber^etn?
"

Except

Turkey

b i e "S (!^
"

c t

j,

Switzerland, and

b i e Z'a.xttx,

{%valii^)t

OR

IRBEQULAR

Theme

ANCIENT

115

VERBS,

LIX.

Germany largerthan England ? Berlin is the capital


the capitalof Austria.
of ("on)Prussia, Vienna
My best
I am
friend lives at Kome.
going first to Spain,then to
of France, Napoleon the
The
Italyor to Russia.
emperor
third,is beloved by all his subjects. Austria is an empire,
of France, is a
but Italyis a kingdom. Paris, the capital
the Rhine, its banks
seen
very beautiful city. Have
you
(feine
populous than
Ufcr)are beautiful ? Europe is more
Is

America.

Conversation.

"tc nac^S3erlinoter nac^ 3c^ 9c^e mUv


"e'^en
nac^Scrtin noc^
^arig?
nac^^axii,fontern
na^ 9lom.
2Bie ^eipbiefer
afrifani?"ein ^amt ifl
berii^mte
^axt^,er war mcin
^ieifente?
2e|rerin S3erlin*
fc^c
al^ (Spanien
? 9lein,
ijtel
fletner.
eg ifl
3f^^orhtgal
grower
SBo^erfommftlu ?
3c^ fomme "on 3JJat)ril""
Sanb
in
T!a3 ^aifert^um
SCclc^e^
iftfcajJgrogte
3ftu"lant)
ijlbas
?
in Suropa.
(Europa
grb^te
Slu^Jwanberer?
@te ge^ennac^2lmeri!a.
2Col)in
ge^enbiefe
"tatt in
tie ft^onjlc,
S3erUn ifl
SCelc^eg
iftMe fdjonjlc
ungiueifel^aft
?
SCien tie grbfte.
!Deutf(^Iant)
"tatt lebt3|r i5^^eunt)
? Sr lebtin Ronton.
3ttwelc^er

LESSON

The
Obs.

I.

"

There

"eftiott 60*

LX.
or
Irregular
are

the modem

in German
or

imperfect and
ancient

verbs

the radical

Ancient Verbs.
163 verbs which

deviate from

regularverb in the formation of the


participle.In the imperfectthe
do

not add

vowel, and

termination, but change

in the

participle
past most
affix ctl instead of i,and frequently
generally
change
the radical vovsrel,
in the imperfect.Some
of the
as
verbs
also modify or change the radical
irregular

116

IRREGULAR

OR

vowel
the

ANCIENT

VERBS:

in the second

and
present,

FIRST

and third person

singularof
imperativesingular.

in the

In order that the various


verbs

them

and each of these

First
Obs. n.

This

"

changeswhich

regular
the ir-

may be well comprehended


into five different conjugations,

undergo

shall divide

we

CONJUGATION.

again into

different classes.

(EadicalVowel a).
Conjugation

conjugationconsists

their radical

vowel.

vowel

In

is

of verbs
the

having

for

imperfect the

in the firstclass,
and

tinguish
dis-

it in

the second.

Class: Imperfect

First
: 53 a
Infinitive

Freaent

cfe

to bake.

{Indicative).

u.

with

Fast Fart.

b a cfc

Imperfect

baked.

Imperative.

cr
3(i^
bttcf,
tutucfjl,
hadt,bake (thou)
cr

Wa

Bricft

bucf

i^r Bac!et Sir


bacfen,

i^rbucfct
budfen,

badtt or batfen(Bit,

bake (you)
ftebacfen("tetu(fen),flebucfcn
("3iekc!en),
Thus

to drive ; graben,
to dig ;
conjugated: fa^ren,
*
to load ; fdjaffcn
to create ; f^Iagen,
to beat (strike)
lafcen,*
;
to carry (wear)
to grow; ttJafc^en,
tragen,
to wash; also
; mac^fen,
to stand.
ftc^ett,
geftancen,
ftaat,
are

Second
: 33 1 tt fe n
Infinitive

Present

Class: Imperfect
to blow.

{Indicative).

with

Font Fart.

tc.

b Ia

Imperfect.

fe n,

blown.

Imperative.

blow (thou)
tublafep, 3*Hie^,l)uMiefefl,
3(^blafe,
blafe,
er

Mdf^

er

Mied

Sir Hiefen,
2Bir Hafctt,
i^r blafet
i^rHiefet
or blafen
blafet
"ie,

blicfcn
(@icbUefen),rte
(@ieHafen),fteb(afen
*

The

Present.

radical vowels

of

f(^a ffe n

and

Ia b

e "

are

blow
not

(you)

modified in the

IRREGULAR

VERBS

117

CONJUGATION.

; FIRST

to fall ; fan:*
conjugated : hxatm, to roast ; fatten,
to hold ; ^angen,
to lot
to hang ; lajfen,
gen, to catch ; ^alten,
to sleep. To this class
(permit); ratten,to advise ; fc^Iafen,
Ucf,
also^beadded : \)amn, |ic6,ge^aucn,to hew; laufen,
may
to
to push ; rufcn,
geflo^en,
jtic",
ricf,
cjelaufen,run ; {to"en,
Qtxn^
of
fen,to call ; grten,ging {orgi en g),gegangen, to^go ; none
which modify their radical vowel in the present,except I a us:

Thus

fe

are

and

tt

jlo g e n.

Reading Exercise
Sir

Ber Bacfteuer 33rob?

LX.

Baden e^

Wt
bein
mm
felBj^.
fa^rt
meine ^reun^
? 2Cir n?erten nacfe^oln fa^ren,
Dnlel nad^i^anfreic^
tin fu^rgcflem
fea^ln.Xtx ZoWnQxahx gruB ein "ra6. SBarum
tu ben ^naben ?
3* fc^Iug
i^n geflern.^ilaht^ttjufc^
flc^
fc^tdgfl
tie ipdnte,
weil er nid"tte^ 33(ubergie"en^
f^wlttgfcinttjollte.3tt
in Xeutfc^lanb*
"iel ZaUd, fritter
5lmerifa wdc^fl
er nic^t
n?uc^^
^m
2lnfang
f^uf"ott ^immel unt) Srbe, SCarum |aj^bu tid^nic^t
ge^:
bad
Blieg
?
tte
SCinb
^b(^in "etf(%
Jpat
gej^emfldrfer.
njafdjen ^er
3)^it"Specf
? !Der 9)^ann fiel
"om
!E)ad^e"
fdngtman Wdu\c*
gebraten
"ie i^n? ^at^m fiemir ed pngen su laffen?Sflie^
%ixxwen ^ielten
SSarum
fen@ie mlc^? 3"^ ^"i^^
I^Jtc5flad^t
nici^t
gut gefc^lafen,

Po^epturnip?
Theme
baker

The

bakes

yesterday? We
digging a hole ?

drove

Why

bread.
in

create

the wind
did the

blow
man

took him
twice.

push

in

an

With

did it

the

beginning?
to-day? Are you

formerlygrow

the gun loaded


cooking the meat?

How

thief.

I advised

him

than

slept more

the old woman?

drive

you

Go

? What

Is

the roof?

did

elegant carriage. Are

fall from

for

whom

you
did you beat the woman?
The Germans
washes
tobacco
the other.
Will much

hand
say: One
in Germany ?
Where

grow
God

you

good

LX.

are

mice

bed.

Does

When

caught? They

to go to Paris.
eight hours.
Why

(thou)to

did

I called

did you

118

IRREGULAR

VERBS:

SECOND

CONJUGATION.

Conversation.
ic^^aBegeflern
5^eirt,
gefcadfen.
9)^itunferem
S3it n?em fu^rft
?
fcu geflern
SRe^ger,
^^JJlor?
ein "rab
er ^at e^ biefen
^at ber 3;ottengra6er
3d) glaube,
?
gegraBen
gen gegrakn.
ipatber ^oc^ fca^Jgleifcb
geBraten?^dn, er pel in ben teller unb
ijerle^te
(hurt)ftc^,
?
ipakn @ie mi^ gerufen
id)rief^axL
9Zein,
2Gie fann man
?
Wit "pecf ober mit ^h]t fangt
SJZaufe
fangen
Serben

"ie 33rot)Bacfen?

fie"
im 2lnfang
"ott f^uffie
au^ 9li(i^t^
man

Ber
S3o

ipimmelunt) (Srbc?
fc^uf
ttJd#Der ZaUd ?

(Er

unb
mdc^flin X;eutfc^Ianb

2tmeri!a.
SBarum

"ie
fc^lagen

"ie
Sftat^en

mir

ben ^nakn

nac^ ^oln

SBeil

trdgeiflunb nic^tbie
SBaW^it fagte.
5^ein,
ic^rat^e^l)ntnna(^Scrlin
3U ge^cn.

gu

ge^en?

LXI.

LESSON

Second

for

the

changed to
the radical
0.

Scltion

The

radical
o-

divided

into three

and
classes,

vowel, which, in the

The

vowel

second

has
past participle
c, in

and

has
(indicative)

class;*the

61.

with a),
Conjugation
(Imperfect

is
conjugation

-This

er

third is

the second

has

Imperfect,is

in the first class

o, and

in

the third

singularof the presperson


ent
the
in
first
second
and
i (oric)

third

regular.

and gefi^c^cn
have ie
g^tb"xtn,
empfc^lcn,
geben,lefen,fc^en,
93cfc^Ien,
jle^ten
and third person singularof the present, all t^e remaining
verbs of the second class have i only.
"*

in the second

VERSa:

IRREQULAR

Class:

First

Past

Past

Sir effen,
i1^v
cffet
(@ie

pe cffen
ejfett),

tu
,

ffe n

eaten.
,

Imperative.

Imperfect.

tu
iffejt,er 3d) tt f
Si^ejfe,

Thus

Part.

e.

with

(Indicative).

Present

Participle

to eat.

: ^ ffe n
Ivfinitive

119

CONJUGA'llON.

SECOND

f c jl
,

er

if,eat (thou)

or
ejjett
2C{ragen,i:^ra"et(@ie
"ie,
cffet
eat (you)
ftc
apen
apen),

to eat (appliedto animals);


conjugated: frejfen,
* to
to give; gcfc^e^en,*
to happen; lefcn
to
geBen,*
read; meffen,
to see ; tretcn,
to tread; ttergejfen,
to forget:
measure
; fe^en,*
from illness;
and the veryto recover
genefcrt,
3 c n a " genefen,
to do (make), which
irregularverb t^un, t^at,get^an,
is conjugatedregularlyin the present : i(^t^ue,t"u t^uft,
etc.
are

Second

Class:

: 33 e fc ^ U
Infinitive

Past Part.

Present

3^

,*

fa I)I e

(Indicative).

Participle

Past

to command

0.

(order).

commanded.
,

Imperfect.

^u
3c^ b e f0 H
er befall
fic^Ifl,erbefic^Itfa^(|l,

kfe^Ie,tu

with

be?

be?

command
befic^I,

(thou)

Sir befe|Ien,
i^rbefe^?Sir

or
i^r be? befe()let
befe^Ien
befa^ten,
let(@ie befe^Ien),
(Sie,command
[te fa^tet
("iebefallen),
befe^len
ftebefablen

to
; berjten,
conjugated: bergcn,to hide (conceal)
to
to thrash
burst ; brcc^en,
to break ; t)refc^en,t
; empte^len,*
*
to bring
recommend
to be frightened; gebdren
; erfc^recfen,
to help ; ne^?
forth ; gelten,
to be worth
(estimated)
; ^elfen,

Thus

are

See note

t Sometimes

on

precedingpage.
imperfectinstead

b rof(!^in the

of

brafc^*

120

IRREGULAR

VERBS:

SECOND

CONJUGATION.

men, to take ;

to scold ; fprec^en,
to speak ; flec^en,
to
fc^elten,
to steal; fterBen,
to die; trcffen,
sting: fle^Ien,*
to hit ; ijert)erkt
to spoil(ruin)
to throw
; mvhm, to levy,(sue)solicit ; wcrfen,
and Fommen, f a m, gefo
(cast)
which is regular
mmen, to come,

in the

present indicative.
Third

S3 r r n
Infinitive:

Class
n c

Past

n, to bum.

{PresentIndicative.)

3(fc b r

e tt n

Participle
Fast

Part.:

with

gcBrannt, burned.

Imperfect.

Imperative.

tu
3(^ bronntc,
er brannte
branntejt,

tu

er brennt
brennft,

tt.

fcrennc, bum

(thou)

brannten,
i^r brennct or Brenneti
i^rSrennt "ir
brennen,
burn (you)
(Sie)
("ic henttcn), fie branntet (@te brann?

2Bir

fiebrannten
ten),

brennctt
Thus:

b r a c^t e
to bring ; ten!en,
bringen,
gebrac^t,
'ia^tt
to
to know;
getac^t, think; fennen,
nennen, to name;
rennen, to
to send ; wenDen, to turn ; and the very irregular
run
; fenfcen,
verb njtjfen,
inserts e in the
to know, which
tt)u p t e
genjugt,
tu toei^t,
etc.
xo'xx
er Itiet^^
3c^ttiet^^
presentsingular:
ttJiffen,
,

Reading Exercise

LXl.

^a^ttr ber Se^rer? Sr giebttir p^ gem. 2l"en"ie nf*!


?
Srbbeeren. ^aben (Sie fca^ %vi^ gemejfen
? tiai ^ferDfri"t
ju ttiel
Sr mag ten ^afer. ier "fillerlie^t ju leife.(5al)en("ie ^en
aU er nad)^aufe ging.3fttie ^ran!e
33(inten? 3d) trat ang r^enjlcr
SSer
? 3c^ "erga"3^nen gu fa^en,
tag e^ nid?tge|*d)a^.
genefen
tt?eilein
fcer S^iire
? Unfer2;ifd)Ier
an
t^at e3. S^ gefi^a^,
ftant)
3fl6mer U
tu t^n
mir eg nid)t
befall. Sr bepe^lt
gu ttjerfen.3:rafft
tein Sluge. 3c^ ^^A ^in^" "Stein unD
ju ^aufe? !Dn "ertirbjl
ijl? SSad :^ajl
geflorben
jteerfc^raf.
Denfftt)u fcagber Setriiger
l\x genommen? 3^^ lannte fie
nid^t. SBugteft
bu,ta" er ^iertt?ar?
Sr (tanbauf ber a;reppcaU ic^e" fanbte.SCarum
rennjlbu?
e^ ijl
gettjanbt.
SBag

"*

See note

on

page

118.

122

IRREGULAR

VERBS

THIRD

CONJUGATION.

ttctcPc citternartttett

bie ^aitb gegertfie


unb
"reife,
weli^er
au^flrejJte
ntein liebeg^ittb,
ntir Stma^,i(^ ^^abe ^un^
fagte:
"5lc^I
fc^enfe
itt i^rer3:af(^e,
aBer ftemar
leer. Daittt
ger."* Wlaxk fudjte
uitD tta'^ttt
la^ Dbfi itttbtia^ (Stucf(^en
offitete
|tei^r^brbc^eit
33rob,
SJZutter
uttb itttem fte
i^re
meldjeg
fiiri^r(^riil^jlucf
^atte
^ineittgelegt
9Hanite gab,fagte
e^ tetn alten armett
bag ift
was
fie:^'Da,
2lUeg,
it^
wir
juollen e3 t^eilett."
T)er (^reig ban!te i^rmit 3:^rditeti
in
l^abe,
uitb 9J?arie g i n gf mit fro^ent
teit 2lugett,
^erjenb a i)o it.f 5^ici^
maU ^atteeitigrii^jhidt
i^rfo"ielegreubcg e m a (^t.J

LESSON

Third

LXn.

2ettwn

and
Conjugation
(Imperfect
i or

Past

e"

with
Participle

it).

conjugationis divided into two classes and is


of i in the imperfectand
characterized by the sound
which
in the first class is short, and in
past participle,
is lengthened by c, which
the second
follows the i.
cal
Verbs of this conjugationare recognizedby the radidiphthongci.

Obs."

This

First

Class:

Imperfect

: 33 c t " e tt
Infinitive

Present

and

to bite.

Past

Participle

Fast Fart.

Imperfect.

{Indicative).

3* BiJ,
3(!^Bei"e,buBeifeft,
er M"
er ki^t

bu

with

H ffe n

bitten.
,

Imperative.

bite (thou)
Mffefl,
beipe,

or
beigen(Bie,
i:^rHffetBeiget
i:^r
Bei"et5Cir Hffett,
ki^cit,
bite (you)
H|Jeit),fieMffen
fte
ki^ctt ((Bie
bei^cn),
((Bie

2Bir

hungry.
I "ing" bavonr

am

Caused

or

went

prepared.

away.

Sep. verb b ft 5"on

0e:^cti,to

go away.

verbs:

mREGULAH

123

CONJUGATIOiTi

third

to apply one's self;HeU


conjugated:Beflci^en
(ftc^),
to glide; QXtu
to resemble; gleUett,t
(^cn* to fade; gleic^en,
to suffer; ))feifen,
to seize (grasp);fneifert,to
fen,i
pinch; lei^en,
to ride on horseback; fc^leU
to tear; reiten,
to whistle; reifen,
to
to slit;fd)mei"cn,
to grind; f^Iei^en,
cten,to sneak; fc^Ieifen,*
to
to stride (step);
to cut; fc^reiten,
fpleifen,
throw; fi^neiDcrt,
to dispute (quarrel,
to stroke
(rub); ftreiten,
split;flrei(^en4
to
to yield; also, the compounds erHcic^crt,
contend); ireirf^en,*
to compare.
turn pale; ijerHeic^en,
to fade, and t)ergleid)en,

Thus

are

Class:

Second

Imperfect

: S3 I c i 6
Infinitive

Past

Present

Part.

Past

and

to

c n
,

Participle

remain,

(Indicative),

UtiU

it.

stay.

g e B I i c B e n, staid.

Imperative.

Imperfect.

Utih, stay (thou)

3*HciBe,t)ubIei6il,
er

to

with

er

Uith

SBir

i^rHickt
Wieben,

Unkt

or

Heikn

"ic,

Heistay (you)
(@ie6Ueben),fieHie^
("3iebleiktt),fte

ben

to lend;
to thrive; Ici^en,
conjugated:gebei^cn,
to praise (extol)
to avoid
; niUn, to
meit)ett,
(shun); ^reifen,

Thus

are

to shine, appear
to separate (part); fd^einen,
rub; fdjeiten,
to cry (scream)
to write; fd)reien,
; fii^njeigen
(seem); fd^reiben,
to ascend
to spit;fteigen,
to be silent; fpeien,
(mount); treikn,
and
the verb
to accuse,
to show;
to drive; weifen,
sei^en,
which
t)elj)en,

retains

the

radical

vowel

in the

past participle,

get)cijjen.
*

to Ueach ; fc^teifcn,
to demolish (dragalong) and wcic^en,to
SSIeic^cn,
soften(soak)are regular.
is regular.
to accompany,
t SBegleitcn,
% " r e i fc n and f!r e i c^c n omit e in tlie ending of the second person
singular of the present : bu srcifj^, bu [ireic^f^.
,

124

IREEGULAB

VERBS:

THIRD

CONJUGATION.

Reading Exercise

LXII.

Dcr ^unb M" mic^in tic


Deutfd)
$a(lbu bi(^fceflijjen
ju lemen ?
unt Brac^ein 33ein. SSirj^
bu i^ngrcifen?
ipanD. Der ^nabe glitt
@ie gleii^t
?
i^rer^utttv. 3fi ^^ geriffeit
3(^ 1^aU"iel gelitten,
n?ie ipelDen,
Sr rittgu f^nelt,3^r j^rittet
akr muftet
"et(^en
enblic^
Xer SBittb pfiff
burc^tie 33dunie. ^ajlbu bic^in ben fingergefd)niti
kn ?
3d" Befallmeinem Diener bein SJlejyer
^einric^
gu fc^Ieifen*
Hieb gtt)ei
"tunten aufbent ^affee^^aufe.
bcr
^ennflbu ben 35erfaffer
jene^33uc^gefcbrieBen
^at? SCarum ^aflbu i^n nicfjt
gemieben?
SBie |ei"en"ie ? "eine SJiutter^ie^
@ie miiffen
nic^tfc^reien,
bu 9liemanb Beleibigt
3o^nna. SBenn bu gef^miegen
^attefl,
wiirbej^
f:^aUn.("r pxit^"ott. 511^icb "ie fa^,jlieg
i(^m6!jauf ben 53erg,
bie Sonne fe^r
warm
fd^ien.
oBgleic^

Theme

LXII.

John

dog bites everybody. We perceived a large flame.


He compared my
applied himself to learn German.

theme

with yours.

made
found

(cut)a
a dog.

fast.

Did

Your

whistled.

here

sheep.
The

cut his

We

to

Has

teacher

her mother

pardoned

him.

He

Have

you
field and

rides too

during your illness ? Henry


the) my finger.I commanded
How
razor.
long will you remain

letter of six pages.


the flax thriven ?
(3ft)

I wrote

the
(liBer)

across

she resemble

sharpen your

in the tree.

name

strode

suffer much
you
I cut (myselfin

servant

our

pen ?
Does

He

The

Why
good

shepherddrives
did
men

you

the
?

scream

praised God.

Conversation.
X;eutf(^3c^ BUeB taglid)
^aUn "ie "ic^ BefliiJen
gmei"tunben

6ei

e^ gu lemen"
urn
2e"rer
@ie ben 55erfajfer,
ber
^ennen
3^^)J^nn^ i^" i^^djt,
fein^amt ifl
auf bem 3:iteIBIatte
nic^t
^at?
gefc^rieben
jenes33uc^
ange^;
geBen*
unb e^rli(i^
"ie fdjien
SBarum
"ie ben Umgang
'^aben
fe^r^bflid)
iener?^raunid)t
gemiecen?
gu fein.

gu lemen ?

^lieBen "ie langein 33erUn?

meinem

3i^^iober brei SJionate.

IBBEGULAR

iiat 3^)nen

VERBS

gelie^en?
2Cie |ieg3^r D^eim?

LESSON

Obs.

@ie gleid^eu
^f^cin,
3^i^em33ater,

"eftton

LXin.

with o).
Participle

conjugation has both in the imperfectand past


vowel.
It is divided
o as the characterizing
participle
into three

classes,the

vowel, the second

FiBST
: 2B
IpfinUive

Present

tt?e

bu
,

and
ic {ori),

Class:
to

e n

Past

weave.

Part

3*
tt?eb(l,

mhi

er

tr 0

c "

n,

woven.

Imperative.

(thou)

iDobcn,i^rnjobet tuebet or tueben "ic

moben
(@iemobcn),|te
("icn)ebcn),pcnjeben
Thus

e.

,* bu mobfl,webe,weave

mob

3Cir

SKtr ttjeben,
i^r webct

cal
for the radi-

au.

Imperfect.

the third the modified

Vowel

Radical

{Indicative).
b

has

first of which

or the diphthong
d,'6,'n,

vowels

er

Past

and
Conjugation
(Imperfect

63*

This

"

3c^

mir.

(5r ^ie"Da^jibfo'^tt.

tt?irunferer
Gutter
"Ieid)ett

Fourth

Ue^ ce
?flad)bar

SBec^gler"eft" ^tin,mdn

ter

125

CONJUGATION.

FOUBTH

(you)

weave

bewe^
conjugated:beHcmmcn, to press (distress);
to fight (fence);flec^ten.f
to twist
induce; fec^ten,t
are

gen, to

to milk; pflegen,
to treat
to lift (raise);melfen,
(plait);^eben,
to shear; also, erf(^allen,
to resound; and
f(^eeren,
(cherish);
take i in the second
the foUowing words, which
and third
to spring
: quellen,
singularof the present (indicative)
person
forth

to melt (smelt)
fc^meljen,
;

and

to swell.
fc^wcUen,

SCBebenis also

regular.
take e
and flec^ten
f ?5cd)ten
of the present ;

as

bu

in the

ending

fe c^t e )1
,

etc.

of the

sacond

and

third

son
per-

126

lEEEGULAR

Second

VEEBS:

Class:

: 5 It c g e n
Infinitive

FOUETH

CONJUGATION.

Radical

to flow.

Vowel

Fast Part.

ic {or i).
:

fI o ffe tt,flowed.

to
conjugated: Heten,to offer (bid);geniegen,
to shut
to shoot; fdjUegen,
to pour;
[(^iegen,
enjoy,(er.t);
giegen,
to sprout
to boil (seethe);
fprtegen,
fie^en
(fott,
(lock);
gefotten),
to dust, disperse;
to fly off (sparks),
(germinate);ftieben,
to forbid; ijer^
to drop (drip);
tricfen
ijcrBieten,
(troff,
getroffen),
and the following
to vex
to draw
jte^en,
bricgen,
(grieve);
(pull);

Thus

are

verbs

which

singularof the

omit

in

the

ending

of

bend;

present:Megen,to

the

second

to
fliegen,

person

fly;flie^en,

to
to creep
to freeze;friec^en,
riedjen,
flee;frieren,
(crawl);
to
to push (shove);
to lose; miegen,
ijerlieren,
smell; f(^iekn,
weigh ; also, glimmen,to ghmmer ; flimmen,to climb, and

to

to entangle.
tertoirren,

Third

Class:
THE

Veebs

having

Diphthong

m,

: S
Infinitive

Past Part.:

Present

(Indicative).

3(^ ertodge, bu
er erwdgt
n?dgjl,
SBir

er?

Modified

the
for

rm

c r

Radical

their

to o

g
g

e tt
e n

Vowels

a,

3,ii,ok

Vowels.

to consider
,

considered.
,

Imperfect.

3c^ e rn) 0 g iutx^


er erwog
ttjogfl,
2Bir erwogen, i^xer?
,

er:;
ertodgcn,
tt)r
tooget ("te er"o?
mdget(@ieern?dgcn),
gen),peerwogen
ficerwdgen

Imperative.
consider
ermdge,
(thou)
or
errndget
erwdgen
"Bk,consider

(you)

FOURTH

VERBS!

IRREGULAB

127

CONJUGATION.

to ferment; rddjen,
to revenge;
conjugated:ga^rett,
to become
to weigh ; erlof^en,*
to fester ; wdgert,
tinct
exfd)tt)dren,
to cheat (deceive);
to swear;
erturen,
ktriigen,
; f^ivbren,
to he ; triigen,
to choose ; liigen,
to deceive ; faufen,
to drink ;
to suck; f(^nauben,
to pant,snort.
faugen,

Thus

are

Reading Exercise

LXIII.

tie ^u^ ni^tgu mellen? 3i^^^^ S^ucr eriofcfecn


knjogtic^
^ie Ool^aten ^aBen tapfergefo(^ten,
^iefe^^orBd^en ijt
fc^cn
ge?
al^ id)
fe^r[corner
floc^ten*
^annftDu e5 ^cben? 3c^ fan^ ^ ^ nid)t
tu ?
c^ ^oB. Sarum
3c^ ^"iBenicBt gelogen.SBann mirjl
liigft
?
!Dag
? 2Cer l)dtbiefe^J
tu unfere
2:uc^
"d)afc fc^eeren
genjoben
mid)nur
^fer^ fduftju ijielSSajJer.Xer "d)eintriigt.(ErBctrog

2Cag

mein ^ferD. ^ann


fiir
ncunjig2:^aler
? !I)ic^^oni^icr
fcein5SbgeI(^en
i^r einfac^e^
9}?at}l.
genoffeit
fliegen
?
"ieben bie
Der 0l^einfriert
^aftbu je^uloer gcrodBen
felten.
^artoffettt?
^a, ficmerben Balb gefotten
fein. SBir jogen in bic

einmal.

Der 3"bf Bot ntir

unb f^njoren
ober
(Sd)la^t
gu ftegen

gu

flerBen,
^a^

bu bein "elb

terloren?S^ warwo^l ermogen* 2^ie^ferbe


3fi^^
fc^noBem

LXIII.

Theme
induced

What
the
He

ever

sun

milks

the

cow.

or

to

to conquer
long. The

to

you
become

bees

The

Jew

does

die,not
suck

not cheat.

offered 120

Germany

have

We

The
them.

The

one

honey

from

Who

The

wagon
dollars for the horse.

are

rose

our

flowers.
has

You

The

under
hunter

the

sheep.

blood.

Does

to smoke

it

never

weight

shot, and the

The
rain
supper.
The
snakes
lock.

smells

It is forbidden

lightof

this cloth ? This

woven

bent

must

agreeably.The potatoesare
boiling? My uncle has lost all his

you
suck
leeches

shorn

the

foughtbravely,they swore
soldier fled. The fire ghmmers

We
bird flew away
enjoyed our
(baijon).
does not
The
door
poured in streams.
creep.
What

Will

soldiers

river is swoUen.

lie.

leave

extinct?
The

?
g^go^reu

screw

The

money.
fire melted

here.

are
to extinguish,
and "crlof(^cn,
Cofc^en

frozen.

regular.

128

nffiEGULAB

verbs:

fefth

conjugation.

Conversation.
SCad

Bewog "Bk Deutf(^lanl"


3c% fonnte feine Meit
ju

finben.

?
ttcrlajfen

ipaben tie "olcatcrt tapferge^

"ie

wie ipelren,
benn jtc
foc^ten
fattengef(!^ivoren,
oter
gu (tegcn
gu fterBm.
er
fiirmi^,
^f^ciit,
ifigu [corner

?
foc^ten

^bnnen

"ie

(Stein ^tUn ?
tiefen

ater ntein Dnfel ^atit)n


gc^oben.

^ateg
ter 3;u^macfcer
9lein,

?
$akn "ie tiefed
2:uc^
gewoben

ge:=

n?oten;
?
8ic 3()re
fc^ecrcn
"c^aafe

2Bann

2Cir ^abenj?eimmer

im

^rii^ja^r

gefdjoren.
fBerben tie ^artoffeln
batD gefot^ "ic

fcin.
fotten

?
fein

im

I^eftwn

LXIV.

LESSON

Fifth

"

is
coujugation

^This
which

in the

third

changes

classes,all
In

of

the

to o, and

in the

e.

Class:

Past Part.

Participle

Past

t)e

bn

to

n
,

e n

3d)binte,t)uHnte^ 3d) b ant


er

tu
,

u.

with

bind, tie.
bound.

Imperfect.

{Indicative).

bintet

three

u, in the second

33i n
Infinitive:

Present

it],Imperfect

imperfect
i changes
past participle

In the

first class to
to

into

divided

to o.

64*

[or u]).

i for their radical vowel.

have

FiKST

er

i [or

(Kadical Vowel
Conjugation
with

Obs.

in trei 3Kinuten ge^

n?erten

Imperative.

bind
bantfl,
|binte,

(thou)

bant

SBtrbinten,i^rbintet 3Cir banten,i^rbantet bintetor binten "ic,


ficbin^ ((5ie banten;, fie bind (you)
("iebintcn);
ten

Banten

130
Thus
to

CONJUGATION.

FIFTH

VERBS:

IRREGULAR

gefeffcit,
fa",
conjugated: Uegcn* to lie down; ft^en,
to possess.
the compound verb U[ii^tn,
kfaf,kfeffen,

are

sit;and

Reading Exercise LXIV.

33aumd^enan einen ^fa^tgebun^cn? 3^ f"int'


!Dic ^reugcnDrangcit
auf Sajfcnftiaj^anD
Sert^oltim ^affee^aufc.
"olcaten tur^ ta^ SBein getrungen. Da5 5)ferti
X"m
!Die ^ugelift
"ofrate^ tranf ten
S'laAbar^fprangiibereinen :"o^en
2^m,
unferes
2"er ^at tic^gejwungen e^ ju t^un? Da0 "Aifffan!
"ift6e(!^er"
2Bir werDen fpielen,
ftn?
gejiem
wd^renDmir un3 unter^ielten.
2lben^,
bu
gen unt trinfen* 3c^ bittebi^ e" ni^tju t^un" SJei^t wer i^n
tie "Io(fe tont. Se^nnfttu t)id)
? 'Da^ "elt) Hingt,
getungen:^at
unD 5Jidt)d)en
^abenSBIumenfrdnje
genjun^
nic^t? ^ie '^xautn
feiner
"ic
3Bag bewog
"olcaten su fdjmiiifen.
na(^
ten,urn Me tapferen
t)ic(Soloaten nid^t
ttjie^elcen?
(Bie
2lmeri!aju fommen ? ^^iJc^ten
SBir '^a^;
@ie,
Ibnnen Uefen(Stein nic^t
er ifl
auf^eben,
fiir
^u firmer
Senn
"irb 3^tten"elclei^en.
ben biefed
3;uc^
gemoben.l^er SSec^^Ier
wiirten "ie reicbcr
"ie un Umgang jene^?0^anne^ gemieten
l^dtten,
fcu franjopfdj
teutfc^
je|tfoUfl
ju (ernen,
fein, 5)u ^aflbi^ beflijjen
lernen*
(grammar) ^aben "Bk gebrau(^t
Sejfen "rammati!
ta"

^afl bu

(used)?
Theme

LXIV.

do you
find my
it is?
know
where
dictionary,
has taken it,he will bind it. Your
bDokbinder
dog has

I cannot
The

bitten

remain

at the

give thee
that I had
cheese.

His

me.

sister

was

called

coffee-house ?
Have

been

you

seen

at Paris ?

Mary.

What

did the

the blind

They

How

man

catch

I advise

long

German
?

mice

Did
with

did you

teacher
you

bacon

you to go to Berlin to learn German.


is very lazy,
he does not tell the truth.
Did
drink
you

See note

on

page

129.

know
or

He
any

131

CONJUGATION.

FIFTH

VERBS:

IRREGULAR

and
foot (plur.).
(plur.)
the table.
Emma
sings beautifully.Tlie dog jumped over
If the captainhad
to become
forced
Who
(a)soldier?
you
sunk.
not have (fein)
been cautious, the ship would
Lord
the Hellespont{ac.m).
The servant
across
(liber)
Byron swam
The
to help him.
sat by the door.
man
begged me
poor
did the apple lie?
Do you know
who
has hired that
Where
Do you recollect how
tated
much
man?
I owe
you? We medijail (ithe)
aday. Our neighbor possessed much land,
he has

but

the

bound

We

beer ?

lost it.

thief

hand

has

spun

Who

this flax ?

Conversation.
2Bo

ba^ ^inb ?

bu
fanbfl

untcr
3d) fant)es f^Iafenb

eincm

33aumc.

tie Jirompetcn Vk
unb btc
2Cci"t
Jrompcten crtlattgctt
bu,tuc^^alb
lit %al)ntn
nm
gafcnen mintw
crflangcrt
gefd)n?un(je
gc^
treilr"er ^a\\n nal)ctc.
njurbcn ?
fc^wungen
Slbenb Sir fpielten,
2Ba^ ^abtn @ic geftern
unb tranfcn.
fangcit
?
getktt
meiner ?
Sefmnen "tc ftd)
?
^at bcr ^ric(^
fd)onfcegonnen

^aben (Sie mcinen

^tin,i^ beftnne
mic^^^xtxnt*t.
3^^ ^r kgnnn im (^riibjak.
33ebicntcn gc:? 9Zein,
id)glaubc,
er liigt.
raj)

bungcn ?
SBerben "ic

mid) gtuingenben

?
S3ricf
aufbic ^Poft
ju tragen
^elang ed 3^n^" bie "locfe au

3"^trugi"ttfelber"orcincr@tu
triirteid)eg t^un.
ba^in,fonft
i(^mar ni(i^t
5^etn,
ftar!
genug.

Iduten ?
Sntrann

ber

"olcaten ?

aUx fiefinfjcn
"efangeneunferen (Er entraun i^ncn,
mieber nac^einer "tunrc.
il^n

Reading Lesson.
etn 2:9rattn
ai" ben ^brpcran;
fallt*ben "eift
frii^er
cr

(Sfla^en ^or^erftumm
fu(^t
fcine

meil

^ag 2eute,tie
ttjei",

er

"

lit" an,

einen

eep. verb

ic^meine,

e^'
elenc matt}t,
er fte
macfcen,
,Kopf^aben,
i^reJptoe Jamit re^
ju

anfallen,

to attack.

f First

132

COMPOUND

verbs:

sep

arables.

a u f^ e b c n.
!Der ipen!er
mt
a 1^
jterenunb ficgegen ben ^^i^ranncn
Die Slugen
bettorcr t^n
t^m n a ^ unb " c r b i n b e t * bent ^iiJet^ater

3ticfeter (3ean ^aul).

foltert

@ttcr!$entanb.
ttnb bie "onne
T!te ?^ret^eit

ge^cn

ntemal^

auf

unter

ber

5rbe;fonbernnur ewig auf" ^ort i^r^fbaj Die (Sonne fterbenc


e r-t'(ci(^etuttD im Djean entfc^laft,ober bie grei^eit;
foj Mirft
ba gldnjtmorgenfrifd^
:\i\"j
2lmerita,
" bie @onne, "nb neben i^r bie
SR i (^t e r (3ean ^aul).
jrei^ett*

LXV.

LESSON

"efttott

63.

CompoundVerbs.
Obs.

I.

"

In

German

adverbs

permit certain particles,


to be prefixedto them,
prepositions,

or

thus

and

become

classes of

be

compound

tenses

vet-bs. There

verbs.

compound

is in certain
second

verbs

most

detached

and
inseparable,

it is

separatedor

are

In the first the


from

the

in the

three

prefix

verb; in the
third it may

not.

Compound Verbs.
Separable
Obs.

n.

Obs. ni.

of their
pre^f?s have a signification
own
(generaUy prepositionsor adverbs)alid have
full accent, are
called separable
the primary or
compound verbs.
The prefixes
are
detached, and placed at the end
whose

Verbs

"

"

of the sentence

conjunction
in the present
sentence),

(exceptwhen

relative pronoun
in the
and imperfectindicative and

or

Covers.

If you

hear.

Then.

there is

in the

"

imperative.
In fuU

splendor.

COMPOUND

of
Conjugation

133

SEPARiVBLES.

verbs:

Verb.
Separable

to

SludgeVw,

go out.

INDICATIVE.

Tense.

Present

3ci^ge^^c
avi^,I go out
tu ge^tau.% thou goes out
out
er ge^tau^, he goes
jlc
(ed)ge^taud,she (it)goes

SBir

ge^enau", we go
i^rge|etaug. )
"ie ge^ett
aud, J
jtege^enaud, they go

out

^^^
out

3c^ gtng aud, I went out, etc.


I shall go out..
^"i trertc au^ge|en,
I should go out.
3"^ 'caviXU audge^en,

Imperfect.
1st Future.
1st Conditional.

Peifect.
Pluperfect.

1 have
'^^ ^ in ayx^t^ario^tn,

2nd

3c^

2nd

out

3d)

Future.

3"^

Conditional

i^"ir

owi.

gone
fein, I

out.

au^gegangen, I had

liJCT^c au^gegangen
gone out.
ttiixxU au^gegangcn
gone

gone

fein,I

shall

should

have

have

out.

IMPERATIVE.

gefen
}~^"^'

"e^e" au(8,go (thou)out

Sie

^"

^^^^^"^^

PARTICIPLES.

Sludge^cnti.
going out.

Present.

Obs. rV.

The

"

next

the

and
particle

Obs.

V.

"

The

"

out.

of the

the verb.

separableparticlesare

the

a 6,
prepositions,

auf,au^, "ei.mit,in, nacfo,


"cr, gu ; the adverbs,
'^tm,fcer,
lo^,nieter,
fort,
"^in,
tar,cin,empor, fe^I,
njeg,
and ttor,compounded
guriicf,
^ufammen; or ba,^in,\)tx
with
prepositionsor adverbs ; as, bobei,^iitauf,
Jcra^ Doran.
The prefixis not separated from
the verb in accessory
sentences
beginning with a relative pronoun
because
subordinative
or
a
conjunction,
these requirethe verb at the end of the sentence.
an,

Obs. VI.

2lu3gcgangcn,
gone

always remains
pastparticiple
verb, so, that its placeis between the

prefixgc
to

Pos^.

134

COMPOUND

verbs:

sepahablks.

Reading Exercise

LXV.

"ie morgen au5 ? ^6" ginggeflem


"e|ett
au^ ;
toixxUi6" au^ ^euteau^ge^en*
mtt
trenn tag Setter ni^t fo fc^Iec^t
(SoE i(^
tie feinige
ah ?
"Sc^rieB
Slufgabe
abfc^rei"eit*
grieDric^
bieff
tu tag ^adfetaufgemadjt
SJ^adbetag t^enjter
auf. ipajl
? Seld)en
Sicd 3te^ft
tu an?
3cfc^^^^^ teine neuen ipofen
3d) t^eilte
anste^en.
mit" 3(^ ttJoUte
ten 3^i^m eine angene^me9lad)n(^t
3^nen geftern
aber "Sie !amen nid)t, Sarum
tiefeg
l^alt
SSricfeg
ntitt^eilen,
fc^icftc
@ie auf? "ie fint
cr ttefeg
33u(^auriid? Urn mie t"ielU^r fte^en
tie 2:premir iwr tier
urn "ier U|rangefommen, 2)er 33e^ientefc^lop

3c^ reifc
^eutcab.

S^lafe
(m

my

face)gu*

3d) na|m fein^Inerbietenan.


LXV.

Theme
"When

will you set out


sets out with

uncle

my

me.

hiss friendsto
Did

you

when

put

they

cannot

open
I shall send

on

went

your
out.

the door.

?
(depart)
Are

you
Do

me.i
(bet)

boots

or

I shall

depart to-morrow;
troduced
going out ? John innot detain me
longer.

shoes ?

Henry always
My sister put on

was

shuts

not

his

her black

dressed
room.

silk dress.

(Dat.)back the book which you lent me.


you
I shall communicate
Do you
to
copy all these exercises ?
Get
get up very
agreeable news.
up, Sir. I cannot
you
early. I am sick and tired.
Conversation.

Slufgaknab ?
fc^rieb
tiefe
SBann famen @ie ^ieran ?

2Ber

^art
S3ir

tie meiften
aK
f(^rieb
fmt ^eute SKorgen

ange;?

lommen.

SCertctt"ie mein Slnerbietenan^

ne^men ?

3d) n"erte

eg

mit

an^^
SBergniigcn

ne^^men.

"ie wirt erftam


Dienfiaga^
i^akn "ie ^^xt S3raut suriicfbe^
?
reifen.
gleitet
SBarum
tkilten8ie tiefe
3c^ trolltefie 3|ttenmitt^eiten,
S^lac^^:
aBer i^ fant@ie nic^t
meinem 33ruter mit ?
ric^t
gu ipaufe.
?
eg iftgu fait,
"oU ic^tie genfter
mac^en "Bit
91ein,
aufmai^en
tie 3:^ureauf.

COMPOUND

verbs:

LXVI.

LESSON

135

inseparables.

2eftwn

66*

Verbs,
Compound Inseparable
Obs.

formed
are
inseparable verbs
Compound
by
the
verbs
to
verbs
ador
simple
prefixing
prepositions
accented
having only the secondary accent, or unthat are
without
syllables
any meaning of

I.

"

their

Obs. n.

own.

The

prefixesof the inseparableverbs are the unaccented


be,emp, ent,er, "er, ger, ge, mi",the
syllables
and the adverbs "otI and Winter.*
prepositionxoiltx,

"

Obs. m.

"

The

inseparableverbs riever admit of the prefix


and
not gejer^
(asjerftort
gc in the past participle;
and
are
ftbrt),
conjugatedlike simple verbs. If
regular,accordingto the rules in Lesson LI, and if
LX
LXIV.
irregular,
accordingto those in Less*
"

Obs.

IV.

"

The

verbs
followingverbs compounded with nouns, adother prefixes,arc
also inseparable^
or
but
tion
take, contrary to the general rule (see Observaand
ni), the prefixgc in the past participle,
have the primary accent on
these prefixes,

argnjo^en,to suspect

to answer
atttttjcrtcn,

to exult
fro^locien,t

to deliberate
rat^fd^Iagen,
to justify
rec^tfertigen,
to judge,criticize
urt^eilen,
to prophesy
meiffagen,

to breakfast
frulfliicfen,

^an^^akn,to handle, maintain


to marry
l)eirat^en,
to caress
(iebaugein,
Uebfofen,
to conjecture,
mut^ma^en,
guess

The

last
have

t
the

four
the

when
prefixes,

primary

to emulate
ttjctteifern,
to gratify
ttJi(Ifa^ren,t

serving

to

compound

two

verbs

noun

or

jective,
ad-

accent.

and wittfa^rcn
mostly
fro^lotfen
past participle.
The

omit

tne

prefixq c

in

136

COMPOUND

verbs:

inseparables.

Reading Exercise

LXYI.

ten 2;empeL-2Bir mxlm


immcr ten SSerlufl
jcrjtbrte
mir
tu mic^? ^er 2^icb cntrif
^reunbcgfcettjeinen*Srlennjl
Uttfered
bu i^n nic^t
mtt cinem '^Slantd
ten 33eutelunt" uerfc^want*
Siirtiefl
Beteden?
er fcetriigt
^tmv 9leifcnbc
S^termann.
ijlein S3etruger,
?
"erbe|[ert
3jlter "olDat tjermunbet ? ipafcen@ie unfere2lufgabcn
2Bir er^alten
manc^mal
jeten"amftag{or"onnabent)cinen sBrief;
^aben,
auc^am Dienjlag.3c^ ^iirte 3^nen tic 3^itunc5en
gefc^icft
tu etne Slntnjortauf teinen 33rief
er^aUen? @ie^ ttc^"or, tad
Jpa(l
eln Slatt urn, tad 5"apicrfd)tagt
and.
turc^.
^fertfd^lagt
(Sc^lage
?
5i}?an^at mir tie "tetlc,
tie 3fi^ftofUtt9
SBer njeiffagte
3cntfalem5
ijon ter "ie fprec^en,
angetragen. S^c^ttie U"r auf.

dimtx
(Eitt

Theme
The

poor

merchant,

covered

woman

whose

son

is in

thoughtlessgirl has broken


correctingyour exercise,he

LXYI.
her

hands

with

cloth.

The

Berhn, loses everything. This


her
will

parasol. The professoris


probably tear it. Henry
is very ill. Your neighbor

probablylose his mother, she


cheats everybody. The
diligentscholars will be rewarded.
?
me
The Eomans
destroyedCarthage. Did you understand
Have
of his son.
in favor (^u"unften)
Our king abdicated
Frederick
is very thought?
received
less,
your
newspaper
you
has criticized my
he neglectseverything. Dr. Johnson
has misused
This young
man
book very favorably(giinftig).
her cousin ? Many
Would
confidence.
our
your sister marry
in tliis country are quacks.
physicians
will

Conversation.

cr^altenjetcn T:Dnnerfiag
^on 2^xtx Sir
gr^Iten "Bit oftS3riefe
einen 33ricf.
?
3;DC^ter
@ie ^erjibrten
{even)
Mt^, felt^fl
^aUn tie i^einteunfere"tatt
tad (?c^lo".
gerftbrt?
?
mad
9lein,
i"i^vttni(^t
^ajltu mic^ ^erftanten
Ser l)at
e$ nidst.
3"^ i^ft"
Spiegel
jerbroc^en?
tiefen

"ie

fagten.

138

COMPOUND

verbs;

separables

and

inseparables.

Reading Exercise
fyibtn"ie ^l)v3Sor^aBen t

LXYIL

(^gefe^t?!Ea3 ^ferbunfere^
^a^fi
bar3 ging b u r c^. 2Sir irerben ttac^einer (Stunt)C u m fe^ren,
als e^ b u r d)ging,ben SBagen u m ? S^a^ "c^iff,
Sarf Da^ ^ferb,
in njeld)cm
tuir s"on T;eut|"d)Iant)
lamen, ging u n t e r. !Ete SJlitd^
iiBerie^t?I^er (Sc^iffer
Iduftliber, ipaflbu bie Slwfgabe
fe^te
iibcr ben ^lup. Xiefegwei i^^eunbeumarmten
fid). SBerben
unb i$ran!retc^
@ie !I)cutfc^lanb
burdjretfen? 2lm Dienflagmerre
u n t c r fle^en,
i^ b u r c^^ari^ reifen.(S^ wirb regnen. mir ntiiffen
unb "oet^eixUx^
!Die 9lbmer unter j o c^t en "iel^33blfer. "critter
t r e ffe n aUt beutfcben
!Di(^ter.
ur

LXYIL

Theme

cross

translated

has

Who

Our

the river.

empire. I pray you


The
your design?
boy has upset the
horse

ran

return?

to

come

table.

is

upset

Schiller excelled

you

traveled

undertake

all

over

I have

mind

to

passed through the whole


again. Have you carried through
sinking,we must leave it. The

I returned

feeling. Who will instruct


it will run
is boiling,
water
have

Faust

has

emperor

boat

and

away

Goethe's

the

after two

you
over.

France.

When

wagon.

all German

poets

during

My
Examine

hours.

the

uncle

shall
in

winter
and

The
we

depth

of

That

his brother

that trunk.

Could

this ?

Conversation.
niti^t
X)eutfc^
"ebi^teiiBer^ 9lein,id) "crfle^e
^aben "le "oet^e'g
gcnug.
fe^t?
aHe
3^ fagte,
ba" er pe'an JiefebeS
"aglen "ie, bag "dottier
?
"efii^I^
ubertrijft.
I)i(^ter
iibertrifft
beutfdjen
ca nic^t.
it^glaubcer ijl
9lein,
teenerune
3ft bled ber (Sc!^iffer,
?
iiberfe^te

SBad t^aten"Bxt aU ti regnete


?

2Cir finbuntergeflanben*
3($ n?erbe t^ tUn, menn ic^"eft)

SBirpbu l^eutfAIanbunb fRn^^


(anb burdsreifen
?
genug ^ahn mcrbe,
g^ gingburc^unb warfben
3ft bad ^ferb eured S'Zadjbarg
?
gen urn.
burdbgcgangen

^a^

PEEPOSITIONS

YvlTn

DATIVE

Reading

139

ACCUSATIVE.

OR

Lesson,

tion ^nt^altfamfcit.
"cif^iel
bcr "ro^e tarn auf feinem
Slleyanber
3^9^ * tie SBelt juerobern,
in fcer pd) nirgentsJ
B e^^
turd) cine lange(Santwiifte
Slften^,
SSajJcr

8oltat ettua^

f(je fu n t e n unt)
akv fa^,baf
e3 in feinem ipelmbent Sllcyanber.T)a biefer
brad)te
wie er "or !Durft
"oltaten e"enfc
"@oli
er:
lec^jten
ic^rer
i"ra(^
feine
ber ba trinft?" unD gog bag SCaffcr
aufbie Srbe, 3llle,
gingigcfein,
!
sjoH Semunberung iiberbie Snt^altfamleit
beg ^bnigg,riefen:
J "2luf
ung
re
flit)
fortI" mir finbnic^termattet; n?irfmbnic^tburj^ig;
toix^altenung nic|t
fterHic^,
^bnig fii^rt."
fiir
folangeuni ein fo((^er
fan

1.

^atte ein
(Entlic^

a u

^einfiug*

^eftivn

LXVIII.

LESSON

Governingthe
Prepositions
I.

Obs.

The

"

when

Dative

or

68.

Accusative.

require the dative


followingnine prepositions
the verb in the sentence
imphes rest or motion
place,answering to the question Where ?
"

in

the

and

it expresses

accusative,when

direction

from one place to another,answering to


question "Whither?"

motion

at,in, on, to

an,

auf,
in
,

n e

ii n

by

e r

e r

the side

before,ago
i f(^e n
between

" o r

3 n?

above, across
under, among

over,
,

behind

in,into
eti

upon

on,

Winter,

of,

near

Expedition.
iJiere was
to be found.
f fSt^-befanb,
t 0i i e fe n is here equivalentto au^riefcn,

" Up,

let

us

hence

exclaimed,

"

or

the

140

CONTRACTION

Contraction of
Obs. II.

"

Some

OF

PREPOSITIONS

WITH

with
Prepositions

prepositionsare

ARTICLE.

the Definite Article,

contracted
frequently

the last letter of the definite article into


and

are

in very

Reading

generaluse.

Exercise

T^ai T^ienflmatdsen
ge^t an

ten

They

with

word,

one

are:

LXVIII.

fiemirt 2Baj[er
^olcn.
33ntnnen;

aui
(oran tern)^enfler.^er ^yiaurcr [ieigt
tad (oraufd)
5^ac^. X)ad ^SBgeld^en
ft^tauf tern 33aume. 5)^eine
Xtx 2eid)namItegt
ind (orin tad) Gaffergefatten.
noi^
9}Zii^e
ifl
im (or in tern)SBaffer.l:er S^ig^rP^Qteft^ Mnter tie ?0^auer.
? 3c^ fanti|n ^^inter
ter SJlauer im
^afltu teinen ^all gefunten
"ante,
ipdngcten fRod nekn tie 3:pre. 3^r 5D^anteI
(or in tern)
53Iumentopf"ord (or"or tad)
^dngtneben tern "piegeL "telle tiefen
3Sor tem Sinter fliegen
"ieleSSogel
iikrd ?!J^eer. Sad lag
i^enfter.
libertem "arge ?
unter tem 33ette. @te^t3^r ^aud
Xer ^unt liegt
unt
tem ^^lujfe
tem Serge?
ni"itanf einem Heinen ipiiget,
gwifc^en
Slid ftemi(^fa^,
lief
ftegum ^Sater.
2Bir

flanten
langeam

LXVIII.

Theme

My neighbor and
We

stood

table. We

"

at the

waited

your
foot of
for you

It will be noticed that

article.

the

uncle William
the hill.
at the

of

Put

are

in

the

garden.

this book

gate,but

you

upon
my
did not come.

is merged
prepositions

into

of the

PREPOSITIONS

Did
on

WITH

you say he had


The
this bench.

carried to the

been
TeU

the

me

We

have

can

My
fallen into

Your

has

fallen into

grave-yard.

to
way
beautiful view

birds

sit

on

the water.

pupilsspeak

the

often

of

the

at

sifcdown
birds

water
the

in
has

door?

castle
the

over

the roof of your


Hang this broom

Are

Pray

the
(Ace.)

knocks

Who

the

nearest

the window.

near

cap on his head?


fish Hve in the water
and
black

child which

The

the air.

141

ACCUSATIVE.

OR

DATIVE

flower

(of) Frankenstein.
tain.
valleyson the mounhouse.
My cane has
behind

pots

("Ott)
your

before

the door

very

the window

school.

Conversation.
"ie?
SCo^inge^en
itx ^aQtx auf
SCe^^albfteigt

Sir
itn

Sr

ge^eniitten "artcn"
ein 3SogeInej!.
fuct)t

33aum?

gefaUen? gr flogmir "om ^opfe imt pel


Staffer
in'^ "affer.
Zanhtn ?
(Bit ft^ett
2Co flttt)
auf tern Da^e.
unfcre
im
3flSrauleinSutfcim Jpaufeobcr "ie iftmeter im "arten ttoc^
im "arten ?
auf^Sant gegangen.
ift
fie
^aufe,
Jpaben(Sie meinen SJlantelWinter 9Zein,i(^ '^ingi^n neben ta5
?
tie Z^ixxt
ge^dngt
Senfter*
31^3^r ^ut

ing

33lumen
'^aUn "ie fciefe

2Co

gc^

S?ir ^aBenfic
im S^ttcgefunten,

funten?
SBarum

?
SBetl i(^mctnen
cu fooftan^ ?^en(lcr
ge^jl

t^reunt
"etnri^

erwarte.

2Ca^

l^at^arl

iiBer tie ?0^auer

?
gemorfen
Zn6^
2ag taa fc^marje
iibertcm "arge ?

untcr

oter

^n

^n

tir

gen?orfen.
S^ lag iiber tem "argc

The

Enchantment.

h^

Lesson,

ben 2Routi.

tir meilet oftmein

*
3lug'

:^aff
id^,an tid)fent'
ic^man^' ^mU

unt

tecfteten SeictyUam^

Reading
Slttfbid^BUdfet,
auf

Sr I)
at feinen
33aU liBertie ^auer

fitter
Su|l,t
a^^ fro^er
33ru(l.

in

apostrophe stands in placeof c; as, Slug^ Sluge.


"

142

KlUUTKB

INTBANSITIVE

AND

VEEB3.

In tlr pnbetmeine ^^antafie


ijiel
bi(%fe^ct,
"cencn,
tie p^ gem fi(^
Unter
tenen tort lie [(^onen
er
unt
trdumet,
Srt''er^o^et,*uBer
"rdbcrn manteln.
liber tiefe
"SeeIen,
55 0 r jni(^
tann tcr ("ntf^lu",
n"jtgutju
tann," o r mir fle^t
trittf
l)anl)eltt"
"trducben fi^^
!Dein
fi*^
i^r 3 m i fd)e n fiefiie()It
3 w i fd)e n biefen
tt

tneincr SBa^I;
He f^reunbin
mii^pnft,
J n e 6 e n mir ru^tfie,
^ingefd)tid"en,
I)i n t e r mir,
mi(%ftill
ftanbfielad)tn'D

iltlnn

i;i n

te

Un^ mir reben

"ternen,unfern2ieBen "

ben

"on

LXIX.

LESSON

"

to
t

cb fp r

d)e

I
,

does

transition

or

another, such

of

change
into

another,a motion

as,

fle r

with
"

That

!^a b

transition

or

have

t Presents

e n

to
,

i (^ I a

pass over
T e , 1 run;

verbs, except

those

that express a
a change
state,without

subjectfrom

their

as, I e b e n

conjugatedwith

not

that of the active

continuous
a
activity,

mere

tion
condi-

and intransitive verbs

compound tenses, where

in the

or

neuter;
passive, are
f e I sleep,
etc.,and
,

that does

the neuter

differ from

not

state

speak,etc.

of
conjugation

The

"

nor

intransitive;
as,

are
object,

an

active

action

an

express

as

69*

subjecta

stand; i d^ fc^I a

e ^ e, I
as, i (^ft

such

to their

is neither

wbich

Obs. n.

2cttwn

^Verbs that ascribe

I.

I)ir"

i?on

and IntransitiveVerbs.

Neuter
Obs.

unb

live;fi ^

to
,

state into

one

to

e n
,

sit,are

that express a
of their subjectfrom one
state
e n

from

and

those

placeto another, such

one

die; g e ^ e n

to go,

are

conjugated

fe i n,

been

raised above

this earth,

itself.

t " i n f t cannot be rendered literally


here ; the translation of nt^tu
m\6) f t n f t is descends near me, foUowed by cmd.

"

Of

those

we

love.

KEUTER

of
Conjugation
^

0 m

VERBS.

INTRANSITIVE

AND

143

Neuter Verb.

tt, to

come.

INDICATIVE.

ScJ)fomme, I come, etc.


3c^ Urn, I came
3(^ rotxU fommen, I shall come
fommen, I should come
3c^ ttjiirte
3^ B i n gefommen,I Mve come

Present.

Imperfect.
1st Future.

1st Conditional.

Perfect,

Hjige!ommen,thou hast come


cr ifl
gefommen,he has come
ttjir
(Intgefommen,we have come
gefommen,you have come
i^rfeib(tSieftnt")
pe ftntgefommen,they have come
3^ W a r gcfommcn,I had come
thou hadst come
tu warjl
gefommert,
cr war
gcfommen,he had come
n"irttjaren gcfommen,we had come
gcfommen,you had come
i^rwaret (Sicnjaren)
fiemaren gefommcn,they had come
3c^ wcric gefommen fein, I shall have come
3c^ toixvU gefommenf e i n, I should have come
tu

'

Pluperfect,

2ncf Future,
2nd

GandUional.

Reading Exercise

LXIX.

tn?
3* Q^" tn Me "c^ule. "e^en 3^re5^effen
SGo^in ge^jl
t^ motltc
nld)tfommen obgleid)
na^ ^arig ?
3"^ fonnte geftern
"onnaBent
fommen,
SSann merten "ie fommen ? 3c^ tt^^rbeam
id) nic^tna"i 33erlinfa^^re.SSotlen "ie mit mir fpajicren
wenn
"on
ic^ werbe tn^ 3;teater
ge^en. 3fi ier (53efantte
ge^en? 5^ein,
?
Sin 33ote i(l^eutenac^
Snglantmit fcerSifenk^n juriicfgefe^rt
mitrte i(^mit i^m ge^
Sranffurt
:^atte
menn
i(^es gen)u"t
abgereifl,
? 3fttein
^er "efanbte
"on granfreic^
3urii(fgefct)rt
gangen [ein. 3fi
id" ^aBe i^n feiteinigen3:agennid)t
"rnber fd^onaufgejlan^en
.

Sarum
gefe:^en.

gefallcn.

5a"
fdjrie

^int?

(S"

unt
liefgu fi^nett

i|l

144

NEUTER

INTKANSITIVE

AND

LXIX.

Theme

from
his

Berlin,and
from

come

ambassador

run

to

child

to

cannot

bed, you

Has

the

messenger
the luggage of my
uncle

with

of your

room

to the railroad

morning?

my friends.
from
Munich

see

returned

The

messenger
early this

would

has arrived

Has

I have

the Russian

the fessor
prohave fallen if it had

not

for

Has

The
"Why have you not followed me?
passed several times to-day. The generalhas

has

risen

uncle

My

fast.

so

justgone

send

you

yet

out ?

messenger

Robert

I must

Vienna

not

gone
not

going?

Have

luggage.

often

ambassador

is the

Where

VEBBS.

him.

see

He

has

has become
from

returned

not

What

of*

the railroad

perhaps gone

to th"

uncle.

Conversation.
2CoC(en @ic

tnit mix in^

ge^en?
SBarum
Mft bu nic^tju

3;^eater3^^ H"

Un ticfen
tniibe,
i6:j
9^ad)mtttag
fpajiereit
gemefen.

mix Qt^

3^

njar

3a,

ter

3U

mein Dn!el
"er^tnt)crt;
fommen ?
ift
na(^ SBien aBgereift.
mxi
3ft ter engllfc^e
er
"efantteijon 9loc^nic^t,
erftin gt"el
?
faxi^aurucfgefe^rt
Socmen auriirffe^rcn.
"int) "ie tseutefrii^
^a, t(^bin :^eute
aitfgeflan^
fc^onurn fiinf
ten ?
U^r aufgeftantcn.
SBarum fc^rie
t"a5Mnr" ?
Sg ift
cjefallen.
So ^abtn@ie unfer
auf tern Soten gelegen,
33uc!^
gefun^ (Jg ift
ten?

^at

tie

man

^ferbe fc^onge^

"tallfned^t
^at |tcekn

trdnft?
SBarum

getranft.
3^r Dnfel nic^tnac^ 3d) fann e" nid)tfagen,
ift
i)iettci(!^

?
S3ru|Jel
gereipt

ttjar er

Reading

Lesson.

2)er SBttiibcrcr
unb
Sin SBanterer f ant

fdjneKunt

ttJar
*

Render

im

bic Ducffc.

"ommer
^^eipeftenf

langc gegangen;

to became

ijerMn^ert.

tttt5.
of, tt"erbcn

ju einer Huette.

@r

Sc^iueig
j^ant auf feiner
f

In the heat

of.

146

THB

Obs. n."

The

^in and ^er of the adverbs ^inein,


prefixes
quently
^naui, ^tvau^,are separable,and are fre:"erein,
with the preposition
preceded by a noun
ju,

Obs. m.

ADVERBS.

as:

Instead

"

Wlann

Der

of adverbs

when

tives is used

tarn

jur
of time, the

the time

is

X^ixtt :^erein,
genitiveof substan-^
bed
as:
indefinite,

SJiorgenS, or SJJorgend, and when the time is


expressedthe accusative of substantives
distinctly
is used as an
adverbial expressionof time; as:
iefcen Z ag,
Obs. rV.

"

^Adverbs of time

bial
precede other adverbs or adverexpressions,and take their place after the

subjectand

the verb, but

when

an

adverb

or

verbial
ad-

expression begins the sentence, the verb

precedesthe subjects.
of Irregular
Adverbs.
Degreeof Comparison
Comparative.

Positive.

better
fcejTer,

2So|I,well

Superlative.
Md

(yr
CiXi\'i
tefien
kjlc,

the best

Ii?^^^^'

klD, soon

sooner

better
gem,*willingly lieber,
oftener
oft,often
ijfter,

the
f am e^ejlen,
very
( BalJigft,
am
am

soonest

soon

best
tiebften,
the oftener,
^uftgflen,

(most often)

^ii\i,
au^erjl,
extremely

fe^r,
very
evil
libel,
much
"ie(,
menig,little

arger, worse

am

more
ttte^r,
meniger,
ntinter,

(m
am

the worst
argften,
most
meiften,
minteflen(ttjenigfte
the least

Reading Exercise

LXX.

urn ad^t
U^r gu
3"^ "erbe fpatej^ett^
mit bem ^utfc^er.
Diefepax
fi^tau^n?enbig
^aufefein. ipeittrtc^

SCic ijiel
^au^ ?
foflet
blefe^

in

"crn, licber,am

English,and

gem, I like to

run

are

liebf^cn,
correspond to I like, I like better, I like best,
mostly used in connection with a verb, as : 3c^ laufc
I like better to ride, etc.
licber,
id^fa^re

147

ADVERBS.

THE

ten Jpcrrn anber^wo


immer Betfammcn, "ic miiflfert
m'a^tn (tnt)
3ft^er iperrmixUtv okn ? 5flein,
fit^en-Die "tatt lagfeitwart^.
?
"e%r am Ibeften
^^erjentge,
crijluntem 2Cie ^aflfeu gcfd^Iafen

laufen!ann, tcxxl r"en ^rei3 er^lten, 3)^an


[(^netlflen
wirD libera
3^r ^Settergrietric^
gewo^ntpc^na^ unb nac^taran,
lommen,
3c^ ^ann morgen frii^er
fpeifeit.
morgen mit un3 gu 3)^ittag
unt) su
'Die !Deutf^en
(5ie ed ttjiinf^en.
fagen:"3u ttjenig
wenn
Un^or^^
allcaSpiel." Sr i^t"emiifclieberaU gleifc^.
"iel"ert)lrbt
eg gem
Seute irren am
^aupg^en, 3c^ "ei^,tag ^einric^
Pc^tige
ijfter
t^un "irt. 3^ ^onnte ed tir wo^l fagen. 3"^ Mttc urn no^
eine a:airc
3:^ee.
reiten unt

am

LXX.

Theme
We

shall

praise the

and

John

you

depart?

Berlin.

To-morrow

much

How

like to ride in
I like best

and

careless

much

improvingvery

are

the

or

did

the

When

in German.

day

after

tailor ask

George

most.

skillful persons

most

we

shall

for your

will
go

coat?

to
I

but I like better to ride horseback,


carriage,
railroad.
This
to ride by (oufwith def.art.)

makes

mistakes

most often. The


(theoftenest)
generaldines preciselyat twelve o'clock. The price of this
cloth is extremelyhigh. I shall bind
the dictionaryvery

The

soon.

the

man

scholar who

prize. Henry

can

has been

read and

write best,will receive

at least three

or

four times

here.

Conversation.
SBo^erfam 3|r 53ruter?

3^

gr !am ^u gu" "on j^bln.


^abe3^re"B6^m^tx(angenic^t"Sie n?ar feiteinigen
3Boc^enin

too ip pe ?
gefe^en,

SBirt

marten ?
"cinri(^
aufmic?^
?
(Se^en"ie gem in^ 3;^eater
2eute irren am meipen?
SCelc^e

^aBen @ie ten ^ann


me^er am bepenritt?

^ari3,aber Pe ip ^eutetoa^x*
fc^einli^
ju "aufe.
Sin menigaber nic^t
lange.
IteBerin tie Dper.
ic^ge:^e
9^ein,
!l:ieUnoorpc^tigen
irren am pws=

pgPen.
^dn, i^ ^ak ten ^J^ann gefe^en,
gefel^en,
welderam ft^ncUpen
fu'^r.

148

THE

CONJUNCTIONS.

Reading Lesson,
alte

^et

35 i "
Unb

tein

an

fueled
Qkah,

feinen Singerbreit
ttjeidje

SSon dotted
D

iSanbmann*

SBegenaK

^lu'ti
bu trieauf griinen
tvlrjl
(Srtenlebett
!Durc^^
ge^n;
unt "rau'n
tu o^ne Surest
a n n lannjl
^em Zo\} fn" 2lugefe^'n,
a tt tt

SnM beine "ruft


fegnen
t)r a uf f
Un^ ttjeinen3:^rdnen
i?oU "ott Duft,
Unt "onnenblumen
au5 ten 2;^rdnen
"lii^'n
auf.

a n tt

$5U!".

2emvn

LXXI.

LESSON

On the
Obs.

^In German

"

on

be

divided

some

the

Conjunctions,

of the

have
conjunctions

of
position

into

-71.

three

the

verb, and

classes:

the

fluence
great in-

therefore

must

adverbial
co-ordinative,

conjunctions.Those of the
first class (theco-ordinatives)
serve
merely as Hnks to
while
on the position,
sentences, and have no influence
class (the adverbials),
when
those of the second
be^
the svhject
to be placed after
ginning the sentence,cause
the verb,and those of the third class (boththe simple
and
compound sub-ordinatives),require the verb
governed by them to be placed at the end of the
and

sub-ordinative

sentence.

The

apostrophestands
t Darauf.

in

placeof

e" as

iiJ

for

c.

FiBST

Class

Cchordinative

itnD,and

Second

Class

Conjunctions,

both-and
fon?o^(-aU,

but
allein,
Sf6er,
fottbem,

benn,for, since

149

CONJUNCTIONS.

THE

oter,or
Adverbial

Conjunctions.

at last,at length
therefore,thus
entlic^,
Sllfo,
entweter
or
also,too
CiVi6it,
oter,either
besides
at first
cr(l,
juerj^,
augerbem,iibertem,
somebalD Bate,sometimes"
femcr,further
afterwards
[times ^emac^,nac^^cr,
ba,tann, aUDann, then
faum, scarcely
bagegcn,) on the contrary
^
j on the other hand
nic^t
fon? C not
nur,
l^ingegen,
(- tern -jonly
nic^t
alleirt,
txi^tx,
ee"megen,
] therefore,on
^aI6,j that account
6Io^,; auc^ ( but also
ni(^t
barum, fcef
"

"

"

"

"

"
nodb,still
bemnadb,folqliA,
consequently"""
mitMn,
(je^,),
^ow,
and yet,still
bcnnoc^,
fo,so, thus

'5

,,

Ukewise ; no(!^,
nor
bc^gletd^en,
)
neverthebeffcnungeac^tet,
j
less
ni(^t^bc|lon)cniger,
bejlo, the (witha comurn fo,
)
parative.J

boc^,glcid^wo^I,
] yet,still,
[ however
Jebo^,inbejfen,
hand
cinerfeit^,
| on the one

J)
anbrerfeitd;
on

the other

then

else,otherwise
fonfl,
t^eil^ i^txU,
partly ^partly
"

"

besides
tiBerbie^,
for
as
iibrigcnd,

the rest,how-

ever

much
tttelmc^r,
ttjcber
"

more,

no^, neither

indeed,
n?o^I,
^ttjar,

rather
nor

it is true

hand

Reading Exercise

LXXI.

dt "erflanb
"Bxe
abtx t^ )^aUi^n tti(^t
3^ '^aBe
i^tt
gc^ort,
gefe^ett.
benn "Bit fpraci^en
ober
Du mupt bie Seftiort
nid^t,
fc^reiben
gu fdjnett*
ber 3Saterfonbemauc^bie
ic^wevbe ed bent Se^rerfagen. 9iic^t
nur
SJZutterwerben c" erlauBcn. 2Beber ber Partner nod^ bie "artnerin
arBeitenober mein
"Sie muffen entweber fleigiger
t^ueni^re^flid^t.

"BaQtn
"ie mir wann
fommen mirb. Du Bifl
fie
mu"t bu su ^^wfc
faul,
folglii^
BleiBen. ^aum :^attc
er e" gefagt,
^at
foliefid^ba\)on. 3:^r^leffe
mir nid)t
merbe id^i^nnidfet
gef^rieBen,
erwarten. 3(^ njoHte
bejwegen
nid^t
mitge^en,
uBrigen"
^atteid^!einc3eit.
(liBerbied)

ba id) !ranf Bin.


ipaudtterlaffen,
3"^ ^ann nic^t
anggetjen

150

THE

OONJUNCJTIONB.

Theme
has translated his

John

LXXI.

Theme,

his Conversation, but Emily is


learned the lesson.
You
must

and

lazyor
go

to

Frederick

has learned

sick,for she has

not

(the)school directly,

The teacher did not punish


your father wiU punish you.
dissatisfied with him.
either be
You
must
him, but he was
or

more

leave

dihgent or

Neither

the

postman

the

school,else

I shall send

the workman

nor

wiU

you

come.

away.
I shall

We
have not
buy either a working table or a wardrobe.
only a play-ground but also a piano. My teacher has not
to me
returned
copy-book,consequently,Ig shalli (be
my
this afternoon.
The
obliged) have to write my theme
but he is nevertheless a good
Egyptian is a littleunskillful,
returned
from the park. It is true,
I, had^ scarcelyi
man.

could

we

nota sees himi but


in

the

forenoon

and

his voice.

John

is

tired,he must therefore


staygatghomcithisi afternoon.,
(onthat account, consequently)

has

worked

heard
we
(atlein)

Thibd

aU, when, as
bettor,t^t,
M^, until

Class:

SvbordincUwe

before

that
t)a^,

"

"

because
tueil,
totnn, if when

au"j, "I

case

that

while,
inliem,
je ^the

ungeac^tet,
notwithstanding^,
while, whilst
i"a|rent,
tounn, when

ta, as, since (reason)


in order that
t)amit,
in
fatt^,

Conjunctions.

as

(withthe comp.)

nac^Dem,after
jenac^^em,accordingas
ob,whether, if
) though,
obfdjon,
obgIei(^,
) although
wienjo'^t,
ob"o^l,
since (time)
feitDem,
felt,
fooft(o.U),whenever
foBal^ (aU),as soon as
folange(aU),so long as

tcenngleic^,
["although
f^on,)
how, when, as
toit,
tt?ic
however
iiu6^,
t"iewo^(,
although
trofem,if,in case, that
wherefore
tooiixx,
whereafter
toona6^,
tooxan,whereat
whereon
jvorauf,
motto n, whereof, etc.

wm3u(M;i^A^e/?i^7i.),inorde

151

CONJUNCTIONS.

THE

Additional

Reading Exercise.

fe^en,
uoc^ein ^in^. 3^ ^^T^^tt(tcni(^t
2Ber fagtetir,
ba e^ gattj tunfel mar.
^a^ i(^angefommen Hn ?
mir gefrii^j^iicft
fatten,
gingen wir auf^San^. 3^^ njurte
S'^ac^Cem
2Bir
te^-Suc^e^
^ arm Un.
kaa^len,
obgleic^
3^ttenten 2Bert()
mo^nt.
feitfieitt 3}iun(^en
l^aBengrauleinSJiiiUerni^t gefe^en,
jcten Sliu
ten
md^rent ?^rtetri(^
"ujla" fdjiief
ganjen 9Za^mittag,
ni(^t
gtiicflic^er
fein,wenn
ma^ma^m. SCiirtentie 9J^enf(^en
genHic!
2lrm au^jhecfte.
intern er feinen
Sr fc^wor,
mdren.
fte3ufrictener
"ie :^alten
Bo^^aft.2Bir ge^enlang^
fxir
i^n ni(^tfiir
faul,fontern
tu marten,M^ i^ meinc
fam,tamit n?ir nid)tmiitc werten. SBittft
"ott tan!en. @o
man
^ah ? (S^eman i"t,
foil
gefc^rieBen
SlufgaBe
ten!t man
taran,ta" man auc^fran! mer*
felten
langeman gefuntifl
2(13i(^x^nfauntc,
mar

er

ten tann.

Additional
Do

I had4

teacher

Our

not.

when

thisjmaus

seeiia

does

attentive.

nor
diligent

Although
he was
him
a boy, Ij recognizedi
like Henry as
(ta) he is neither

whether
(mijfen)

Imow

you

not

Theme.

The

the stars shine ?

workman

thinks

that

will,

you

paya him.j My uncle told me that you had been in Munich, so


take a walk, though it is impleasant.
must
I believed it. We
We

shall

heard

from

written
can

One

you
does

soon

as

study
among

if you

come

Miss

She has not


will4gOj outg withj us.j
left Philadelphia. I have
Miller, since we

read
the newspaper.
my theme, while you
I cannot
eat ?
eat now,
because
I am
not
not

know,

I shall have
the

French

(the)men

whether

any body Hves


acquired the German

language. There
so long as
they are

will

When

hungry.

in the stars.

As

language,I shall
always be strife

discontented.

Conversation.
?
893iefa:^
er au^ aU tu i^nfa^(l

2^ erfanntci^n hum,

tu ten Setriiger
pnten?
itonntejl
SBer fagtc
tagi(^^ierHn?
tir,

Hei(^.
ta e^ tun!clmar*
2^ fant i'^n
ni(^t,
e" mir f(^on
grangfagte
gejlem.

cr

mar

fo

152

THE

tOtt^

AUXnJAEY

ett

AND

SBannreifleS^rDnMab?
SBirt) bcr Slrbeitcrim

^axi

THE

PASSIVE

VOICE.

!Dtefen
iD^orgen,
nac^bcmer gc*
i)atte*
fru()|lucft
5^id)t
o^ne Ca" fici^n tafiir
k^

ax^

kitcn ?
t)U tern ^einrid)
?
SCirft
scr^cikn

eber
^f^i^t

Bir

al5 H^

er

ftc^
fceffert.

ta fcu c"
be^alten,
bradjtci't,
e^ t^eitcr
obgleid)
i|i.
@eit "ann
|aBtitsr^erm ,^o^Ier 8eit njtr 9)^und)en
l^a^^
"erlic"en,
S
Kiillcr
unD
ni6t gc^
grdulein
ben "ir fie
nic^t
gefc|cn.
fe^en?
S5ag t^atefl
arkitetc ic^tut "artcn uiO)
bu, ma^rent teine (Srfl
?
^reuntefpagieren
tann
gingen
fcbriefe
tc^nteine Slufgabc.
tu tcutfd^
SCiirbejl
lemen,trenn
3(^ miirte ni(^t alletn tjeutfds
tu "clD ^atteft
Unterric^t
fontern auc" bad granjojifc^
su
oDer

memn

c5

?
nx6^t

nelsmeti?

lemen.

Reading Lesson.
^ic

ft^onjlc 6:^rif!itt.

cine weiHic^e
Xentt cu(i^
aber (letd
"eele,weld^etotelIcitet;
^u
Bluten "ie fie
"ott auf|'(^auet,
unt
"elc^e,
fiema^ inncn mimn

greufceijor SJlenfdjen
au^pe^t,
f unb jvelAc
tie "titrmc ber SBelt tt"e b e r "erructen n o d^ "erftnflem
: n?o fle|t
ter JJlegcnbogen
i^rSbenHIb? 3lm ipimmel:ba fte^t
benjegen
; i^^n
bie auf i^n fliegen,
bie SCinbe nidjt,
bie 2BoI!en unb
fonbe rn er
fort"or feiner
(Sonne,unb feine2:ropfenmerben garben,
id^immert
eined f^bncn
unb
am
"imme( aU
er liegt
iUlorgent^au
gidnjenber
"tH

wie

immer

eine

"

91 i (^t e r

iaged.

LESSON

The
Obs.

I.
"

SGBic

Ever

fic willf
appears

must

before

formed, for

are

be translated
men

72*

and the Passive Voice.

various modes, tenses,etc. of


active verbs

"

2eftwn

LXXn.

tucrbcn
Auxiliary
The

(3ean3"aul)

an

gular
regularand irrethe passive
voice.

here, ever
imctgeof joy.

so

much.

154

THE

ttJerfcett AND

AUXILIARY

2iid Conditional.

xom^a b

3^

have

THE

Io

been

^n

VOICE.

PASSIVE

t trorben

fcin,I

should

rewarded

:c.
klo^ntivorben fein,
miirbejl

tu

INFINITIVE.

"cIoH n?crbenor geloBt


ju werten,to be

praised

IMPEBATIVE.

be (you or ye)
geloBt,
praised

SBerbe geloBt,
be (thou)praised SBcrbet

Reading Exercise LXXII.


temc
mcinem Scorer
tuenn i^ meinc Slufgakn
gelobt,

3^ njcrbc"on
beinen SItem nid^t
X;u wirfl
"on
Mn"
n"erbcn,
unb ge^orfam
geliebt
wnb ge^orfam
benn bu M|lnidjt
gemcfen.(Ein tugenb^after
flei^ig
mirb ijon
unb feinc
n?irb"on 3cbermantt
?^reunbf(^aft
^JJenfci^
^eac^tet,
S3ir werben oftfiirunferc
alien"uten gefudjt.
gutcn ipanblung
unb fclten
^^W
ijtti unfere
nic^td
bejlowenigcr
Belo^nt;
gctabelt
ttjorben.!Diefe
"uted au t^un, Diefe^naSen ftnbna^^aufegef^idft
"olba:?
worben fein,
n?enn unferc
"tabt wiirbeijon ben g^inben
jerjlbrt
itn nid)t
3fne arme Hinbe grau murbe i)on
'fatten.
gcfoc^ten
ta))fer
bent ^aufmann betrogen.
n?aren, wurben
welc^ec:^rU(^
Diejenigen,
al^ ge^"tju n?erben. T)iefe
merben ifl
Slufj?
"eac^tct
Bejfer
gefc^d^t.
"orben.
atgefc^rteben
gaBenftnbanjeimal
Theme

LXXII.

punishedby my parents,when I am disobedient and


art often praisedby thy
do not work
diligently.Thou
Ton are called by your father ; why do you not go
teacher.
cause
is often blamed
to him ? Emma
by her music-teacher, beshe is so negligent. This letter was
given me by your
If I had not been
servant,it must be sent to * the post-ofl"ce.
I

am

here,your

watch

would

have

been

stolen.

Those

who

only esteemed but also rewarded.


been
have
workmen
paid well, because they worked
during the heat of the day. A false and faithless man
feared and hated by every body.
were
polite,

not

Render

to hero

auf.

were

The

well
is

THE

AUXILIAKY

C r

t)f tt

AND

THE

PASSIVE

VOICE.

155

Conversation.
beinem 2c^rcroft ^d) ^ak nur be^ Sl"enbs 3^itunb
"on
trirfl
werbe id^ofttaran
tann
marum
lemftDu l"eine
felbjl
getacelt;
?
oer^intert.
nic^t
bejjer
5lufgat)e
mir "erbcffcrt
55on toern ijlbiefe
^jer^? @ie ijl
son
toorben,
2lufgaBc
tueitter 2e^rerfeinc 3ctt^attc,
n)orC)en ?
tefliert
2Barum
jua;?
33ricfe
aweimal 2Beil ftcfofc^Iedjt
gefd?rieBen
ftnbtiefe
!onnte,
worben ?
nld)t(efen
abgefd^ricben
ren, ba"i^ fte
Sr wirb "on 3ebcrmann gead^tct
wirb ber tugenb^aftc
iBon went
?
mirb "ott
unb fcine
^reunbfd)aft
geaci^tet
9}Zenf(^
alien "uten gefudjt.
SCurbcn biefe
T)Ort i^rem "ie njurben ijon i^rem Se^rerQt^
iJJ^dbc^ctt
lobt unb nad)^aufegefd^icft,
n?eU
?
Se^rernad^Jpaufc
gcfc^icft
fatten*
ftpi^re2lufgabe
gelernt

Du

Reading
^aS

Lesson.

geflo^lcne $fcrb.

^fcrb cincd 33auer3 nj u r b e Bet 9lac6t aui feinem


f^bnflc
Der 53aucr begal"
Static 9 e ft0 ^ I e n"
ba^erau\ einen 3)ferbe^
ftc^
in ter 21B^
n? u r b e
ge^n^eilen oon ba ^t^aUtn
marft,toeld^er
unter ben ^ferben,
ein anbere^ gu !aufen. Sr mar fe^r
erftaunt,
ft(^t,
bic ^um 5Ser!auf
audgeftellt
gu erfennen. @r nal)m
waren, ba^ feintge
mir.
beim 3^wme unb rief au0:
ce fogleid)
"Xit\t^^ferbge^^brt
n""
35or brei 2;agenijteg mir gefto^ten worbe
lieber greunb,"fagte
ber,meld^erbad 5^ferb
fek ^cflid)
"3^r irrt eu(J^,
aU ein 3a|r. @"
woUte ; "icb
longer,
^erfaufcn
^abebiefed
^ferbfd^on
mit
aBer eg ijlmbglic^,
bag Surige;
^a^eg einigeSlel^nlic^feit
ni(^t
ij^
'Dad

iW I)at."
bc" ^fer^
Beiben ipanbeauf bie Slugen
f(^ne(I
legte
fetne
bag 2:^ier
beg unb rief:""ut! wenn
euc^f^on folangcge^brt,
fagt
mir nun, auftt"eld)em
2lugeeg Hinb ift."
mirllidbta" ^ferbgefto^Ien
!Der Slntere,
meld^er
aBer ber eg nid^
^atte,
n?urbe gana Betroffen.
SlBerba er (^ttoa^fagen
^atte,
genau unterfud)t
mu"te, antttjorteteer aufg "erat^eroo^h*
"5Iufbem linfen 3luge."-^

!Der Sauer

At

random.

156

VEEBS.

BEFLEXIVE

ber 55auer,^tad J^ier ifl


irrt (in6^,"
ni"t Hint auf tern
fprac^
"3f^v
linfen 2luge,""0^ !" riefter Xicfe,
^be mid) nur tter|"ro(i^e
"tct)
mlt fcem rec^ten
5lugepc^ted itidjt."
teg |)ferfced
t)e d t c tcr S3auer Me Sliigen
auf wnb fagtc:
ipierauf
ta"
ie^t
M(lunt" eiitXieB, @e:^t,
offcnbar,
baj tu ein "(i^urfc
"(S3ijl
Mtnb.
nur
gct^n,urn ben
^"j ^aU tiefe
^i^agen
^ferbiji
gar ttic^t
Diefcj^a^I
^eraudgukingcn.
unb B c:?
bad 5"f"bsuriidjugekn
Xer XieB " u r t c genbt^igt,
ftr a ft "ie er ee "ett)icnt^atte.
,

LXXm.

LESSON

Seftiott

73*

Reflexive Verbs.
Obs.

"

Reflexive verbs
or

is

sucli

as

have

subjectand

always a personal pronoun

mid)an,
3c^jie^e

"

for both

persons

the dative

Obs. n.

are

In

there

as

be

may

object.
and

The

person
latter

stands,either

in

mir, I help myself


(myself) 3d| ^elfe

German,

verb

same

accusative;as:

or

I dress

the

in

English,nearlyevery transitive
changed into a reflexive verb, but

great many verbs used only as reflexive


have the additional
verbs, of which, in EngHsh, some
are

pronoun;
the

active

while
or

others

the same
idea
express
passivevoice of simple verbs; as,

mic^,I rejoice
3^ frcue

3"^ H(bc

mir

by

ein,I fancy

of Reflexive Verbs.
Conjugation
INDICATrV^*

Present.

m\^, I wash or I am washing (myself)


3"^"afc^c
ttt irafd^efl
tic^,thou washest (thyself)
he washes
er wafdJt
P(i^,
(himself)

2Bir wafc^en
un",

we

i^rwafc^eteuc^I

(ourselves)

wash

wash

you

(i^,they wash
fiemafc^en
3c^ vcxtt mic^,I

Imperfect.

tu

was

(yourselves)

(themselves)
mistaken

jc.
tic^,
irrtejl

I shall
"t^ anfleitcn,
3c^ ttJ^'^^c
jc.
tu wirft
anfleicett;
tixdij

Is/ Future.

1st Conditicmal.

Obs. m.

157

YEBBS.

BEFLEXIYE

The

"

one

"

dress

myself

I should fancy
3c^ ttJUY^c"^^r einMttcn,
thou wouldst fancy
tix einbilt"cn,
tu wiirtejl

compound tenses of reflexive verbs, are with


*
with the auxiliaryverb
formed
exception,

I have accustomed
myself
getub^nt,
Perfect.3^ ^^^^"Tid)
thou hast accustomed
tu ^ajl
tid)gcmb^nt,
thyself
himself
he has accustomed
er ^at|t(^
genjo^nt,
SJir ^ahn un^

we
gewb^nt,
i^r^abcteuc^gewb^nt,)

have
you

ourselves

accustomed

have

accustomed

Sic ^abcnfid)
)
gcmb^nt,

yourselves

fie
^aUn ftd^
getrb^nt,
theyhave

accustomed

themselves

Pluperfect.

I had been mistaken


^6) ^attcmid) geirrt,
tvL patted
k.
li6)geirrt,

2nc; Future.

^^

tverte

mi(^ausgeffeibet
^aben,I shall have

undressed

bu

2n"Z Conditiontd.

Infinitiiie.
*

The

3(^ttjurt)e
mi^ angefleifcct
^abcn,I should
dressed myself
tu wiirtejl
bi(i^
angefleibct
^aBm, jc.

have

to complain
(^ic^
Beflagen,

fi(^Bcwu^t fctn, to be Conscious of, is conjugatedboth


simple
compound tenses with the auxiliary fein; as: 3 (^
mir
ttroix^t, ic, 3c^ Hn mir bcwupt gewefcn, k.

iYithe
bin

myself
ttjirfl
t)i(^
au^gellei^et
^ahn, jc.

verb

and

158

BEFLEXIVE

VERBS.

IMPERATIVE.

wash
bic^,
(thyself)
Singular. SBafc^e
wash
"ie jtc^,
Plural.
tu6)or tvaf^en
SBafc^et

Reading Exercise

(yourselves)

LXXIII.

2::u^a(l
an.
SJZorgen
ti(^gclrrt,
id^Bin nid^t
Jebctt
3c^ Wclbc ntld^
^arl wafc^t
ten er fuc^tc.
Jeben3:a9. "ic l^aben
ftc^
pc^nod)
ter,
ni^t
urn
|leujerben ftc%erjl
je^nU|r au^lleitien. 2)tcfe
au^gefleitet,
@d)uler
mcnn
ba" mir rcicb(tnb. !Diefe
"errenirren flc^,
jteglaubcn,
iiber i^renSe^rerkflagen;pe fagen,
t"erben jtc^
tp.
baf er gu jbrenge
MItet p(^ ein fd^on
"eine "c^meftcr
eu(^gut ^t^
ju fein. 3^^ ntiigt
pc^pittsu
p^en. @ie
tragenunb e^rli(^
fein. Der "ele^rte
gewo^nte
SBir ^tten un5 \?era6rebet
juiirben
aufjupe^en.
p^ gemb^nenfrii^
einen "pagiergang
pc^ getbbtet.
ju madden. 3^^^^?0^dnner '^altn
S3 freut
i:^nfe^rbic^
Befanbpc^ gepem nic^t"o^I;
gu fe^en.^^rcing
er war gan;^Heic^
ba" cr ^opfwe^%oXit.
; ic^glaube,

Theme

LXXIII.

to see you.
John, hast thou washed
rejoice
very much
loved
?
thyself
My sister always behaves well and is (passive)
shall
we
by every body. We have not yet dressed (ourselves),

undressingwhen I came.
directly.The children were
There
are
peoplewho fancythemselves to be better than
many
himself with my penknife;
others.
Frederick had wounded
it was
newly (frifc^)sharpened. I felt (found myself)better
yesterdaythan Friday. You will have been mistaken, Sir.
he
Why would
complain ? The soldier would have killed
himself.
her uncle came
toj
Mary had just dressed when
themselves
secg her.i Those
boys should have accustomed
defended
to rise at six o'clock every morning. Mithridates
himself with great courage
againstthe Romans.
dress

Conversation.

4"aben^6^9lofaunb Smilte ge;; "ie l^aBen


p(^noc^nic^t
gehJaf(^et
an.
"af^en?
Pc fleibenpc^eicn
mit Bcpnbct
^6^3^ Srau "Wutter? Siemlic^
gut; i^ ban!e 3?ne""

REFLEXIVE

159

VEEBS.

Staxl nt^tgutBetragen? S'lcin,


er
jlitt
^at f!c^
muf flc^getvb'^nctt
mir ein^
f!(^etn, bag "ic t"ie 3"^ H" niAt fonarrift^,
33^0^
@prad)ein einigen
juHltcn,tag ic^bicfefc^mcre
tcutfdje
werte erlcri^
naten eriemen fonnen ?
"pradje fo |'d;net(

SilDen "ie

nen

SBoriikr Beflagtcn
pe Pc^?

"ie

fonnen.

pc^ii"ertic "trengc
ktlagten

Se^rerg.
mit einem frif(i^
dx f^at
pc^
gefc^Uf*
teg

"agteti^r,tagitartpd^Jjerwun^
tet ^ot?

fenenSl^efcr
gefc^nitten.

Reading Lesson,
fitter ober bcr ^nbcrc.
ritt einmat eitt
IV., ilonigs"on Sran!rcic6,
3ur 3eitipeinrid^'d
tcr 8tatt
n?eit oon
Sauerlein "on feinem
nac^^ari"J. 9lic^t
X)orfe
war
toax ter ^bnig. (Bein Ocfolge
cr einem 0leiter. "5
begegnete
mein
te^ SKegg,*
in einiger
geHiefcen.
abP(^tlic^
"2Co^er
(Sntfernung
^eunt ? ipabti^r"ef(i)afte
ju ^arid ?"
"3a/'antwortete ter Sauer;"m6^ ntoAteic^
gem einmal unfem qm^
liebt."
3SoIffojdrtlid^
ter fein
ten ^bnigfe^en,
unt fagte:
Xer ^onig Id(^elte
"Daju !ann Suc^fRat^toertcn.^f
"enn
id^nur wiigte,
tocherc" ipunter ten "ielenipopingen,
"2l6er
tvirt."
"on tenen er umgebenfein
nur
fagen: 3^x tiirft
5ld)tung
ic^(Sud^
gcBen,n?eld)er
"V"iittjitt
ten ^ut auf tern ^opfebe^alten
wirt,menn atleSlntem fi ^ e^rerMe?
tigttjerteji entbtbgtj ^a^tn,
"Bo ritten pe miteinantcr nad)^ari^. I^er Sauer gaBtern ^bnig
Sr erjd^Ite
aufallefeine
gefprdd)ige
5lnttt)ort."
i:^m5Jlanc^es
?^ragen
liberten i^^Itbau,
au" feiner
^au3^altungunt mie er jumeilented
unt merlte langcnid^td.
"onntagd aud^ fein^u^n im a;opfe:^aBe,
21U er aber fa^,
njie aUe ^tn^txfi^ i^ffnetenunt atle "tragen

"

Where

This

do you come
from ?
will not be difficult.

X Uncovered.

" Ready

answer.

160

VKRB8.

IMPERSONAL

a n f ii11 1 e n
fi (^ mit ?!)?enf*cn

trie
,

mi^
Sc^crmantt e^^rerBictig

wic^,ba gingi"m cin Sid.tauf.*


ben er tnit
wnbeJannten Scgleiter,
^err,"fagtcer ju feinem
"i]S)k'in
unt) SSerttJunterung
3^r ter ^5:?
"cntn?eber
anfci^aute,
felt
Slengftlid^leit
nig oter ic^Mn'0; bcnn n?ir53eite^aben alleinnocb ben ^ut aufbem
^opfe."
tcr ^bnig nnb fagte:
Da lii^eUc
"3c^bin'^, SCenn i^rcuer 9lbg^
unn
euer "efc^aft
^aU, \o fommt ju
beforgt
gefteUt
bann mit einer ^D^ittag^fuppe
ntir aufmein "c^Io^,
auf^
ic^mill euc!^
marten unt eu^ ben Dauphin jeigen."

Ian in ben "tall

i"ebeL

LESSON

LXXIV.

^eftivn

74.

Verbs.
Impersonal
Obs.

I.
"

subjectof impersonalverbs is,as in English,


of the third person, singular
the personalpronoun
number, neuter gender as:

The

it thunders
bonnert,

ti

it rains
regnet,

e^

ed

it snows
f^neit,
it hails
^agclt,

t"

t^aut,it thaws

ti

tagt,it dawns.

Hi^t,it Hghtens
it freezes
tt" friert,
it is a hoar frost,
it rimes
H reift,
there is
ed giebt
(gi6t),
eg

of
Conjugation

an

Verb.
Impersonal

ImperfexiU

it rains
S^ regnet,
it snowed
S^ fc^ncite,

1st Future.

S^ mirb

1st GonditionaL

S" miirbebonnem, it would

Perfect.
Pluperfect.

it has lightened
@" :^at
getli^t,
("" ^atte
it had hailed
ge^agelt,

Present.

it will freeze
frieren,

thunder

2nd

Future.

(I""irb getagt
it wUl have
l^ahtn,

2nd

Conditioned.

(S^ murbegeti^aut^aBen,
itwould

""

to understand, to get
("ln"t"^taufge^ftt,

light
"

dawned

have

on

thawed

subject

162

VERBS.

IMPERSONAL

With the Accusative.


ti
ti
e^

With

it is a question
ftcfe,
fragt
P(%,it is proper
fc^idt
pd),it is a matter of
i)erj^e^t
course

or

of

e5

c3

the Dative,

mir, I am giddy
fc^wittbelt
I feel sick
mirt) mir iikt,

S3a^ fe^It
'^^Mn% wliat
with

matter

course

Reading Exercise

is tlie

you?

LXXIV.

a6er c5 n)irt"
S^ regnete
njentt e"
^agcln. S3 miirbc fc^nelcn,
nic^t,
unb gcBIi^t*
nlc^t
fofaitttjdre. S3 ^t bie gan^c 9Iad)tgetJonnert
^Betterfcin* S3 ijlI)cute
nic^tfe^rU\t,e3
[clones
SJlorgen
t^aut, S3 njirtil"ic^
reuen, baf tu ni^t nad^33crlingegangen Bijl,
in 5Jiunc^en
?
S3 n^untert \m^, bag griebri^
SCie geflel
e3 3^"fii
^am
un3"
e3 bir nic^t
ijt. S3 "erbro"
no(^nid)tatgereifl
"or, al3
al3 Jt"irin
06 er bie Unwa^r^eit
fagte?S3 fingan l^eEju n^erbett,
X;a3 Heine SJ^ab^enij^burftig,
^ari3 anfamen*
geben@ie i^rein
nic^t3nii^n na(^^ari3 ju ge'^en,
SBajfer.S3 njirb '^{)ntxi
ttjenig
!bnnen.
S3 fragtft^,
0I"er ein
@ic nicbt Sranjofifc^
fpre(^en
wenn
mir einige
S3 fe^len
Slmerifaner i|l*
n?o fmb pe ? SCenti e3 !ein
Sucker,
miirneber ^enfd^
nic^t
feinaU \i(kiZ^xtx^
fogliicflii^
enjtge3Sekn giiBe,
S3 jammertcmic!^
i^nin einem foungliicflic^en
3ufiftnbe
gu flnben.
S3 Wirt

LXXIV.

Theme

yesterday? It rained and hailed the


? It has been
to-morrow
day before yesterday. Will it snow
day
Yesterday it thawed, tovery cold every day of this week.
it freezes.
Were
hungry ? I am very thirstynow,
you
but I shall be hungry at twelve o'clock. It thunders, it will
soon
lighten. Will there be many walnuts (in)this year?
of
two miles long ; it is one
There is a street in Berlin over
it fine weather

Was

the

finest

streets

Berlin. It is very
when
shudder
We

in

the

world.

important to
we

think

me

before

It dawned
to know

(ofit),how

how

we

old you

the poor

left
are.

suffer from

that he has not written you,


to me
It occurred
for he promised it before he went away.
the cold this winter.

I wonder

left your uncle.


dollar,for she is very poor.
after

had

It

was

proper

to

send

her

IMPERSONAL

163

VERBS.

Conversation.
^eutenic^t
fe^rangene^mc3
ifl
ee ^atfcenganjcn 5)Zori!
SBetter,
itn^ ge^cigelt,
gen gef(^tteit
fconncrtc unt)
e^ regnetc,
Sf^em,
ipotcgQeflemgercgnet?
bcr S'Zai^t.
Ht|tcttja'^rcnD
warm
fein,"enn ed nid)t
"laitkn "Sic,
fe^r @3 Jvirt)
tape5 SJiorgcn
?
n?irt?
f'^ert.
faitfein
?
oter burflig
Bitte,
3^^ Hn fc^r^ungrig,
bn ^ungrig
gekn
S3i)l
2Ba3

?
SBettcrifl
c0 f^tntt
fiir

S^

"ie mir ein

33rot.
@tuc!d)en

mir in ^Berlini)iel
ipot e" 3^nen in ^iinc^cnnid^i 9lein,e5 gepcl

gcfaUen?
2BirD ta^ Setter

pc^antern

fecifer.
S^ fi^eint
mir fo; ttjenigj^end
fangt
e^ an

2Bad

ju

t^auen.

"^ tjertrieft
mid),
tagmir ju

?
bir gefd}c"^en
ijl

$awfe

fcleiben
miiiJen.
SBarum

trcucn
("^ fc^mer^t
[it,
ta" ftci^ren

?
ftntjlefotraurig

2)ienertterloren
^akn,
"iBt

e^ etma5

{or

^tmi

^tm^)
giebt'^

2Ba3

fcer fiirme'^rbenn
^err Lincoln,
"ier 3^^^^^rafibent
ber 5Serei:;
ermor^j
nigten@taaten war, tjl

bet morben,

Reading

("d

Lesson.

bie Ho" lefen,


ttjeil
f!cnic^t
giBt roixUi6^
fe^r"iele ^enfc^en,

benfen biirfen*
ein 33Iinbereinen Stai^mm.
? " fragte
"5Bie@ie fe^en/'
"5Biege^t'g
antmortete ber Sa^me,^ganj paffakL"*
aber ed iflma^r: wenn
Ss !lingt Id(i^erli4
etn?a" "uted
man
mill,
fd^reifecn
eine,
fo mup man eine gute^eter ^akn, '^auptfat^Iic^
o^^nc
Ici(^tmeg
fc^reiBt.
bagman briidt,
bie,

Quite passable; tolerably.

164

IMPERSONAL

VERBS.

SCetttt

Ja, fo

fanti

3fntani)
ic^

fo

fo

i(^
mmt

madjt,

H
9 i

teutfc^ed 33u^

tttit

auA.*

tad

trenige

matt

crwartetc:

gut

3flet)endarten,

tic

nun

fo

i)tel

tterrat^eit,

33ef^eiten^cit
SCenn

ed

fc^Ie^t

ctwad

eitt
e^

mir

aU

"or

loteinifc^cn 33uc^|labett getrucft lefe,


rnii^tc

i^

cd

mir

erft iikrfe^cn;

ebenfo
mi^,

menn

toit

ic^

33ud)

tad

"crfe^rt

in

tie

^ant

ne^iitc

unt

lefc,
"

fc^r unfere

33egriffc felbfl"on

tiefen Ztx6^tn

ab^angcti,

Sic^tcnberg.

Supply

in

this

sentence.

ein

33e=

III

P^RT

SYNOPSIS

The

of

Parts

I. The

Speech

SPEECH.

OF

PARTS

THE

in German

Abticle,

n.

The

Noun

ni.

The

Pronoun.

IV.

The

Adjective.

V.

The

Numeral.

Substantive.

or

GRAMMAR.

GERMAN

OF

are

ten

VI.

The

Verb.

VII.

The

Adverb.

The

Preposition.

Vm.
IX.

The

Conjunction.

X.

The

Interjection,

(ten) parts of speech the first six are capable


of inflection. The
remaining four are invariable.
in English.
the same
are
as
b) The genders and numbers
to each
other, in English expressed
c) The relation of words
of prepositions,is in German
also
mostly by means
denoted
the
article
and
by a change of the ending of the noun
iuto
preceding. These
changes of the endings are divided
diflferent classes,called cases, and correspond best to those of
the ancient languages.
They are:
a)

Of these

1. The

Nominative) answering

to the

English

nominative.

2. The

Genitive, usually corresponding to the English


possessive,or to the objectiveafter the preposition of.
3. The
after

The

4.

after

an

Dative, usually corresponding


the

and

serve

noun,

tive
objec-

Accusative, correspondiug to the English objective


active verb, or after other
prepositionsthan of or to.

Remark.

the

EngHsh

preposition to.

THE

fB.

to the

"

The

Indefinite.
to

to which

indicate

AKTICLE.

German
Both

has
are

the

they belong.

two

articles,the Definite

declined, and

gender,

number

by
and

their
case

ings
end-

of the

166

PARADIGMS.

DECLENSIONS.

"

Declensionof the DefiniteArticle.


Plural

Singula/r.

em.

THE

NOUN.

Declension of Common
4:" Bemare.
declensions.
and

neuter

We

"

The

divide

first three

gender,the

the

common

the

contain

fourth the

Nouns.

nouns

into four

nouns
nouns

of mascuHne

of feminine

gender.

FirstDeclension.
"5. The

first declension contains

all masculine

and neuter

ending in el,en, et, and the diminutives in "^ettand


and
lettl. They add " in the genitivesingular,
it in the
dative plural.* In the pluralthe radical vowels a, O, n, are

nouns

AU

nouns

add

n in

the Dat.

in
plur.unless alreadyendin^]^

n.

6.

167

kouns.

paradigms:

NOUNa

COMPOUND

are
governed in their declension by the
Compound nouns
last component. Those
belongingto the first declension aa:e;
tad
i^er 3ug"ogel,
Uv ^au^fdjliiffel,
Der epradjle^rer,
ttx "rofi)ater,
Dad "djlafgimmer*
getermejfer,

bic "ropt)ater

bet "roidotcr

Nom.

"rofwater

Gen.

bcr

Dat.

bem

"ro""atcr

ben "ro""aterii

Ace.

ben

"ro"t"ater
7.

component

"

do
rifaner,
Ten

"

of this

nouns

flected.
onlyis in-

EXCEPTIONS.

ter 3lme^

radical voweL

modify the

not

pound
com-

the last

words

and
ber txo)p\tn,
^cr ^alcr,fcer^u(^en,
-^erSinter,

I.

n.

ble "rop"ater

Notice that in

declension,ending in cn, frequently

only: ter 5^amen


^amc,
gunfc,fcer^aufen
or
ber SSilien
ber %xk't}m
ber "ebanfeti or "ebanfe,
or
t^riebe,
or ipaufe,
and ber
ber "amen
or
or
or
SBitle,
33uc^j^aBe,
"ante,ber S3u(^jlakn
or
gelfen
^el^.

drop the

m.

"

in e
tl,and end in the nominative
ber "laukn
or
"tawbe,f er gunfen or

The

regularin the
of the pluraland do not
all cases
"ta(^el,
^a6:ibat,
S3auer,
Saier,55ctter,

followingmasculine

nouns

are

but take tl in
singular,
modify the vowels : ber
in or, derived
and ^udfel. Words
^antoffel,
"eoatter,
which
of SJJajcr,
the Latin, take ctl, with the exception
e only.

from

takes

EXAMPLES.

Singula/r.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

Nom.

bet a3aucr

bic SBauerti

ber 5"rofeffor

Gen.

be" SBaiterS

ber SSauetn

beS 9)rofeffor8 ber 5)rofefforctt

Bat.

bem S3aucr

ben Sauern

bem 9)rofeJTor

Ace

ben SBauer

b"e aSauern

ben

8.
To

this declension

national

bie 9)rofefforeil
ben ^JrofefTcrcn

^^rofcffor
bic 9)rofef|'oteit

Second Declension.

substantives and
belong all masculine
words
appellations
ending in e, a few monosyllabic

168
that

PARADIGMS

NOUNS.

and ended in t, and all


formerlydissyllabic
foreign
of the masculine
nouns
gender havingthe accent on the last
syllable,
except those ending in r, al,an, and aft.' Masculine
and national appellations
nouns
endingin e, add n all
others add en through all cases
of both numbers
native,
(thenomiof course,
excepted).The radical vowel of nouns
belongingto this declension is not modified. Adjectives
and
when
used
participles,
take the inflection
substantively,
were

"

of this declension
;

g,, from

e.

the
alt,
old, kr 2llte,

old

man.

EXAMPLES.
MASCULINE

NATIONAL

NOUN.

FOREIGN

APPELLATION.

ADJECTIVE

NOUN.

ED

DECLIIf.

SUBSTANTIVKLi;

Singular.
Nom.

ber ^n"At

GeiL

bed ^na"eit

ber

Dat.

bent i^naben

Ace.

ben i^naben

ber 5Wonard^'
Sranjofc
ber STUe
bed granjofen
bed "Wonar(ieti
bed Sttten
bcm granjofen
bem 5Wonarc^cn
bent SlUeii
ben granjofert ben 3"onar(^cii ben Stlten
Plural.

Nom.

bie Jhtaben

bte graujofen

bie 9)?onard^eii bte Sllteit

Gen.

ber iJnabcit

ber

ber

Dat.
Ace.

SKonard^en
ben 5Wonard^en

ber sruen

ben ^nabett

grannofen
ben ^ranjofcn

bte i?nabcn

bie Sfranjofcn

bie ^omxi^xk

bie ^Itea

MONOSYLLABIC

ben mxtn

FORMERLY

NOUN,
DISSYLLABIC.

Plural.

To

this class

%m"

belong: ber "fir,bet


ber "raf," ber ^flb,"

bie "rafcn
ber "raffn

ber

Dat.

"raf
bed "rafcn
bem "rafen

ber
e^rift,

ben "rafen

ber 9?er"4ber
^crr4* ber ^"ixx,%
^^^ ^^
9)oet4ber S^or, ber a)?enfci^4

Ace.

ben

bie "rafen

Dd^d.t

Nom.
Gen.

ber

"rafeii

Foreign

ending

nouns

in Xt ttl#
ftll* and

'

Old

'

in Anglo-Saxon
^etb is dissyllabic

Those

German

marked

pronounced by

the

afibelong to the third

clension.
de-

ber "ra"e.
with

an

vulgar

X are
in

some

healeth.

frequentlyspelledwith
parts of Germany.

still

f and

so

170

PABADIGMS

10.

NOUITS.

EXCEPTIONS.

^fab,"toff,
Slal,
!Ea^5,Sac^g,
^xm, ZaQ,^mt, (B6:i\if^,
^nnlt,"rab;and Jpufdo not modify the radical vowel in the
l^lural.
11.
Der "Btaat,
"ci^mcrg,
"pom, !Dom, and "ee add
"tra^I,
in the pluraland are not modified.
en
in."
!Der mann, 2Balc,2eib,"eift,
3Burm, ^anb, "ott,Drt,
and 3^^^w"imodify the radical vowel and
Sleic^t^um,
5)ormunb,
take et in the plural.
I." Der

"

!!"

EXCEPTIONS.

(Si,Setb,
l;aA, !t)orf,
33Iatt,
33ud^,
5rmt,33anb,33irb,
^alb,^inb, ^leib,2amm,
"clb,"hi, "rab, "awd, $orn,^u^n,
L"

2)ad

paradigms:

nouns.

171

Sanb,Stcb,^t% SIlab,
"^lof, Z^d, 2Bei",Sort,^log/"emad^,
"emiit^,
"eftc^t,
"ef^Iedjt,
^amifol',
Sflegiment',
(BpitaV,
^aifert|um,
and giirpent^um
the
radical
voweP
and
take er in the
modify
plural.
n."
t)ad Sluge,
Sett,
the
$emb, 3nfe!t,
(Snce,
D|r,and bad ^cra,
heart (whichtakes ett^ in the genitive
and
etl in the dative
bem ^eqett),
singular,
take en in the plural.
as, bed ^eractl^,
m.
A few words
ending in al,derived from the Latin,
take ten in the plural: bad Capital,
"c.
mmxai, Snaterial,
"

la.

Fourth Declension.

All

feminine substantives belong to this declension. In


the singularthey remain
unchanged.^ In the plural the
add e*and modify the radical vowel, while
nouns
monosyllabic
and polysyllabic
the dissyllahic
take Ctl,"but do not
nouns
modify their radical vowel."
^

5lo" takes

Words

only.
t^um modify
e

syllable Siirjlcnt^itmer.
and
had
time an inflection in the singular,
Feminine
at one
nouns
vestigesof that practice still remain in poetry and in certain phrases;
of auf ber 6rbe),on earth.
e. g., auf (Erben(instead
in

this

is of

course

added.

and polysyllabic
nouns
ending in c add n only ;
dissyllabic
g., bie "abc, plur.bie "abcn.
* !Die
the daughter,modify the
the mother, and bie 3^o(|tcr,
WtutttV,

'

e.

In the dative
Feminine

bie %o"i)Ux.
radical vowel, but do not change their ending, as, bie 5Wiitter,

172

paradigms:

nouns.

EXAMPLES.
U AND

WITH

DISSYLLABLES

MONOSTLLABLE.

Ctt.

POLYSYLLABLE.

Siri^vlar.
Nom.

bic "and

bie "tunbc

bic

bic Slufhtcrffamfeit

Gen.

ber "an"

bcr (Stunbc

bcr

ber

Dat.

bcr "and

bcr "5tunbc

ber mm

bcr 9lufmerffam!cit

Ace.

bie "and

bic "tunbc

bic

mm

bic SlufmerffamfciJ

mmtn

bic Slufmerffamfciten

Slufmerffamfeit

Plural.
Nom.

bic "onfc

bie "tunbcit

bic

Gen.

bcr "anfe

bcr "tuttben

bcr mmtn

Dat.

ben

ben "tunbcit

ben

mmtn

ben Slufmerffamfcitcn

Ace.

bic "cinfe

bic "tunben

bic

W^mtn

bie Slufmcrffamfcitcn

"anfeii

13.

ber

STufmerffamfcitcn

EXCEPTIONS.

monosyllabic
following twenty-seven feminine
sion,
which were
formerlydissyllabic
(seeSecond Declen-

^The

I.
"

nouns,

and

MonosyllabicNouns

Notes),still retain

the old inflection,

viz.,en in the plural instead of c : ^xt 2lrt,


33a^n,*
?^Iwr,
"tut|,gorm,''
grau/ "Iut^,SagD,Sajl,
S3u*t,33urg,^aH
* "(^la^t,
*
(Sc^rift
"c^ul^ "pur,2^at,
^oji;Dual, (S*aar
|)flid)t,
Zxd^i,U"r * SBa^t,5De(t * 3a^l,and 3elt.
and polysyllabic
n.
gular
nouns
^Dissyllabic
ending in the sinin I or t, add only n in the plural.
add
m.
^The followingnouns
only e in the plural: T){e
and 2;riibfal.
Sctriibni^,
Srlaukifginjlernig,
^enntnif,
*

"

"

Words

lower
"
'

marked

classes in

and
9)ofi

some

with

an

are

still sometimes

parts of Germany
derived from the

gform are
Old German
; grauc.

as

if

pronounced by

they terminated

French,

in c.

la poste, la forme.

the

PARADIGMS.

PROPER

"

PROPER

Declension of
14.

The

ProperNouns

of Persons.

declined either with

are

or

the article

without
In

1.

NOUNS.

of persons

Names

173

NOUNS.

the

or
(definite
indefinite).
when precededby
singular,
nouns,
proper

the

but, when

the

article,remain

uncJianged;

used

without

theyadd $ in the genitive.*


2. In the plural,
used onlywhen the same
are
proper nouns
is common
to several individuals,
noun
or
as common
nouns.
Those denoting masculine
add e,f those denoting
persons
article

feminine

add

persons

Ctt"

MASCULINE.

fcen^einridjctt
Un

D.

ben ^o^anneti
"^itlcrttben Souifeii
bic ^einric^e bie (Bc^ifler
bic Souifeit
bie 3o^"nneit

A.

Icl.

I.

Exception

Feminine

"

HL

"ott

"

Masculine

"

^, I?,or g take end


n.

FEMININE.

in the

genitive.
ending in e add

names

(God) is

genitiveed is added.
rV.
^Foreignnames
but use
the genitive,

declined

jlag,G.
*

the

the

article.

" do not add

In

the

another

" in

the article instead.

and 3efuii
declined as in Latin,as : N. 3eftt8S^ri^
are
S^rif!u3
D.
3efttS^rijlt, Sefu S^riHo.A. Sefum S^riflttHt.

If several

proper

stand

nouns

the
together,

or
word, "ert, ^fttttt,
SWtttlom,^rduletn,

proper

tld.

"

expressinga
a

without

ending in

"

Note.

ending in S, ^, f"^,

names

title or

noun,

when
dignity,

only the

In the dative n is of

gular do
cUf er, and

not

add

another

d^cnremain

common
course
e,

and

last

only is

other

some

inflected.

common

If

nomi,

accompanied by the article,precedes


noun

added.
the

unchanged.

names

is declined.
Words

ending

of male

in

persons

in the

sin-

ending in tX,

174

PABADIQMS.

Ex.

Francis
N.

^PKOPER

Ex. to Exc. II.

Exc. I.

to

"

NOUNS.

Ex. to Exc.

III.

Ex. to Exc. IV.

Emily

God

Alcibiades

(Smilic

"ott

5l(ciBiat)eg

gmiUcnd

dotted

^c^ 2llciMat)e3

D.

grana
^ran^cn^
^rana

gmilic

"ott

5lIciHa^e"

A.

grans

"milie

"ott

mdUaUi

G.

Names
1 6.

of

Places,
Countries,
Elvers,
Lakes,etc.

Names

of countries and

but add " in the


Nom.

do
places

not take the

genitive.
Berlin
S3erlin,

Gen.

Germany
Deutf^Iant,
Deutfc^lantd

Dai

!i:eutf4tant"

Ace.

!Deutf4lant"

S3erlin
S3erlin

1 7.

I.

Exception

"

Serlind

^Names of countries and

in $, "^for

in the
uninflected
3, remain
"on.
precededby the preposition
II.

Die

"

treated

are

article,

18

and
Switzerland,
(B6^m\i,
as

and

Turkey,
(Jiiirte^),

man,
rivers,lakes,"c.,take the articlein Ger-

of

declined

are

tie 2;Mei

nouns.

common

Names

placesending
but are
genitive,

as

common

nouns.

NationalAppellations.
formed from
are
1. National masculine appellations
countries by adding ct, and are
of the respective

19.
the

names

declined
2.

as

nouns,

common

formed from the masculine*


are
National/emimweappellations
in the sing,and inn in the
by the addition of itl(n)
the Pohsh ladies*
gr.,tie ^olitttien,
formed
Exception."
The following
are

; e.
plural

20.

the Saxon
ter (Sad^fe,
* the German
ter T)eutf(^e
ter

the
X:dne,

Dane

ter

the
^reuge,

ter

the
^ole,

irregidarly.
Prussian

Pole

the Eussian
3flujfe,
ter (Sd)n?ete,
the Swede
ter 3:iirfe,
the Turk
ter 33ater,
the Bavarian
ter

the Frenchman
ter Bran^ofe,

Greek

ter

the
"riec^e,

ter

the Spaniard
(Spanier,

are
denotingnationality
Adjectives
generallyformed

Note."

to the roots
ing ifll^
*

of national

Feminine,

4.nc

by

add-

api)eilations,g., ruffitd^f
except iieutfl^*
but ciu 2)cut|d)cr#
QDeutjc^c,
a (iermau^
e.

PAEADIGMS.

175

^ADJECnVKS.

The

Adjective.

German

is,whenever it is a prediadjective
cate,
and is generallyseparated from the noun
indeclinable,
by a VEEB ; e. g., Xtv SBein ift gut,the wine is good.
is a quahfying attribute to a noun
the adjective
2.
When
it precedes the latter,and agrees with it in gender,number,
and
the small
case
; e. g., tad fleine ^oud,tie fleinetlipiiufcr,
21

1. The

"

house, the small houses.

Declension of the Attributive Adjective.


The

3.

attributive
of

forms

has
qualifying
adjective

declension

it stands
The

ferent
dif-

article ;
article ;

definite
indefinite

vrithout any

Adjective

three

preceded by the
precededby the

a) When
6) When
c) When
32"

or

peeceded

article.
by

the

Definite Article.

or by a
preceded by the definite
article,
take the inflection
declined like the definite
article,
pronoun
of the Second
Declension, i, e., t, in the nomiaative
singular;
Ctt* in all other cases.
fem. and neut.
The accusative singular
beingalwayshke the nominative are, of course, excepted.

when
Adjectives,

Singular.
masculine.

the

good

neuter.

feminine.

the beautiful

man

N.

^ct gute ^axm

G.

ted

D.

tern

A.

ten

banned
giitcti

the small

woman

bic fd)one
%tau

bad

fd^bnen%vavL
tie f^bne %xau

tc" Heinctt tinted

ter

guteitSJZanne
guten ^ann

child

ter

fleinc ^int

tern Heincti ^inte


ta0 Heine .Jtint

%xan
fdjonctt
Plural.

N.

^tc gutcn *3)?anner hit fA'bncit


Mc
%cciVitn

G.

ter

gwten ?S)^dnner

D.

ten

gutctt^3)?annent
guten banner

A. tie

Adjectivesending

in

fd)b"cn^rauen
ten fd^onen
%c^mn
tie fc^bnctt
^rauen
ter

t\,eit,or

tt"

drop

Heinctt Winter

ter fleinettWinter
ten Heinctt ^intern
tie Heinctt Winter

the c, when

declined.

176

PARADIGMS.

23.

The

Adjective

ADJECTIVES.

preceded

by

the

Indefinite Article.

Adjectives
preceded by the indefinite
article,
sive
by a possesor by f ctn
pronoun,
(no),add in the nominative singular
in the masculine

tt

5^4.

and

The

c^ in the neuter.

Adjective

Without

an

Adjectives not immediatelypreceded by


pronoun,

decUned

like

to indicate the

^9.

an

Article.
an

or
article,
by

take the ending of the


article,

gender of

the

noun

used
Adjectives

as

which

In

language,ti
colloquial

is sometimeB

ticle
ar-

they qualify.

Nouns.

letter ;
used as nouns
begin with a capital
Adjectives
the avaricious man.
^cr "eijige,
from geijig
(avaricious),
*

omitted, as

e.

%u^,
fd^toarj

gr.,

etc

178

NUMEBALS.

THE

NUMEBALS.

THE

Cardinal Numbers.

^9.
one
tin,(elrtd),

two
jiuei,
three
brei,
four
"ier,

five
fiinf,
six
fcc^^,
seven
peben,
ad)t,
eight
nine
tteutt,
ten
Se^n,
eleven
elf,
twelve
jttjolf,

thirteen
breijejjit,
fourteen
ijicrjcl^tt,
fifteen
or
funfgel^tt,
fiinfgcl^tt
sixteen
fec^get"tt,
seventeen
ftc"engel^ti,
30.

when

"c.,or
e.

in

(Einais used

g., Sd

31.^

no

allusion

counting;
or

eighteen
adjtgebtt,
nineteen
neunjcjitt,
twenty
S^^^wj^/
etc.
ein unb swanjig,
thirty
^rci^iG^
forty
iJtergi^,
or
fifty
funfjtg,
fiinfjig
fec^Jt^;
sixty
or
seventy
ftebenjt^
fiebgtg,
ad)tjig,
eighty
ncunjt^, ninety
a hundred
l^untcrt,
unb dn^, etc.
l^unbert
etc.
girei^unbert,
a thousand
taufcnt),
eine SJ^illion,
a million
two millions
gmciSJlillionctt,
e.

reference

it has
^atcinS gefc^lagtn,

struck

g., iini, g"et; einmal cinS ijltin8"


is made
to any particularobject;
one.

thousand, is in German
taufcnb
l^unbcrt,
; but one
and cintaufenb.
hundred, one thousand is cin^unbert
32.
but
"itt {one)is decHned Hke the indefinite article,
has
e.

hundred,

strongeraccent, and

one
g., @itt ^CLXvx,

dechned

like

an

man.

is often written
With

but
adjective;

when

with

the definite

capital
;

it is
article,

alone,referringto

understood, it takes the same


endingswith the possessive
(Less.XXV., Obs. L); e. g., ber @itte SSlam,
pronoun

noun

"inctl ijl^u warm, tern Slnberen au Mi, the


is too warm,
?
the other too cold ; ^aben @{e cincn 4)ttt
one
eine.
Sr "^at
ipicr
ij^einet. Jpatcr eine "akl?

the

one

man

; bem

StfCt and ^rel not preceded by the article add et


in the-genitive,
and Ctt in the dative ; e. g,, "Lk .^o^egmcicr
"on fcreiett
"taatcn,
Wcinmx,the heighto/*two men ; bic 2;ru)))jen
33,

the

troopsof

three

States.

34.

other cardinals add

The
nouns

as

(horses);auf alien

S5*

ployed
em-

(with)six
all fours (i.
e.,

drive

feet).

and

hands

to
fa^ren,
"ecfofett
to crawl on
ge^en,

^iercil

when

dative

eil in the

g., mit

e.

179

NUMERALS.

THE

the cardinals stand

When

before

expressing

nouns

the noun
must be in the singular;
weight,or quantity,
five pounds; a"it "Stuc^
feet;fiinf
5"funt,
e. g,j 3^^" %^i(two
eightpieces.

measure,

feminine
nouns
following
are
excepted: ^lafc^e,bottle ; ^attne, can
mile.
; "ilt, eU ; ISfttilt,

36.
in

ton

Exceptions.

37.

the

From

formed

The

"

followingnimierals

are

Tariatiyes,by

kind); e.

of one
cinerlei,
sake of euphony

the

kind

g.,

tt

(equivalentto Slrt,
of two kinds, etc.
; jmcierlci,

affix lei

the

1. The

For

the

cardinals

ending
Xonnt,

is inserted.

or falttg;
Mnltiplicatives,
by the affix fo"^ (fold)
or
dnfa^ or etnfalttg,
jnjcifaltig,
single; gnjcifac^

2. The
e.

g.,
double

or

3. The

twofold,etc.
Iteratives,by

the

affix tttal ;

e.

g.,

once
eintttal,

gweimal,twice, etc.
4. The

by coupHng
nnb

the
and

imx, two

be
may
a time.

used

38.

(Latin,bini, temi, etc.)are


cardinals
by the conjunctionuni: ;

formed

Distribntiyes

Instead

two.

like at

time

in

of unt),the adverb

English;

g., \t

e,

e.

je

g.,

gmei

(ever)

three
t)rei,

aJt

lated
English expressions what o'clock or what time,are transo'clock (what time) is it,wieijielU^r i|leS ?
n)ie"tet U^r; e. g., What
When
(quarter)are placed
speaking of the hour ^alb^alf) and SRicrtet
'o'm, (half past three) literallyhalf
heforethe next number; as, '^alb
a quarter
literally
(toward) four ; ctn SJiertelauf fcd^d(a quarter past five)

towards

The

(of)six.

30.

jeetiveis

The
not

in English,of placing one


practice,

admissible

in German

cin gutcr (fem. cine gute/ neut.

; we

rin guteg).

must

or

ones

translate

after the ada

good

ONH,

J 80

THE

40.
bcr

the
erjie,

ter

the second
jnjeite,
the third
Ixittt,
the fourth
"iertc,
the fifth
fiinfte,

ter
ter
ter

ter etn unt

ter

tcr

neunte,the ninth

the thirtieth
treigigfle,
the fortieth
ter ttiergigjle,
ter fiinfjiglte,
the fiftieth
ter fecbjtgfle,the
sixtieth
the seventieth
(teB(cn)gi(jlle,
the eightieth
ter ac^tjigjle,
the ninetieth
ter neungigfte,
the hundredth
ter ^untertfie,
ter ^untcrtunt
the hundred
erfte,
ter

the tenth
ge^nte,
the eleventh
ter elfte,
the twelfth
ter stublfte,
the thirteenth
ter treije^nte,
the fourteenth
ter^ierje^nte,
the fifteenth
ter funfge^nte,
ter

and
ter

In

comi)ound

the two
;5"ei^untertfte,

hun-

the thousandth
taufentfte,
ter ameitaufentfte,
etc.
the last
ter (tie,
ta3)le^te,
ter

etc.
fecfcige^nte,
the twentieth
ter gmanjigfte,
"

etc.
first,

dreth, etc.

ter

41 1

the twentyswangigjle,

etc.
first,

ttv

ter

Ordinal Numbers.

first

the sixth
fed^fte,
the seventh
fiebentc,
the eighth
ad^tC;

ter

NUMERALS.

the

numbers

last

only

is ordinal ;

e.

g., tlie

1338th, bcr jwiilf^unbert


ac^tunb brei^igflc.

4L^"

When

no

than

more

objectsarc

two

(the other),is used instead of bcr jtoeite


; e.
other.
shorter
than
the
is
arm
ierc,one

43.

when
erflcand bcr Ic^te#
referringto
generallythe form of the comparative.

!Der

take

44.
are

From

formed
1. The

the ordinals the

are

Note.

"

2. The

3i.

bcr aitbcre

aU bcr
i|l
fiirjcr

an"

two

jects,
ob-

persons

followingcompound

or

numerals

ing
(withthe exceptionof ^alb) by addthird part or one-third.
a
g., ein Drittel,

Fractionals
declined
The

e.

like neuter

nouns.

adjective^alb,half, is placed after the article.

Dimidiatiyes, by adding

is peculiar
; e.
v.^gnification

half)means

to

the letter I ;

They

referred

g., cin Slrm

ttuo whole

ones

(Sometimesthe

the

word

l^alb. Their

the third
g., ^titte^alb (literally
25icrtebalf)
and a halfof the third.

e before

^atbis omitted

e.

g., \"%txU

THE

f)aib.) It is
The halfmeans

not
tie

usual

to say

being thrown out


etc.
first,
li(^),
firstly,

ordinal

Note.
formed
the

"

With

from

distinctives

of certain

by adding Cttd,the final e of the


(sometimesalso erjl^
; e. g., crftCttS

also be classed

may

tv, to indicate

coins ;

e.

ein iBrcipigcr,
a man

45.

There

of

thirty

German

is also

sort

nouns
a

son,
per-

sixty
pennies

German

six
(Scd^fcr,

numeral
the age of

of

woman

cin "reier, three


cin

g.

a
"ec^jigcrin,

cine

some

by suffixing

the Cardinals

names

but antttt^alh*
imitti^ali,

ipdlfte.

Distinct! TeS)*

3. The

181

NUMERALS.

pennies

ordinal formed
interrogative
from
tute
(how) and t"icl (much) used to put questions
to number, e. g.. What
is it to-day?
as
day of the month
fccr tt"tet"ieUe ifi
Jjcute? or, im t"itt"itittn u^ Wlonati
a

of

?
^abm njirl)eute

The Indefinite Numerals.


46.

The

inflected

and

The

Sebweber and

The

Tised

as

greaterpart of
as

the indefinite numerals

adjectives.They

distinctives

are

sometimes

are

are

used

called Ordinal

Adverbs.

are
jcgltc^er
rarelyused, except in poetry.
and etUdjC,
relate exclusivelyto number.
Wheir
plurals,cintgC
indefinite pronouns
(which see),they begin with a capital.

182

THE

4:7,

%tt is

{not, aUcr

In the
tiltSJliiiJI^cn).

oUc
used

the

without

denotes

For

happy.

48
used,
its

place is

its

beibc
("?r

article

The

"

If

English

The

not

But

before

noim

few)

(i.e.,

noun

after

some

some

or

pens,

is

g., Here

Have

you

^C5.

Have

you

einigeif the
pens

any

instead

If

"cfangcncitr

of the

in the

noun

article,

singular,it

is

butter, l^ier
t|lSButter.

some

merely understood, render

by

in German.

plural, it is rendered
ctltige
me
; e. g., Give
in a reply the
gebcn"ie mir einigc^ebern. When

noun

if the

accusative

understood

noun

is in the

I have

some

"ic Sebern ? Yes,


I^bctt

the

by

some

understood

"ic SBrob ? Yes


bread, l^abcn

some

is

or
iDcId^e^),
(welc^cn,ireld^c,
tteld^cr
by babon

the singular,and

gan|

i. e., the

daughters, fcincbeiben Soc^ter,

before

any,

; e.

his

use

day,

prisoners, liiebeiben

pronoun

g., both

whole,

be omitted

is used

say,
often

the

in

some

e,

in German

to render

best

possessive

the

we

freutftc^,
everybody

of the
g., all the

e.

it is

pronoun,

singular,it

neuter

sense

not, tttt;

g., both

beforebeibe;

before beii)C;

is also

49.

in the

Unfcr "clb,

g., 5lttc5

(beibe)
may

both
e.

"efangenc).

place

after

the

; e.

English all,used

by

of, aHcS

In

amount

or

completeness), and
ganjeit lag.

ben

day,

whole

followed

g., instead

e.

number

the

denotes

(which

when

singulab,

inflection;

indefinite

an

by the definite article ; e. g., all the


i)cr SBein); all t?ie girls, aUc iWiilll^Ctt
(woi,

; but, aUc meine Sreunbc.

all unfcr "clU

is

followed

never

ttUer SBcin

wine,

NUMERALS.

of
is in

plural

; e.

g.,

ja, id^^abc tuels

I have

some

ja,td^

l^beeinigc.
"50.

JBicl and

1. Uninflected

tncnigare

when

they imply

reference

to measure

2. Inflected
e.

at

g.,

(likeadjectives)when they imply


!"crnc nic^t ouf einmal ^itXti, fonbcrnt\t\,do
endeavor

but

once,

3. When
no
or

to

preceded by

quantity;

e.

article

an

whether

matter

much

learn

of
or

thing

one

reference

number

to

study

many

things

they

pronoun,

they imply

reference

not

quantity :

or

to

invariably

are

number,

flected,
in-

measure,

g.,\"OiitJtcIc "elb; fcin "iclc5 "elb; fcinetJicIcn"efd^aftc;

bicfertuenige9Bctn;nteinc tDenigen^reunbe.
Note.
small

4)

"

Instead

quantity
Used

toenigare

as

of
of

tin

9Bentge0"we

thing

; e.

g., ein

indefinitepronouns

invariably

inflected

also,

say

tuentg "Satv

(No. Ill)
and

aber SBenige ftnb mUtmix^M,


l^erufetw

toenig,to

em
a

with

many

are

little salt.

relatingto

begin

indicate

persons,

capital ;

called,but

e.

few

"icl and

g., JBiclc finb


are

chosen.

THE

PKONOUNS.

THE

5 1

The

are

pronouns

in German

Possessive,Demonstrative,
and

183

NUMERALS.

divided

Kelative

and

into

Personal,

Correlative,

terrogat
In-

Indefinite.

Personal Pronouns.
52,

The

(masc),he
("ie),you

are
i^, I ; hu, thou ; ct
personalpronouns
it ; toit,
she ; and eS (neuL),
we
; fit{fem.)y
; i^r
they. They are decHned as follows :
; fie,
ir.

l"T

2d

PERSON.

For

Gen.

of us
unfcr(er),

Dat.

un^, to

Ace.

us
irn^,

53.

aU

person.

genders.

of you
or 3^rer,
eu(r)erj
to you
or 3^nen,
eud^
or
euc^
@ie,you

us

of them
i^rer,
to them
i^nen,

pe,them

of

address,bu and StC. ^U


Deity,
friends,
employed
and inferiors generally. Sic is the politemode
of address ; it
servants
is used particularly
with strangers and superiors,and
is distinguished
from the form of the third person pluralby the initial capital.
In German
in

is

mXf

there

are

two

modes

addressingthe

2llein"bcin, fcin,are

sometimes

relations,intimate

near

used

instead

of the full forms, mci"

ijcincr,
feiner.

f @8

is sometimes

contracted

verb

instead
g., 3d^ |ob'0,

preceding ;
lengthened form^ tViXtX, is sometimes
e.

X The

with

or

with

a
pronoun
of x^ ^ate eg.

used

instead

of euer.

mediately
im-

184

5^"

In German

it stands

be of the

in German

English it must

%thtx is

fici|l^ier;because
S3,

When

for

female, who,

natural
little son

""

is also

or

to the

after

and

there in

a.

verb

English,as
without
regard

or

of the sentence

sense

is in the affirmative

of words

of the

reverse

It is

I, id)hin

It is thou, bu
It is he

teacher,cd
etc.
When
33rutcr,

g., It is the

e.

it is we,
it is you,

ed

it is

e^
ijl
(she),er (fte)

Is it I ? ^iti i(^eg?
it thou

"JT.
No.

(S3 is sometimes

much

58.

has

The

he

with

Were

the

^^^^^^

the

finhWir

dative after

and
preposition,

of

the

c5

it you ? njaren "ie ti ?

the demonstrative

itf tt)ie"tel
paid/(?r
^at er
pronoun
repetitionis

FORM.

replacedby

personal
avoid

Iieffclben.In

coalesces
2)a (there)
How

e^

hjirfttt^
e^

ed
they,ficftttb

Is it we?

warfltu

58) iJeffcnor

tion
posi-

English,as:

e5

Hit

the

form, in German, precisely

INTEKROGATIVE

Was

male

gender, (diminutives

He "rdfin;cd ftnt)
meinc
e$ ift
iflter
Se^rer;
with a personalpronoun,
e0 is used in this manner
the

swers,
an-

expressedand without distinction


number, merely as an aid to the sound rather

understood

noun

gender

than

neuter

it and

employed,like
before

both

nominative

of

German

whether

persons,

put in the

are

reason,

? the

the pronoun
like 9Beib, graucnjimmcr),
agrees with the
is your
? i|l
cr nod)franf?" how
sex
; e. g., Yoai ma(|tS^r "So|n(^en
he
still
ill?
? is

56.
to any

some

for which

noun

noun.

refer to

personalpronouns

the

to the

words

and

the

feminine

answering

pronoun

gender as
is thy pen

same

be eitber

abstract ideas may

the

question,Where

thus, to the

Hence

neuter.

or

PROIIOUNS.

and
objects

inanimate

masculine, feminine,

or

PERSONAL

THE

(see

pronoun

prepositionthe

is used

instead

; e.

verb
adg..

teja^It
c").
llttfur
(and not fiir
third

person, cr,
the demonstrative

jie,c^ (in

berfelbf,
replacedby
the same) ; e. g., the answer
to the question : Have
baffelbc
(lit.
biefclbe,
i^m
you given him the stick ? I have given it to him, is rendered, i(|f^cAt
cf
No.
benfeliien
gcgckn(instead i(^i^aUifjn
i^m gegc^ftt)*
(see
7").

any

case),to

186

THE

0 1

The

"

P08SESSIVB

PK0N0UN3.

absolute

possessivepronoun, not accompanied


has the inflection given to attributive
article,

by the definite
used
without the article (see No.
adjectives
24), viz.: ct
c^ (neut.);
e. g., meiner,
etc.
(masc),c (fern.),
beine,
feincd,
63.

when

But

the

definite article precedes the absolute


it takes the same
ending as an adjective

possessive
pronoun,
precededby the definite
bit teinc,bo" feinc,
etc.
63.

(seeNo. 22); e.

g., ^ct

Most

by the

"

ceded
pree.

g.,

etc.
fcinigc,

used
have
as
possessive pronouns, when
nouns,
jtnbaUe gcfunb,
my familyare all well.
g., 2)ie S^ctnigcn

Absolute

initial ; e.
capital

64.

nteinc,

generallythe absolute possessivepronoun, when


the root and
the ending;
inserts ig between
article,

hai
!lDermcintgc,
bic bcinigc,
Note.

article

the absolute possessive


predicatewith the verb fcitt
remains
like predicateadjectives,
e. g.,
generally
uninjiected,
pronoun,
^icfeS$aua tjlmtin, this house is mine.
As

65.

The

PossessivePronouns.
Conjunotive
PluraL

Singular.

For

Neuter.

tein,thy
his
fein,
her
i^r,

his
feine,
her
i^re,

its
feirt,

its
feine,
our
itnfcre,
3^re,
]
^^^^
cuere (eure),
)

our
irnfcr,

euer,

[y^"'

their
i^re,

i^r,their
S^ro

was

formerly used

instead

euer, your, in addressingpersons

SWajejldt,
(Sure)
your Majesty.
dun,

your

"cine, his; and

genders.

meinc,my
'ttint,
thy

tttein,
my

all

of

of

^^rCfher, and

high

In written

rank

; e.

also

place of
g., 3^ro (now ^^rc or

commimications,

"einer* to his, used

in

in

the pronouns

addressingpersons

of

into "tlJ.,
@C., "Sr.; e. g.,
great distinction,are commonly abbreviated
bcr tontg,his majesty the
dh). 2)urd^lau(^t,
your highness ; Se. 5Wajcflat
to his majesty the king.
bent ionise,
king ; @r. ^JJajeflat
f The euphonic change to which adjectivesending in r* I,or en, are

THE

Declension of the

66"

187

PRONOUNS.

POSSESSIVE

Possessive
Conjunctive

Pronouns.
Plural.

Singular.

Declension of the Absolute Possessive Pronoun


with the Article.

67.

Plurals

Singular.
Masc.

N.
G.
D.

A.

For

Neuter.

Fern.

all

genders.

btemein(ig)eha^mt\n(i%)t Memein(ig)ett
fcetmein(ig)e
ter mcinf^en
te^ meint^en ber meint^eti teiJ meinigen
bem meinigeitter meintgen bem mcintgcn ben meiniijen
bie mcintgcn
ba^ meinige
t)en mcinigetttie meinige
08.

sive

the

In German

pronoun,

in

I)088es8or ;e.g., He

sentences

had

article is used,instead
definite
where
knife

no

ambiguity

in his hand, cr

exists

of the
relative

poflsecto

the

in ttV ^anb"
^attccin 2)teffer

The Demonstrative Pronouns.

subject,
appliesalso to possessivepronouns ; e. g., unfereor unfrc ; unfcrer
or
cuere or curej euercr
or curct; b"
or
better,unfrige)
unfrcr; bcr unfcrigc,
or eurige.
eucrigc

188

DEMONSTRATIVE

THE

PRONOUNS.

Declension of the Demonstrative Pronouns.


this ; and jener,
that,have the endings of the
X)iefer,
definite article,
except in the Nom. and Ace. femin. and plur.,
where i is dropped and e alone is used ; e. g.^ tiefe
(instead

70.

In the Norn, and Ace. neut.,a changes to c;


tiefie).
of Diefae).
(instead
tiefe^*

of

e.

g.,

Plural.

Fem.

Maac.

For

Neuter.

liefer Mefe Hcfe$, this


tiefcS fciefctbiefed,of this
to this
biefcmbiefer bicfettt,
tiefenniefc biefcd,this

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.

7 1

Instead of

the three

genders,

tiefe,these
of these
biefer,
to these
biefeit,
ttefe,these
ber cine,bcr onbcrc,the

or
bicfcr,
jcncr,the numerals

the former, the latter ; ber erfte,


ber le^tere,
ber
jlcrc,
used
sometimes
I)er
are
cine
e.
second,
(biefer)
;
g.,
fagt9ieinrthe one (this
one)says Yes, the other
fagt3a, ber anbere (letter)
the

other ; t"cr
the
the first,
jweite,
one,

(thatone) says
73.

1.

No.

^f"l6^tt, folc^C,fpl"^c^,is
used

vrhen
jener,

and

er

without

the

declined like

biefer

article.

article it takes the


preceded by the indefinite
with the indefinite article;e. g.,
same
endings as adjectives
ein foIcfceS.
tin foId)cr,
einc folc^e,
the indefinite article it is indeclinable ; e. g.y
3. Placed before
such a man;
fQl"^ ein ?S)lenf(^,
fol"^ eine X^at,such a deed.
2.

When

73.

for this or tMt, separatedfrom the


German, the pronouns
singnalar
subjectby the verb to be,take the neuter form of the nominative
without
the
of
noun
folloTving.Mc.
regard to the gender or number
This is my
bie^(eS)
ifintcin "o^n; are these your gloves? ftitb
son, It'icfcg
In

?
3^re|)aitbfd^u^e

74.
also ^cr

and

For

hai,

^erjetttge,that,the one
ttdmlic^e,the same, and
bieferor

jcneSGermans

and
respectively,

f Poets

sometimes

flection cr,

C/

tS, thus

omit
:

often

berfclbe,t the

ebctt

use

an

hcticlhc,the
abbreviated

same

very

form:

t"k$

also e*.
the

article of this form, and

fel^Cg,
felJe,
fel6er,

give

it the

in.

THE

have

same,

the

definite article

y^.

DEMONSTRATIVE

189

PRONOUNS.

with
endings of attributive adjectives
(seeNo. 22).

Declension of the Demonstrative ^ericntgc.


Singular.

Masc.

Plural.

Fern.

Neuter.

For

that
bcrjenige bicjcntge ^rtSjenigc,
of that
bc^ienigcttfcerienigcii
te^jenigcti,
to that
bemjenigetiterjenigettbemjenigeti,
that
tenjenigctttiejcnigc ta^jenige,

N.
G.
D.
A.

"^0.
hr*

tic

tag,that

G.

fceffettf

tereti

ofthat
keffen,

D.

tern

tcr

bent,to that

A.

ten

tic

tag,that

7T.

The

g.. She

genitivesing, of

for the

employed

has

seen

possess,
our

the

genders.

those
btciemgeit,
of
terjenigen,
to
benjemgen,
those
Mejenigeti,
"

"

is sometimes

3:o(^ter,
i^rc^\^\t% unb liercn

to her

and

of the pers. pron.


person
the full form of the demonstr.

third

replacedby

ber

pron. of tlie third person, to avoid ambiguity ;


sister and her daughters,their nieces,and their

SJemanbtc, gefel^en
(i|ranswering both
The

tic,those
tcrer, of those
tenett,to those
tic,those

demonstrative

relations,ftc:^atunfere"^toefterunb bcrcn

T8.

aU

Declension of the Demonstrative 2)cr.*

N.

e.

the

their is

ambiguous),

in all its cases, is sometimes


I
shall
give
pron. ; e. g.,

instead
of \ijtoerbcti \^m gcben,
or
him, ic^wcrbe i^m baffelbegeben;
instead of,tc^
to a masculine
noun, ic^werbe i^m bcnfelkn gcbcn,
referring

it to

toerbc i^tt
i^m geben.

The Eelative Pronouns.


ttrelcf^et,
VOtX^t, tOtU
^t^ (abbreviatedform, bet, hic, ba^), who, which, or
that ; toet^ who, and t"a^, what.
They are declined as
79.

follows

The

relative pronouns

are

The

Instead

demonstr.

bcr receives

of beffen,
be" is used

more

in

stress

than

the def. art.

poeticallanguage.

190

THE

RELATIVE

PK0N0UN3.

Declension of the Eelative 2Bcl^et*

80.

1.

The

Complete

Plural.

lar.

Note.

"

In the gen.

81.
Masc.

"

Form.

plur.the

relative is bercit;
not

berer*

Declension of a"cr and 9Bo8.

Fern

Neuter.

N.

l"er, who

tt"a",what

G.

whose
meffett,
(or wegf),

whose
tueffeii,
(orn?e"),

D.

to whom
n?eitt,
wctt, whom

tt?a3/what

A.

83.

The

83.

The

Plural,

{warding)

bag are used


tAt\"itX,
or ber/Wt
tocll^e,
tticl(ftc5,
of persons, animals,or things.They requirethe principal
indiscriminately
If an
verb at the end of the sentence.
auxiliaryis also used its placeis
whx) loves you,
immediately after the main verb ; e. g., I know the man
"Stc \\tU ; you live in the house which
fcnne ben ?Wann, toeljfter
(or Ijcr)
'\6)
I have bought, "ic wo^ncn in bem ^aufe,ttiel^e
ic^gefauft
(or lia")
J^aBc

like
beffenf

relatives

bcrcit"
genitiveof the relative hieli^cror ierr beffeit*
whose, in English,always precedes the word by which it is

^cr is in poeticallanguage preferredto bejfcn.


also in the adverbs,tocfe^alb,
why, wherefore,
toe"tt"cgcn#
f SBcr occurs

"

on

which

(what) account.

THE

RELATIVE

191

PRONOUNS.

governed ; e. g., A book, whose leaves (the leaves


ein 33u(^,
finb.
DeffcnSSIatterkf^mu^t
84L.
toad may
its proper

The

relative SBcr*

either

commence

antecedent

always begins
clause

{i.e., whoever) will not hear must


{i.e., whatever) is right,remains
(i.e., that

that

wherever

which) I had

the antecedent

^atijlein 9?arr,(he)^Ao
I did
fagte,

not

8t5.

When

right;

heard.

is not

These

;
;

employed

S"fci9t
tQa0 cr
3(^ ^ortcnt(^t"
e.

g., SBet ta^

he said.
is

'n^ust
definite,
tocl^e,tuelll^ed
toel^er,

has
Often, tucr (tUttS)

stick which

the
gcgekn ^ajl,

the force of both

at once

i"txbic "cfe^ee^rt,iflein pter

you

relative and

he who
SBiirger,
{i.e.,
im*'
ttiad gut i)l,
iflnic^t

who) respects the law, is a good citizen ;


what
f(^ijn,
{i.e., that which) is good, is not always beautiful.

the

man

mer

87.
e.

placedafter

are

pronouns

known
definitely
is a fool
(this)

the antecedent

; e. g.,

may

wliat
McifctfRtd)t,
ditd^ttfl/
all
SIIIc^,
toad i"| ge^ortl^attc,

has said it

hear, what

antecedent

an

be

feel ; load

be used; e. g., "Den "tocf,toell^ett


bu mir
have given me.

80.

or

sentence, but

or

he who
g., SBer ni(^ttj'mn toiU,ber mu" fii^Ien,

e.

which) are soiled

clause

sentence

or

of

In German

g., This

is the

the

horse

relative

which

always

must

pronoun

bought

at

be

expressed;

Berlin, biefcdij!bad 9)ferb,

tOtl^tS(or l)ag)ic^in S3erltnfaufte.


8 8
the

after the personalpronouns


$cr is used, instead of lueld^er,

first and

second

after the relative ;

lost so much

89.

with

connected
SScl(ftcr"
C# t8, or 'titVt
a

negativeclause

; e.

g., There

is

ni^t"answer
no

man

to the

but has his

lish
Eng-

faults,

feincn^ienfc^en,
Scaler^at.
giebt
toclt^cr
(or tier)
ni^t fetne

90.
a

when

money.

but after
t^

these pronouns
to be rex)eated,
are
fo "icl"elb "erloren ^abe,I " who have
g., 3(^,ber i"i)
person,

e.

of

SBcI^cris used in the


previouslyexpressed;e.

noun

\")^ahttocl^elryes, 1 have

any, as a substitute for


Sa,
g., ^afl bu HBrobr hast thou bread?
sense

of

some

or

some.

in
relatively,
place of the relative pronoun with correspondingpreposi-^
tions (English,
whereby,etc.)Like relative pronouns,
whereof,
they requirethe verb at the end of the clause.

91.

The

Notice

followingadverbs

that in

are

also used

English the personalpronoun

words, however, might be reversed


of ter i^,when
the English would be /,I who,

order

of the

is not
;

e.

etc.

g.,

repeated. The
3lt"^tXt instead

192

THB

"o"tt, to which

CORBELAUVE

PRONOUNS.

what

or

tvobtitf^,
by which

or

worauS, from

which

njorttt,in which

what

tuoratt,at which

of which
tt30t"Oll,

ttjomtttet,
among

Notice that

Note."

when

92,

used ;

which

between

begins with

the

or

what

or

what

which

adverb

and

the

position,
pre-

vowel.

(91), must, however,

not be

employed relatively

the prepositionsand the relative pronoun


this purjwse
I was
niitIjcm (or toell^cm)
i^ reiilc.
traveling,
g., with whom
For

to persons.
are

adverbs

tcoratif
upon

is inserted

the latter

These

or what
n"orttber,at(over)which

what

or

what

or

with which or what


njoitttt,
at which or what
iDobcl,
wofur, for which or what

wh^x

or

e,

CorrelativePronouns.
When

03.

relative pronoun
is preceded by
called Correlatives.
are
conjointly

the two

strative,
demonThus

^tt\tnio^t,
\ he who, that
which.
)
(ter),
Feminine,
Me^ \ she who, that
mldc, Jj)ieienige,
JDieienige,
j
which.
or
njcld;e
Jt)ie,
(tie),
Neuier.
] that which,
tveldjc^,
J^JaSjenige,
^aSjentge,
I
what.
toa^, or ^a^, trcld^cS {^y^ai),
"
those who,
Flurcdforall^itimQCn mldc, ^icienigctt,
) those which.
genders, hic, or ^ic, weld)C(tic),
^crjenigc, m\"tt,
^er, or ^tx, welder

Masculine,

In the

same

manner

are

used

toti^ct, (or Ux),the


^crfclbe (or ekttterfelbe),

same

who,

which, etc.
aSJer"

(bet),he

some

Note.

"

tmmer,

word

toad may

The
The

never,

be made

conjunctivemdi,

l^aknmag, whatever
oud^gefagt

94.

(he);

bcr,mv, except when

intervene.

SScr and
the

who"

verb
emphatic by adding the adau(^nur, aut^immer ; e. g., toad fie
more

or

she may

have

Pronouns.
Interrogative

interrogative
pronouns

SSer,who?
SBad,what?

said.

are:

SBel^cr,
which, what?
2Ba5

what
fiir
(cin),

kind

or

sort of?

194

THE

99.

Before

INTEKROGATIVE

of materials and

names

article ein after tua^

immediately followed by
of wine
kinds
what
SBeinc,
100.

PB0N0UN8.

the

definite
pluralthe Inftit is dropped,and wad fiiris
substantive; e. y., toad fttt

in the

Declension of

fur cm

toa0

before a Noun.
Plural

Singular.
Mase.

Fern.

Neuter.

cm
fiir

eine

ettt

fined
fiir
eincm
ma^ fiir
einen
ttja^fiir

cincr

elncd

einer

eincm

eine

ein

N.

"ad

G.

toai

D.
A,

101.

Declension of

mas

for aU genders.
what
fftr,
tt"a^fiir
tt"aiJ
fiir
tt)a^fiir
toa^

ein without
fiir

kind of

Noun.

Plural

ifase.

Fern.

eine

eined

)t)a3fiir
(luelc^c)

einer

einer

toai

fiir
(welc^er)

einer

einetn

xoa^

eine

eined

mad

fiir
(wel^en)
fiir
(wel(^e)

N.

njad

G.

wad

D.

wad

einer
fiir
cined
fiir
einem
fiir

A.

iuad

fiireineti

Note.
followed

"

In conversational

N"uter.

language,wad

for all genders.

furis in

the

pluralgenerally

by toel^e.

of the interrogatives
is this: ttier
signification
the species
the
to know
to which
and toad,simplydemand
particular
objectin questionbelongs; lt"a" fiirtin a more
in quesof the nature or condition of the object
description
tion;
and tuelc^er,V0tX6^t,tt"el"^e$,
a precisedesignation
of the objectitself; e. g., Ser ijlt"a? who
is there?
din
^ctd fur einer ? what traveler (what
a traveler,
SRcifenber,
kind of traveler)? (Sin"cbutle^rer
mi
a schoolmaster
33erHn,
which
from Berlin.
schoolmaster?
SSJelc^^er8(^nUe:^rer?
Mr. Arnold, etc.
^err2lmoIt,

lOS.

The

103.

The

interrogative
pronouns

mediately followed

the

auxiliary verb

by

both in the
toell^ed;

and
singular

plural.

wTiat
to he

and

which, when

are
(fetn)f

rendered

im.

by

THE

104:"

INDEFINITE

1. SBoS connected

195

PRONOUNS.

with

substitutes r for g and


prepositions,
is prefixedto the preposition,
in No. 91) ; e. g., SBatUttt jhrei*
(exhibited
iti i^r? for (about)what, or wherefore,are you quarreling
? But
2. SBog is sometimes

used
g., For

placedbeforetuad
"ad

; e.
bu
?
fc^Iagil mic!^ What

105.

in the

of roarum,

sense

the

or

prepositionis

what

are

astt0furein,and

(wherefore,why) are you beatingme,


tllo5 flrcitct
you quarreling about,um
i^r

mX^tx, tueldje,
serve
ttJClrfteS,

also

as

ex.

clamations,to express surprise,amazement, or admiration ; e. g., roai


ein 5Wann ! wclc^cr^lam ! mld)t "c^on^eit
fiir
J ")elc^c"
I what a man
1
"efc^rei
"what beauty ! what
noise 1 etc.
In this signification
welc^crmay, like
folc^cr^
drop its endings and place before the noun
the indefinite article ;
he is ! Thus
SBell^ein SWann i|lbad I what a man
times
hjcld)stands somealso immediately before an adjective,
and takes the inflection of
an
itself the iaadjectivewithout the article (No. 24),and the adjective
flection of an adjectiveprecededby the definite article (No.22),or toeld^
take the inflection of an adremain
jective
unchanged, and the adjective
may
not preceded by the article ; e. g., wcld^erf^iJne
SWann^ or toel(4
e.

g.,

SWann I what
fd"oner

beautiful

man

The IndefinitePronouns.
100.

The

indefinite pronouns

are:

Stwa",anything,
something.
(French,on),they.
anything.
nothing,not
Sebermann,every one, every body, ^i"it^,
self.
"clbfi
(orfelbcr),
3emant,some
one, somebody.
Sinanter,each other, one
no
Alternant),
one, nobody.
one
Wtati,

another.

107.

only in the nominative, and requires the verb


in the singular. It is expressedin Englishby one, they,or by the passive
another
When
is
said.
case
it
is
: gjlttlt
one
fagt,
says, they say, or,
the correspondingoblique case of ctnet is used ; e. g., bttttiUjl
required,
?Wan

occurs

'.eincmnie bein 2eibcn flagcn,


you

108.

takes
3ietJennttntt

unchanged. 3cmonb

wiU

teU any

never

9 in the

one

the
genitive,

add "
and 9ltetttattt)

or

your
other

c" in the

troubles.
cases

remain

genitive.In

the

the simple form


they add em^ and in the accusative ctt" when
it is a help to no.
would
be ambiguous ; e. g., e" ifl9Ztcmanbem einc ^iitfc,
body,where, IRiemanb^ might be read,nobody is any help ; jtcloh S?ie^
lott 92iemanbf nobody praisesher).
she praisesnobody ; (ftc
ntattben^
dative

196

INDEFINITE

THE

PRONOUNS.

Declension of gcbcrmann and Scmanb.


N.

3"fefr"t"intt;
everybody

3eman^,somebody

G.

of everybody
S^^ci^nt'i^in^/
to everybody
S^^^^^iwann,
everybody
3^^cf"^^^"^

SemancS or ^tmanlt^
Semanl)or 3fmanJem
3cmant or ^tmanltn

D.
A.

109*

Not-"

(nobody);
Note.

"

e.

g., I have

^When

not"

anybody,
not

Germans

seen

any

one,

rendered

are

by 9{temanll

anybody,\^ ^abe9liemanltettgcfc^en.

intend

to

denote

anything

to

be

very

in-

definite,
they place before ("iner,Semanb, or Ctwad the adverb irgeitb
;
before tto, where, it denotes somewhere {%.
known).
e.,placenot definitely

110.

be added f to any
is invoHable, and may
@elbfl* or felber
bu
or
e.
g.,i6ifclbflr \t\hft,
etc.; bet (So^n
personal pronoun
noun;
the end of the senbe placednearer
bic %oi^ttx
tence
felb^;or felbfl
felbft"
may
these people
Seute brauc^eni^rQJelb felbft/
(see No. 59) ; e. g., biefc
need

their money

111.

The

Xhemaelvea.

indefinite

when
pronouns,
understood.
They are

numeral
the

noun

adjectivesare
wluch

used

as

definite
in-

is only
theyqualify

The

English selfmust previouslybe compounded with a pronoun,


him, her, my, thy,etc.,to qualify it for an adjunctto a noun
or
the
personal pronoun ; e. g., The man
we
woman
ourhimself,
herself,
declined.
etc. ; but the German
is neither compounded nor
ieloes,
fel6fl
When
f
placedbeforea noun or a pronoun, it is an adverb and signifies
he
do
it.
!ann
ed
t
^un^
cannot
ntc^t
eten
even; e. g., Sel"fier
Buch

as

and ^egU^rr are rather antiquated.


X 3e))Ulft)fr

^er

^ic ^lamlldje^ae 5^dmU^c Mc

the

^mXi^t,

Plural.

Neuter.

Fern.

Moac.

197

PRONOUNS.

INDEPINITIfi

THE

9lamli(!^ctt

same

Mc

Slntere,the

^et

bic Slnteren

bfl^ Sincere

Slntere

other

pi.some,
(etUc^e);*
(Sinigc
tie ^}}iei|tetl,
pi.most
2)le^rcte,
pi.several
others
some
Sinige %x(^txt,
pL both
S3eite,

that when

Notice

"

113.

capital.
(SXmx, and irgent
bicfer.%tx 6tne, Der %Xi\^tXt,

pron.

like the possess, pron., bet meinc.


l)er9lamli(^e,

used without

114:.

the

tKHc^r followed

by a^

rendered

(that)I have

NoTR

immediatelyfollowed by ctn, is
etc.
termination; e. g., ^fftan^ tin SJiann,

when
"!^att"^ev^

113.

all

used
are
adjectives

^etttoetier;
^egli^en Wim^tx,

^eben

Oilierare declined like tlie demonstr.


and

numeral

the indefinite

they begin with

indefinite pronouns,

as

few

"

"

Note.

by the

; e. g., %UtB
I will show you.

or

a"

tMt

used in the

5tttcdis also sometimes

"

I.I.S.

One, pi.ones, after

pronountDfldor bad luaSr is


toad i"^^U, ttill\6)3^nenjeigcit,

relative

an

is
adjective,

itself ; e. g., I have a black


adjective
9lo(funb eincitbraunen.
einen fc^marjen

of the

110.

Some, when

IIT.

Soms

sense

coat

of all person*.

rendered
and

by the ending
one^ i(^^abc

brown

that has preceded,is rendered


referringto a noun
the
if
the
which
accusative
of
refers
it
to
noun
by
C^ C^"
toelf^er,
is in the singular,
and by toel(^e^
is in the
or
Cttltge^ Hatlon, if the noun
3a, gebcn
plural; e. g., SBoUcn "ic SBctn trtnfcn? will you drink wine?
"ie ntir toeldlen,
some.
yes, give me

German

(persons),others

ginioc"%ni)ere ;

e.

g., Some

(other ones), corresponds to


say

the

this,others say that,^inige

fagenbie",9lnJ)ercfagenbad.

118.

Any,

is

interrogative
sentence, is not translated,unless
equivalent to every, when it is rendered by jcbet,t, Cd ; e. g.. Do you not
find that most any (i.e., every) jserson has his faults,
(Sicnici^t,
ftnbcn
baf
^at
?
feinc
bcina^c
gc^ler
jeUcrSKenf^
an

C^tH^eris rather antiquated.

198

PABADIGMb

THE

VEKBS.

VEEBS.

Verb ^aUn,
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
PrincipalParts

HAVE,

ipaben, f^attt,gel^aH,

INFINITIVE.

Present. ^aUn,

TO

PABTICIPLE.

to have

to have had
Perfect "if)(iH^abcil"

Present,

^abtnti,having

Past.

"t1)aM,had

IMPERATIVK

have (thou)
^alt (bu),

^abtt,^aHn "ic, have (you)

INDICATIVE.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Present.

t^ ^aht,I have
bu

thou
^aft,

^abt,I have
i(!^
thou have
bu ^altfit
er ^abc"he have

hast

^ai,he has
i"ir ^Itnt we
have
cr

tt)lrl^aUn,we

have

have
[you
"j!\"\^'

have
Jl^
^ff [you

jlc^abcilf
they have

ftc^aben,they have

'

Imperfect.
*

he had
fatter
had
we
tt)ir
battel!/

I had
id^^iittc,
thou had
bu f^attt^,
h
e
had
cr ^attc,
had
air l^dttcn,
we

t^^attct, ly^^y^

)
tjrptct,

"ic fatten,)

""

I had
id^^cttCf

bu

thou hadst
^atitftf

cr

fli^tten"they had

I have had
Id^^5c gc^ftbtf
thou hast had
bu ^afl
ge^abti
he has had
cr ^at ge^abt,
have had
tetr ^bcttge^abt,
we
t^r^abtgc^abt,[y^u
have had
"tc ^abctt
)
gc^abt,
jlc^abcnge^abt,
they have had

j^^^

)
fatten,
ftc^tttn,they had

I have
ic^|a5egc^al"tr

had

thou
^abefl
^tf)cAt,

have

bu

had

he have had
gc^abt,
'^abt
have had
"lr ^abcngc^abt,
we
^abctge^aM,
have had
"ic ^aben^c^abt,
)
they have had
flc^abcnge^abt,
cr

J^r

PARADIGMS

199

VERBS.

8UBJXJNC3TIVBL

DTDICATIVE.

Pluperfect.
I had had
i(^^attege^afet,

i^ f^attt
gc^a^tI had had
thou hadst had
bu ^attejl
gel^aM,
he had had
ge^abt,
cr ^atte
had had
we
voir fatten
ge^abt,
i^r^attetgc^abt,U^ahadhad
"ic fatten
)
gc^abt,
fiefattenQtf^abu
they had had

bu

thou
idm\l
ge^abt,

cr

he had
ge^abt,
lljatte

had

had
had

had

we
"ir fatten
gc^abt,

had

ge^abt,^yo^^adhad
i^r^attet
J
"ic fattenge^abt,

ge^abt,
they had had
ficl^attcn

jWr"f Future.
I shall have
ic^wcrbc '^aben,
bu merliefl
^aben"thou wilt havs

I shall have
tecrbcl^aBen^
i(i)
bu njirfl
^aben,thou wilt have
cr wirb ^abcn,he will have
JDtr werben

^abcn,we

Uou will
i^tmrtet^aben,

have

)
l^aben,
ftctDcrben ^aben,they will have

Second

Future.

i(^toerbcge^abt^aben^I shall
bu toerbefl
^aUn, thou wilt
ge^abt

id)tDcrbcge|abt
laben,I shall
tu wirflge^abt
^aben,thou wilt
wirb

he
gc^abt
^aben,

will

n"irtoerben ge^abt^a1"tnt
we

have

"le wcrben

)
^aoeitr

f!cwcrbcn ^abcn,
they will have

cr

tuerDe ^aben,he will have

shall have
"ir roerbenl^aben,
we

shall have

I
i^rwerbct^aben,
you will
"le wcrbcn

cr

er

shall

i^rwerbet ge^abt
^aben, )

werbc

gc^abt
l^abcmhe

wir wcrbcn

will

we
^aben,
ge'^abt

shall

i^rwcrbctgc^abt^abcn,
[yo^^i^
)
"icttjcrbcnge^abt^aben,

^jj

)
"iewerbcngc^abt^abcn,
tocrbengc^abt
jtc
$aben,they will

they will
(Icwerbcn ge^abt^aben,

JPlrit Conditional.

i^ tturbcl^ben

or

bu JDurbejl
^aben

or

cr

njiirbe^aben

Wir wurbcn

or

l^abcn

or

i^rwiirbct |abctt )
"'
"ie wurbcn ^abcn f
fieWiirbcn ^abcn
or
Second

id)ttiirbcgc^abt
^aben
bu tt)itrbcfl
QC^abt^abcn
cr ttiirbege^abt^aben
toix ttiirben
gc^obt^abcn
i^rttiirbct
^ben )
ge^abt

'

td^fatterI should have


bu ^attefl,
thou wouldst
have
he would
have
cr ^atte,
tt)trfatten,
should have
we
i^r^attet,i
^*^"

^^^^

\"ic

fatten,
f ^^^
f!cfatten,
they would

have

Conditional.

I should have had


id)^cittc
gcl^abt,
bu l^attcjl
or
thou wouldst
have had
ge^abt,
he would
or
cr ^dtte
have had
gc^abt,
h)ir
should have had
or
we
fattengc^abt,
i tpr
t^r^attet
gc^abt, }
^attetgc^aDt,
"'^
^^'"^^ ^^^" ^^
"ic wiirben gcbabtbabcnf ] "ic fatten
gc^abt,^^^
fietourben gc^abt
l^aben or
ftcfattengc^abt,
they would have had
or

200

FABADIOMS

VEBBS.

of the Auxiliary
Verb
Conjugation

PrincipalParts

Scin,

BK

gewefcti*

mar,

INPINITITEu

Present,

TO
"5ciit,

PABTTCrPLB.

"ein, to be

fein,
to have been
P6r/"c"."ctoc(cil

Present.

(SeienU,being^

Pcut.

been
"etoefeiti

IMPERATIVE.

6c!r be

*3eij or

(thou)

feieu"ic, be (joi^

INDICATIVE.

subjunctivb;

Present.

t(^6inr I
bu

ic^fcirI be
bu fcicfi*
thou
he be
er fei/

am

thou
bijli

he is
Ifl,
toilflnb,
-we
t^rfcib,

art

cr

"ir fcicn,we

are

be

be
[you
t^'^''

youar"

"ie fmb"

they
fiefinb,

be

fiefcien,
they be

are

Invperfect.
i"^tettr"I

ic^iDttTff 1 were
thou
bu todreff*

was

thou wait
bu toarflr
er

v"axt he

tt)irwaren,

was
we

cr

"te waren,

fie"aten,

tt)irwdren,

were

J
ijTtsaret,

n"drf" he

wert

were
we

were

iyou
'%''^'^''

^re

@te "aren,

they were

were

fiettdren"they were

Perfect.
xi)bin

1 h/ive been
getorfen*

thou hast
bt|l
gewefen,
he has been
er if!
getoefeUf
have
we
JPtr jtnbgewefeitf
bu

been

been

^you have been


i^rfcibsewefen,
Sic
)
fInbgettefen,
jiepnb gewefen,
they have

been

I have
xiifcigettefen,
thou
bu feicfl
gettefen,
he have
er felgettefen,
tttr

been

been

have
we
feiengewefen,

feiet
I
gettefen,
{^r
you

been

have

been

have been

"le fetengewefen,
)

fiefeten
gettefen,
they have been

202

PABADIGMS

VERBS.

aBcrbcn,TO BECOME,

Verb
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
TO

PrincipalParts

GROW
:

(TO BE),

SBcrfcen, wurbe,

gettJorten

{or wort) en)*


PARTICIPLE.

HfPINinVE.

to become, to grow
Present, fficrben*

Present. SBerbcnil"
becoming

(being)

(tobe)

Per/ec^."cworbeit (worben)feim to
have

become

Past.

become
@cn"orben(tt)orben)"
(been)

(been)
IMPERATIVE.

SBcrbet or wcrbcn "ie, become, bo

SSerbe/become, be (thou)

(you)
INDICATTVB.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Present.

i(^werbe" I become
thou becomest
bu tt"irfl,
cr

I (may) become
\0itt)crbc"

tttr

"crbcn" we

thou
tccrbcftf

bu

"trb, he becomes

werbCi he become

cr

become

"ir aerbctt*we

Uou become
i|rtt)erbct,

become

become

I
i^rwcrbet,
you

"le tocrbcn*
)

become

"Stc ttcrbcHf)

fie"erbeilrthey become

jic"crben" they become

Imperfect
id^wurbc, I became
thou
bu ttjurbcilr
cr

\^ witrbcr(if)I became
thou became
bu tt)tirbcflf

becamest

he became
tt)urbc,

Wir wurbert,
we

he became
ttiirbc,

cr

became

"tr

i^rwurbet,
j. |,ecame
(Ste

tourbctt,
we

became

i^rwurbet,
[became

ttutbcn,)
they became
fietpurbciif

flc"firbcn,
they became

Perfect.
I have become

or

grown

i^ Bin {^etnortien
{orwrrbcn)
bu bif!
gettorbcn
cr ifl
gctDorben
"tr f!nbgctoorbcn
i^rfcibQcworbcn )
"ic flnbgcworbcn)
fief!nbgen"crbett

I may

Tiave become

or

grown

i(^fctgcTOorbctt
(ortcorbcn)
bu fetcjl
gcworbeti
cr

fctgctoorben

toir fcien
Qciuorbcn

fcict
t'^r
QCiDorben)
"Sic feicngcworbenf
flcfcien
geworbcn

PARADIGMS

203

: VERBS.

INDICATIVE.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Pluperfect.
I had

i^

become

tocLx

or

(if)I had

grown

{or worben)
getoorben

become

or

grown

i^ todxt gcroorbctt
{or worbcn)
bu todrcjl
getoorben

bu "arjlgctoorbm

gcttorben
wir toaxtn geworben
i^r"aret gcioorben)
"Sie ttarcn gcnjorbcn
)
fietoaxtn getooiben
cr toax

cr

toiixtgejporbm

""irtt"drengetoorben

)
i^rwdrct gctoorben
f
"ic todrcttgctDorben
fiemdrcn getoorbeu

i7|r""Future.
I shall become

I shall become

i(^werbc toetlieu
bu wtrfltocrben

tterbe wcrben
iii)

er

bu

"irb werbcn

er

rocrbea
werbcfl
wcrbe jDcrbeu

tDirwerbcn "erben

ttir tDcrbcntocrben

toerbctttcrben )
iffx

i^r"crbct toerben )

"ie tterbentoerben"

"ie werben ocrben

flc"erbcn toerbctt

ftewerben toerbes
Second

I shall ha/oe become

(grown

or

Future.
I shall have become

been)

been)

ic^"crbe gctoorbett
feln
bu toirfl
feitt
getoorben
cr

wirb

fein
gcttjorbcn

"ir werbcn

fein
getcorben
i^rwerbet gcworbcnfein "
"ie toerbcn gcworben
fein)
"erbcn
fein
fie
gcicorben
Mrst

i(^toerbegeworbenfein
bu toerbej!
ge"orbenfclu
"r wcrbe geworben
fein
ttir tterben geworbenfein
tuerbct geworben
fein )
i'^r
"ie werben geworben
fein)
werben
fie
geworbenfein

Conditional

I should become

(grow

(grown or

Second
or

be)

Conditional.

I should have become

(grown

been)
wiirbewerben
t(!^
bu wurbejlwerben
er

Wiirbe geworben
iiS^
fein
bu wurbeflgeworben
fein

wurbe werben

cr

Wir wflrben werben

wiirbe geworben
fein

Wir wiirben

geworbenfein

i^xwiirbet werben

i^xwiirbet geworbenfein )

"ie wiirben werben

geworbenfein)
gt Wiirbengeworbenfein

f!ewfirbenwerben

"5icwurbcn

or

204

TH"

BEGULAB

The
119.

German

EegularVerbs.

verbs
this

By removing

*n^

VKBLS.

end

in

ending

the

present infinitivein

find the root ;

we

e.

g.

Men,

praise.*

to

"Exceptions.

whose

verbs

In

Note."

the

without

The

"

verb

end

roots

the

German

preposition
|u

find ;
2. also ftnlicn^to

lltittn,to
Ex.

remain

(See No. 135)

^ei"en,

to

are

followed

by

and

all

the

finitiv
in-

the infinitive

to feel ;
fu||Ien,

to learn
; (ernett*

to teach

followingverbs

auxiliaries of mode

1. The

to be, tl^utt,
to do,
fettt,
in cl, CV, add
only n in

and

bid

{not to

to see ; "orH!,to hear ;


fe^eil,
call); ^elfcn"to help ; (e^ren,

mai^en^ to make.

(1.)I attempted to hear, 3c^ "crfu(f)te


ju ^oren.
(3.)I see him write,3(fefc^ei^nfdjreiben.

"

Active Voice.

The
The

Present

Participleis

formed

by adding tub
to the root ; e. g., tanfetl^,
thanking; and the Past Participle
t ; e. g., gclcmt,leamed.f
by prefixing
ge and affixing
The prefix gc is not used in the participle
Exceptions.
past,with the followingverbs:
1. All those of foreignoriginending in i (e)rett
; e. gf,,max^
marched.
to march ; max\Mtt (not gemarfc^irt),
}d}irctt,
2. Such as have the unaccented
prefixbe, ge, cnt, eittV/
to visit,be)ud;t
(notgebcfui^t)
cr, "er and jer ;t e. g., befudjcn,
120.

"

visited.

1S1"
#ach

The

number,

only one person for


singularby adding e ; e. g.,

ImperatiTe", which
is formed

in the

has

be used
in German
every infinitive may
the first declension ; f. g., dancing is fatiguing,bag
*

Almost

Both

participles
may

the sufferingman

; bag

13T"

150.

X Gomp
" Since

direct

can
prohibition

only

one

person

be

be used

as

adjectives
; e.

neuter

noun

of

Xaitjeniflcrmiibcnb.
SKann,
g-, bcr letHetllie

^inb.
geltelite

request, command,

exhortation, advice, warning

only to the person spoken to


referringto a
imperative. When

addressed

in the

as

there

can

or

be

third person

BEGULAB

THE

205

VERBS.

^oic,fetch (thou); and in the pluralby adding tt : in"ct,


seek
(ye),or ctl when the verb is followed by the pron. "B\t:
loben "Bit,
praise(you).*
122.

1. The

the root
2. The

The

"

is rather

is formed

tense

by adding e to
I love, I do love, or I am
; e. g., 3"^Itebe,
loving.
I thanked,
Imperfect by adding te ; e. gr.,3^ tanfte,

I did thank, or I
Note.

Present

thanking.

was

subjunctiveis generallyused

It is used

at least uncertain.

statement

give the
assertions of other persons, without
assuming ourselves the responsibility
of their correctnesa
Some
conjunctionsgovern the subjunctive(see

98).

p.

indefinite

that

to indicate

or

It is also used

and

in exclamations

and
is understood,quitefrequently,

133,

The

nearlyas
1. In

in

Gomppund
English.

the

wishes

instead

tenses

where

formed

are

the

tion
conjunc-

of the Conditional.

participle
past of
present,and

Perfect the

is preceded by the

to
especially

the

in

German

verb
principal

Pluperfectby the imperfectof ^alitxi


(sometimes
g., ic^J)dbc ^elemt,I have learned ; ic^f^atttgclicbt^

2. In the

fcin)
; e.

loved.

I had

3. In the First Future


of

is combined

verb
principal

and First

the
Conditional,

with the

(likeshall and should in English); e. g.,


I shall buy ; e. gr.,3c^ tO^tbe ma^etl,
4. In the Second

participleof

the

Future

Second

and

principalverb

tt^erben and

the infinitive of

expressedby periphrasiswith

cr

he shall
foU arbcitcti/

the verb
*

In

Come,

work,

etc. In

to let,is employed
IafTen"

conversational

the
style,

fotnmtn "Sk, instead

; as

form

of fomntct

I should

is inserted

make.

between

the

past

the

iliary
aux-

l^aben (sometimesfctll)
;

g.,

it is

tt^etbett
auxiliary
3"^ tuetbe f attfett;

Conditional

3dj toixu qcbant ^aBen,I shall have


I should have obeyed.
J)Ot^t 'i^ai"tn,

e.

infinitive

built ;

id)roiirDeges

the

shall ; as :
auxiliaryverb foIIen"
exhortative
admonitory or
sense,

an
:

let
und lefcn,
laffct

followed

us

read.

by "Bk is preferred:

e.

g^

206

YERBS.

PARADIGMS.

of
Conjugation

transitiveVerb.
regular

TO
Coficit,

PrincipalParts
-A.CTIVE
INFmiTIVB.

PRAISE,

loBcit,
loHc, gcIoBt.
VOICE.
PARTICIPLES.

Pres. So(ent),
SoBen,to praise.
praising
Per/. "tloH ^abcn,to have praised. Past. "tioH, praised.
Pret.

PABADIGMS

207

YEBBS.

BUBJUNCTIVa.

INDICATIVE.

Pluperfect.
I bad

(if)I had praised

praised

i^ ^attegelobt

\^ ^attegelobt

bu ^attefl
gelobt

bu

l^atte
gelobt
"ir fattenQtUU
t^r^attet
gelobt)
)
"ic fattengclobt
gclobt
ftcfatten

gclobt
^ttttc
"ir fattengclobt

^dttefl
gelobt

cr

er

i
"ic fattengelobt
ftefatten
gelobt

jP*r""Future.
I shall

(if)I shall praise

praise

tc^werbe loben

i^ tnerlielobeit
bu wirjllobcn
cr

bu

"irb loben

er

loBen
mertiefi

toetbe loben

toilwcrbcn lobcn

tt)ir"erben lobm

loUn
i^rtt)crbet

i^r"crbct lolm

"ic wcrben loicn

"ic toerbcnlobm

|tc"erben loben

|?ettttbcnlobctt

Second Future.
I shall have

praised

\^ werbc gelobt
^abcn
bu n"ir|l
gelobt
^aben

gclobt
l^aben
ttir ocrben gclobt
:^aben
i^rwerbct geloBt
^aben )
er

wirb

(Sic werbcttgctobt
^abcn f

fiewcrbcn gclobt
"abcn

First Conditumal.
I shoTild praise

id^JDurbe lobcn
bu tuitrbejl
lobcn
er

loten
ttjfirbe

n"ir tourben lobcn

t^rtt)urbetloBcn )
loben
"ic tt)iirbctt

fieMrbett lotcit

(if)I

shall have

praised

i(^tterbcgelobt
^abctt
bu trcrbejl
gclobt^aben
er werbc gelobt
l^abcn
tt)tr tBcrbengelobt
^aben

i^rwcrbct gctobt
^abcn )
"ic toerbcngclobt
^abcn)
toerben
Pe
gtlobt
^aben

Second
I would

or

Conditional.

should have

praised

xi)wurbc gclobt
^a6en
bu wurbeflgclobt
^abm
cr ttJiirbc
^abcn
gelobt
"ir tturbcn gclott
^abcn
^abcn )
i^rtofirbct
gclobt
"tc ttjiirbcn
^abcn)
gclobt
^Bcn
fietofirbctt
gcIoBt

208

THE

124.

For

REGULAR

TERES.

the sake of

euphony regularverbs,whose roots


end
in h, t, ^n, %n, ^m, ffii,
4m, or t\^m, as rebcn,
bctcn,
orbnen, \t%ntn, wi^mcn, rcd^nen,offneit,
at^en,generaUy
retain e before the termination,in
every mood, tense and
person, if the ending does not begin with e.
EXAMPLE.

9f eben, to talk.
Imperfect.
I talked
i(^retcte,

Present.

id"rcte,I talk

thou talkest
refccfl,

bu

retet,he talks

er

ret en,
ttjir

he talked
retetc,

cr

talk

we

thou talkedst
rcbctejl,

tu

wir rctcten,we

talked

*!'""'''
talk
[you

Uou talked
'i';"^*''''

@ie reten,)

"Bxt rereten,)

ftereten, they talk

fte
receten,they talked

Perfect.
I have
id)^aBe geretet,
125.

%);

talked

whose

Verbs

f"^,or

Pluperfect.
etc.
i(^^attegcretet,

last radical

to rage
g., rafeti,

e.

is

letter

sibilant

(f,ff,
to
ttitttfc^en,

to hate ;
; ^affen,

retain the e of the


to put, place,also generally
fc^en,
bu ^affejt,
"c.
termination; e. g., \6^xom\^t,tu ttJiinf^eji;
ic^|affe,

wish

The Passive Voice.*


1 S56.

The

various modes, tenses,etc.,of verbs

passivevoice,from

for the

formed,

are

the

tenses of the auxiliary


corresponding
verb toerbett and the past participle
jugated
of the verb to he contOCthtn,to be loved.
; e. g., ^eliebt

Note.
IB

"

The

but
getOOtlienf

ge is omitted
*

only a

confounded
case

and

; e.

when

used

g., 3d^ bin

9B(rlien"construed

denote

as

of
past participle

with

the

to fonn

past

to be,
auxiliarytoerbett,

the

passivevoice

toorbettr1 have
getabelt
the

with

hence
passive,

the

the
tenses

of

participle
past
passive voice
of

neuter

of verbs

been

can

an

English ;

e.

in fietftficgangcnr makes

of tocrbcn,as in
paspivb

voice.

prefix

active

verb, can
be

never

verb, as is apt to be the


she is gone
ttiirt9ef(^la9en,

it clear that the verb

the active voice, while the use


is used in the
Qg that the verb

the

blamed.

in German

g., "Sic iflgegangcn, and, cr


he is beaten,present two distinct ideas to the mind.
in

hecome,

to

cr

The

use

of

fein"

is in the past tense

of

informs
tntrt gcfi^kgcn,

PAEADIGMS;

210

YEBBS.

SUBJUNCTIVB.

INDICATIVB.

Pluperfect
I had

(if)I

praised

been

"orben
gelobt
"orbm
Wir wdren gcloit
worben )
i^r"aret gcloit
worben )
"ic wdren geloBt
worben
ftcwdren gcloJt
cr "are

worbcn
gelobt
"orbcn
"aren
gclobt

cr war

i^rwcret gclobtworben
"tc

warm

f!etoaren

praised

been

toorben
tc^toare gelobt
bu toarefl
gelobtworben

i(^toar QtloUtooxbtn
bu toax\i
QdoU JDorben
"tr

had

worbm
gclobt
geloMtooibtn

jPYr""Future.
I shall be

(if)I shall

praised

werben
gelobt
tnerbefl
werben
er tocrbe gelobt
werben
wir werben gelobt
werben
l^rwerbet gelobt
werben
"ie werben geloBt
werben
fiewerben gelobt

bu

Second

praised

toorbett fetn
id^werbe gelobt
worben fetn
bu wirfJgelobt
worben fetn
er wirb geIot"t
worben fetn
Wir werben gclobt
worben
fetn )
i^rwerbet gelobt
worben fetnf
"ie werben gelobt
worben fcin
fiewerben gelobt

Mrst
I should

or

Future.

(if)I shall have

be

x^ tDurbe gelobttDerbett
werben
bu wiirbejl
gelobt
werben
er witrbe gelobt
werben
wir wiirben gelobt
werben
ibrwiirbet gelobt

werben
"ie wiirben gelobt

werben
fitwiirben gelobt

praised

werbe

worben fetn )
i^rwerbet gelobt
worben feinf
"ie werben gelobt
fiewerben gelobtworben fetn

Second

praised

been

worben fetn
gelobt
bu toerbefl
gelobtworben fein
er mttt
gelobtworben fcin
worben fein
wir werben gelobt

Conditional.
would

praised

i(^werbe geloMwerben

i^ tott'Ot gelobttuttUn
werben
bu wirjlgelobt
werben
er wirb gelobt
werben
wir werben gelobt
)
werben
i^rwerbet gelobt
werben )
"ic werben geloBt
werben
Pe werben gelo"t

I shall have been

be

I should

or

Conditional

would

have been

praised

fein
toortiett
i^ witrbe gelobt
bu wiirbefl
gelobtworben fein
er

worben fetn
witrbe gelobt

wir wiirben gelobtworben fein


worben fein )
wiirbet gelobt

ibr

worben fein)
gelobt
worben fein
fiewiirben gelobt
"ie wiirben

211

VERBS.

IBBSGULAB

or
Irregular

Ancient Verbs.

nearlytwo hundred irregular


in
verbs.
They deviate from the regularverb particularly
the ImperfectIndicative and in the Past Participle.
1 37

"

128.

in German

There

are

1. In

the

Imperfect IndicatiTe,irregularverbs

change their radical vowel^ and do not


I sang, id^fang.
e. g,y to dng, fingen,

admit

of

termination

ing
ImperfectSubjunctimis formed re^arly, i. e,, by addwhen
it is a" 0/ or u ; e. g., gcbcn*
Cf and modifying the radical vowel
Subjunctive,ic^ga^e.
(togive);Indicative,ic^gttb;
Note.

The

"

Participlethey affix ctl instead of t; e. g.,


and frequently
change their radical
(tobake):gebadetl,
also ; e. g., Berflen
(to burst): geborften.

2. In the Past
ladm
vowel

139.

Exceptions.

^The

"

radical vowel, but take also


the

1. In

imperfect:

e.

followingverbs change their


the endingof the regularverb
g.,

Brennen,
Imperf.brannte (not

Ixaxmt).
the

2. In

: e.
past participle

g,, vtnntn,

^erannt (not ge^

wnnen).
to bum
S3rennctt,

itenncn, to

name

to bring
Bringcn,

renncn, to

run

benfen,to
!ennen,to

think
know

to
fenten,

(French,con-

njcn^en,to turn

naitre)
Note.

send

to know
n?ijfen,

inserts
SBtffen

(Fr.,
savoir)

in the

: t("wcip*bu ttciit"
er
present singvla/r
(Sic tciffcn),
i^rwiffct
f!etotffen.
"eip"ttit"iffen,
"

1 30.

Some

of the

verbs (seethe
irregular

218) also modifyor change their

e.

1. In the second

and

to bake
g.y badfen,

2. In the

bu

list pp. 214

"

radical vowel

third person

singularof

the Present

and
Bdtffl,Bddft;
er

Imperatiyesingular;

e.

g.^

gebcn(tog^ve):gie6.

212

paradigms:

of
Ooiyugation

or
Irregular

an

@ckn,
PrirwipalParts

vebbs.

TO

Ancient Verbi

GIVE.

OeBcii; gaB, gcgeBett.

INFINITrVE.

Present,

PABTICIPLB.

"ebciifto give

Present.

"ebcni)# giving

Perfect."t^tbtn^aHn, toh"vegiyeii Past.

"C0etcn"given

IMPERATIVE.

Singular."itb, give (thou)

Plural.

"ebct (gcbtor gebcnBit),

give (you)
INDICATIVE.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Present.
I

give,I

giving,I do give

am

(if)I give,"c

i^ gebe

icbgcbc

gtebfl
er gifbt
wtr gcben
i^rgcbet j.
"ie geben )
fiegeben

bu

bu

geBefl
tt%tU
"ir

geben

tbrgebet }
"B\t geben)

ftegeben

Imperfect.
I gave, I

was

giving,I did give

i^ gttb

(if)I gave, "c.


i(bgiibe
bu

gabfl
er gab
wir gaben
ibrgabct )
""ie gabcn )
fiegaben
bu

er

gdbejl
gabe

tt"trgaben

i^rgabct )
"ie

gaben )
jlegaben

Perfect.
I have

given

i"^llabegegeben
bu
er

^afl
gegeben
\)at
gegeben

n"ir^abengegeben

i^r^abtgegeben
"ic babengegeben
fiebaben gegeben

(if)I have given


id^i)aUgegeben
bu ^aM gegeben
er

"abe gegeben

bflben
gegeben
ibr^abetgegeben{
)
"ie baben gegeben
fieb"^ben
gegeben
wtr

PARADIGMS

113

VEBB8.

INDICATIVE.

BUBJUNCTIVa.

Pluperfect.
I had

(if)I

given

i^ ^tttte
gegcben
bu ^attefl
gegeben
er ^attc
gcgebcn
xoix^tten gcgebcn
i^r^attct
gcgebcn
"Ic fatten
gcgebcn
pc fattengcgebcn

bu

mtt gcgebcn
ttir l^dttcn
gcgebcn
i!^r
^cittet
gcgebcn )
"Stc fattengcgebcn)
ftcfattengcgebcn
Future.

(if)I

give

bu

gcbcn
werben gcbcn

cr

gcbcn

Second

given

i^ toerbe gcgebcn
|aben
bu toirfl
gcgebcn^aben
"irb

l^abcn
gcgebcn
tDtr werben gcgebcn
^aben
njcrbet
i^r
b^ben
gcgebcn
"ic werben gcgebcn
^abcn
wcTbcn
fie
gcgebcn^abcn
CT

First Conditional
I should

give

tuertefl
gcbcn
meriic gcbcn

gcbcn
i^rttcrbetgcbcn
Sic werben gcbcn
fittocrbcngcbcn

He n"crbcngcben

I shall have

give

"ir "erben

t^racrbct gcbcn
"ic werbcn

shall

idfwerbc gcbcn

wirb

tDiT

^ncfl
gcgebcn

cr

ic^ttiertcgcbcn
btttDtrfl
gcbcn
tr

given

i(^liitte
gcgebcn

Mrst
I shall

had

Future.

(if)I shall have ^ven


t(^werbc gcgebcn
^aben
bu wcrbctl
gcgebcnU^m
tt"erbc
cr
gcgebcn^aben
wir werben gcgebcn
^aben
ttjcrbet
^aben )
i^r
gcgebcn
"ic werbcn gcgebcnbaben)
Pc werben gcgebcn^abcn

Second

Conditional.

I should have

given

id)"iirbe gcbcn
bu "urbc|^gcbcn
cr tturbe gcbcn

id^ttJiirbc
gcgebcn^abcn
bu toilrbcjl
^aUn
gcgebcn
cr wiirbe gcgebcn
^aben

"ir "urbcn

gcbcn
\^xn"urbct gcbcn )
"ic toiirbengcbcnf

tt)irwiirben gcgebcn
^aben

fiewurbcn gcbcn

ibrnjurbet gcgebcn
^aben ^
"ic ttjurbengcgebcn
^abcn )
(ictoflrbengcgebcn^bcn

214

LIST

An

are
*

These

OF

IBBEGULAB

List
Alphabetical

YESB"

of all the

Verbs.
Irregular

figuresindicate the page on which each


classes.
given in their respective
*
The verbs marked
are partlyirregular.

of the

verb"
irregular

LIST

OF

IBBEGULAB

VEBBS.

215

216

LIST

OF

IBRBGDLAR

VERBS.

218

LIST

OF

IBBEGULAB

VERBS.

AUXILIARIES

of Mode,

Verbs
Auxiliary
131.

There

in

axe

219

MODB.

OF

besides

German,

the three

auxiliary

and "erten,seven
other verbs,called
verbs of tense,^aUn, fein,
verbs of mode, because they convey no full idea
the auxiliary

in themselves, but

(thanrequiredto
tiirfeit

give certain

modifications

be in the

to other verbs

infinitive).
They are
laffcn
ntiiffen
and
foHeit
rtio^m

fonnen

n^oHen

13^.

and ntd^en express possibility


.^dnnett,^fitfeti,
but
and tOOUett imply necessity;
or
ability
; m^ffett,foUett,
and necessity,
laffen expresses both possibility
refening to
the subjectof the sentence, and is accordingly,
in the form
oi a, permissionor of a command;
e. g., "r
lic" bctt ^ieb
laufett,he allowed the thief to escape ; et Ue^ bctl Wftann
executed,i, e., he ordered the
f^inti^ttn,he had the man
to be put to death.
man

Compound Tenses,
133,
are

compound

The

tenses

like those of lokn

formed

of the

auxiliaries of mode

(seeNo. 133).

The Conditionals.
1341.

auxiliaries of

The

mode

generallyuse

for the

tional,
Imperfect,and for the second condithe PluperfectSabJunctiTC)as : icbf dtittte,
ic^l^atte
)^abm,
qtfonnt, in placeof i"jtoiixU lomm, ic"n?urfcegcfonnt
in
The
of
auxiliaries
13"(.
mode, used
conjunctionwith

the
first conditional,

the infinitiveof another

verb,must

be in the

djpinitive

present,

g., Sr ^dttcc3
f dttttett (instead
he could not have had
of gefottnt)

nid^t^kn

of in the

instead

; e.
past participle

it.

136.

before
1ti"^t
e.

g., ("rfann
Note.

of mode
is to be negated,
put
auxiliary
the Infinitive (whichstands last in the clause)
;
he cannot write the letter.
ten 35rief
tiic^tfc"rei6cn,

When

"

The

perative.

an

auxiliaryverbs

of mode

are

not

of the
eusceptible

im-

220

PABADIGMS:

VEBB6.

of the Auxiliary
Verb Stemtn,
Coiyugation
TO
Farts
Principal

BE

ABLE.

Stottntn,lonittc,gelonnt
INPINITITB.

Stowxtn,to be able
Perfect."ttomt ^ahtn,to have been able
Present.

PAKTICIPLE.

Present.

St'oraitntf
being

Past.

"ctonnt, been

able

(seldomused)

able

IKDICATIYE.

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Present.
I

{oram

can

able)

I may

be able

i^ lam

id^fonne

bu

bu

fannfl
fann

cr

er

loir fonneit

fonnefl
fonne

n)ir fonneit

i^rfbrmctor Umt

fonnet )
ii^r

"Sit fonnett

"

"ie fonnen

f!etoimen

fiefonnen

Imperfect
I

able

was

(or I could)

might

be able

id^fonnte

fonnte
ici^

bu

bu

er

fonntefi
fonnte

er

loirfonnten

i^rfonntet

fonntefi
fonnte

"ir fonnten

i^rfijnntct)

j.

"ie fonnten )

"Sic fonnten

fiefonntett

fiefonnten
COMPOUND

TENSES.

Mrst

Future.

I have been able


i^ f^abt
gefonntf
I had been able
i6)^attegefonnt*
\6)wcrbe fonnenr I shall be able

Mrst

Conditional.

l(^tt"urbefonnen^ I should

Perfect.
Pluperfect.

be able

I shall
l^abcn*
gefonnt

Second

Future.

t(^wcrbe

Second

ConditioruU.

^itUt
i(^t"itrbe
gefonnt

have

I should

have

been

able

been

able

PABADIGMS.

The

"

221

^VEBBS.

Verb aWogcn,MAY,
Auxiliary
TO

LIKE

THING,

ETC.

INFINITIVE.

Present.

M^tn,

to like.

Perfect. (Bmc^t ^Itn, to


PARTICIPLES.

have

liked

TODESIBE,

222

PARADIGMS.

VERBS.

of the Auxiliary
Verb SJiuffen,
MVST,
Conjugation
TO

BE

OBLIGED,

ETC.

INFINITIVE.

Present.

to be obliged.
SWufTcn,
Perfect, "cmu^t ^aben,to have been obliged.

PABADIGMS

223

YUBBS.

of the Auxiliary
Verb Surfeit,
DABEy
Conjugation
TO

BE

PrincipalParts

PERMITTED,
:

MAY,

ETC,

!Durfett,burfte, geturft
rNPINITIYE.

Present.

2)urfcn"to be permitted

Perfect.@eburft^abcn"to

have

been

pennitted

PAKTICIPLB.

Present.

!3Durfcnb"
being permitted
been
@eburft"
pennitted

Past.

INDICATIVE.

SUBJUNCnVH.

Present.
I ms,j

(Iam

I may

permitted)

i^ biirfe

i(^bttrf
bu
cr

(Ibe permitted)
bu

borffl
borf

cr

burfefl
biirfe

tt"ir
burfcn

tt)irbiirfen

i^rbiirfct j.
"Bk biirfenf
ftebiirfea

burfct )
il^r
"ic

f
biirfen

fiebiirfen

Im^perfect.
I

permitted

was

er

burftcd
burftc

tt)tr burftcn

t^rburftct)
burftcnf
fieburftcn
"ie

COMPOUND

Perfect.
Pluperfect.

permitted

ic^biirfte
bu biirftejl
cr burfte
"tr biirftcii
i^rbiirftet\
f
"te biirften
fiebiirften

\^ burftc
bu

were

TENSES.

I bave
xij^a6egcburft*

been

pennitted
pennitted
pennitted

I bad been
id^^attcgcburft^
First Future.
\^ h"erbeburfcn*I shall be
First Conditional,
x^ ttiirbeburfcn"I should be permitted
Second Future.
id^tt"crbegcburft
^oAtn, I shall have been permitted
Second ConditiancU. i(^toiirbe
^ten, I should have been pennitted
gcburft

224

PABADIGMS:

AimliaryVerb

the

of
Conjugation

WILLING
Parts
Frincipal

VERBS.

(TO

TO
aBaffcti,

BE

WISH).

Swollen, teolltc,gettJoUt^

IKFINITIVB.

Present

SBoffcHito be willing

PerfecL "eaoUt ^abcHi to

been

have

willing

FABTICIFLB.

Present. SSottenb" willing(seldomused)

@c"oIIt" wiUed, been

Past.

willing
BUBJUNCTIVK.

INDICATIVB.

Present,
I wiU,

bu
cr

am

I may

willing

bu

tDtttjl
Witt

CT

be

willing

moQefl
tt)oKe

toir loolletl

to\i

i^rwollet or weUt J

i^rwollct

@ic woflcn

"ic woUctt )

fienoUcn

woQeit
)

fiewoQeit

Imperfect.
I

was

willing

i(^iDoQte
bu
ft

might be willing
i(^ttotlte
bu tvoUtefl

n"oUte^
wotttc

er

n)"Ilte

tDir n)olIteti

"iT wotttctt

i^rtDotttft)

i^rwoUtet

""ie ttoatcn )

Bit ttottten
J

ftcttoUteu

fietDoQten
COMPOUND

Perfect.

TENSES.

\"j^abegcwoUt*I have been willing


fltfI had been willing
ic^^tte gctt"o
Pluperfect
Mrst Future.
"crbc
WDHfn, 1 shall be willing
iij
First Conditional,
vijtrurbe "otIcn" I should be willing
Second Future.
\^ werbc gcwoUt^abcn"I shall have been willing
Second Conditional, ic^toiiTbegetvoUt
^aben"I should have been willing

226

PARADIGMS

VERBS.

TO
Verb fioffcn,
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
TO

PERMIT,

Parts
Principal

TO

LET,

LEAVE.

2affcn, \xt^,gelaffett*

iNPmmvE.

CajfcWfto let,to permit


Perfect,"clajfen^HXi, to have let
Present.

PABTICIPLB.

Present.
Past.

Caffcnb(isnever
used)
"elaffeUilet {or permitted)
niPERATIVB.

let (thou),
(French,laisser)
Singular."a|fe{or lap),
Plural.
2affct(left
or laffcn
"ic),let (you)
SUBJUNCTIVE.

INDICATIVE.

Present.
I

permit {or I let)

I may

permit

i(^Ittffc

t(^ittffe

bu

bu

lajfcfl
Vm

IttlfcH

air laffen

laffe
ton laffcn

)
i^rIa"t(or laffet)

t^rlaJTet
\

"ic rafTen

(Sic lalTcn)

er

cr

r" lafrm

jtclafTcn

Imperfect.
I

permitted

i(^Uci
bu

i^ licpc
bu licgefl
cr Ucpe

Itepefl

lie"
"ir Ucgeil
I
i^rMi
"Sie liegen
i
ftelicpcii
cr

n)ir Uc"cn

i^rlicict)
"Sic licgctt
)

ftcUcpcn
COMPOUND

TENSES.

Perfect.

id^^abc 9elaffcn"
I have

Pluperfect.

\^

First Future.

might permit

I had
^attc
0elaffc"f

permitted
permitted

I shall permit
i^ "crbc lajfcit;
wiirbe
I should permit
id^
laffcn^
Second Future.
tt"crbc
t^
^a^en"I shall have permitted
gelaffen
Second Conditional. \6iwiirbc jclafTcil
^a"en"I should have permitted

First Conditional,

227

VERBS.

COMPOUND

CompoundVerbs.
137"

verbs; e.
Note.

"

simpleverbs permit certain

most

prefixedto

to be

the full

German,

In

them, and

to write
g., fdjreiben,
Particles

become

ticles*
par-

compound

to copy.
; ttb^fdjreikn,
their

separatedfrom

when

thus

radical

syllablereceive

accent.
principal

or

Oompound Verbs.
Separable
138.

have

and

own,

have
particles

Verbs, whose
verbs

oompound
1 30.

the

The

full

primary or
e,

g.,

of their
signification
called separable
are
accent,^
a

to go
attd-gei^en,

oiU,

the

ah, axu aHf"ani,


prepositions,
adverbs, ta, bar, cmpor, fort,
^in,loi,
f^tm,l^cr,

are
separableparticles

ju; the

bti, mil, nad^,"or,


niebcr,oh, tocg,jurudE,
jufammen;and

bo,^in,^erand

'oox,

compounded

or adverbs; as, tiahti,


prepositions
l^inauff
^erab,Doron^

14:0,

sentences, when
principal

with

etc.

the

compound verb is
in the present,imperfect,
or
imperative,the prefixesor particles
detached and placed at the end of the clause ; e. g.,
are
and, I do not go out to-day; Imperf.,
Pres.,ic^QCl^e^tnttnidjt
ail" ? did you go out yesterday? Imper.,
@ic geftem
g^itt^ett

ge^c

In

mit mix

1 41*

au^,

go

Exception.

out with
"

^In

me.

dependent

sentence

beginning

a subordinative
or
a relative pronoun
conjunction(174,
the
verbs
be
last
in
the clause or sento
tence,
175), which require

with

the

prefixis

not

separatedfrom

the
^ann, tuelc^er je^tfottge^t,

1 42^

The

verbs

compound
;

e.

Under

prefixgc

g.,

of the

between the

man

the verb

who

is now

name

of Pasttcle

adverbs

and

particle
prefixedand

we

is the

comprehend

e.

g., !Cer

going away.

has
past participle

This
ah\6^xtiUn,
abgcfdjriebcn.

the

its placein
the verb

self
it-

placealso

all those indeclinable

tmited with other


(such
The
words, to modify or change their signification.
simple words to
which
verbs
often noims
and adjectives
they are prefixedare generally
; but
used
to
verbs
into
as
are
prefixes change simple
compound
words

verbs;

as

e.

g., from

which
prepositions),

are

^anb and Ifabtn,


to manage.
"anl)^aben,

228

VERBa:

COMPOUND

sepaeable.

infinitive ;

for the
U

preposition
in, when requiredin the
it is easier to commence.
i(l
Iei(^tcr
atijttfangcn,

e.

g.,

of a Separable
Verb.
Conjugation
Infinitive.
to copy.
Slbf^rcibcn,

Imperatice.

"(^reik ah,
"

copy

(thou)

"ic
fitreiben

ttb,copy (you)

"

Participles.
Pres.

231b)'^rcibcnt),
copying

"ih^t]6^xkUn,
copied.

Past.

'^

Present.

3^ )6:iniU"ah,I copy
In fc^reibjt
ah,thou copiest
"

ah,he copies
fd^rcibt
"ir fc^reiben
ab,we copy
i^rfc^reibt
ab, )
I ^^^ ^^P^
@ie fdjreibcn-ab,
ficfci^reiben
ah,they copy
er

"

"

"

"

Imperfect.

ob, I copied
3c^ fc^rieb"
In fd^riebft
ah,thou copiedst
er fcbricb
ah,he copied
tt)ir
fc^rieben
ah,we copied
i^rf^riebctab, )
I ^^^ ^^P^^^
@ie f(^rieben-~ab,
pc f(^rieben
ab,they copied
"

"

"

"

"

I shall
3"^ ttJfr^cabfcibrciben,

copy, "c.
I should
First Cond. 3(^ wiirCc abfcbreiben,
copy, "c.

First Fut.

I have copied,"c.
abgefc^riebcn,
Perfect. 3c^ l"Jbe
"c.
I had copied,
3^ ^atte
Pluperfect.
abgefc^rieben,
"c
Sec. Fut.
I shall have copied,
3c^ttjerbeabgefc^rieben
^abcn,
I should have copied,
3cb "urbc obgcfc^rteben
^abcn,

Sec. Cond.

"c.

143.
words,

are

The
now

following verbs, formerly written


treated as separable
compound verbs

as
:

two

separate

COMPOUND

YEBBS

2l29

: INSEPABABLE.

Verbs,
CompoundInseparable
1 44.

plies,
imverbs,or, as the name
Compound inseparable
those compound verbs from which the prefix
can
never
be detached, are formed with prepositions
or adverbs
having
the
with
unaccented
which
only
secondaryaccent, or
syllables,
have no meaning
of their cum,

14LS,

The

prefixes*of the inseparableverbs are the unaccented


ent, er, ge, mi", "cr, jcr, the prepositions
toibcrand ^imcr,t

be,cmp,
syllables
and

the adverb

1 40.

"olI.

verbs
inseparable

The

past participle
;

requiredbefore

placeof ju, when


compound form of
fam
5Int"ort
^icr^cr
3^re
(not
g.^ 3(^
jit empfangcn

verb ; e.
inseparable
1 "iame hither
cmpjufangcn),

the

Exception.

first is

to

Note.

to receive

^But

your

answer.

if the

prefixis a compound, of which


serted
separable and the second an inseparable
particle,
ju is inthe two ; e. g., er foil
let him
untcrflc^cn
j!c
ftc^
an^ju'crfennen,

between
dare

of the augment ge in the

and not gcjerj!6rt.


The
g., |erjl6rt,
verb
in the infinitive is beforethe

e.

the

1 47.

do not admit

"

recognize thein.
The

prefixmi" in a few instances admits the augment ge in


to mwinterpret),
". g., (from mtpbeutcn,
past participle,
gcntipbcutct.

the

"

148.
rule
and

The

followingverbs are also ins"parable,


but, contrary to
to the inseparable
(No. 144),prefixge in the past participle
particle,
the prima/ryaccent on the latter ; e. g., from
have
past
ax%XD'i\)ntn,

part,geargwo^nt.
to
ttntwortcn,

to caress
(ie(!ofen,

answer

to suspect
orgwo^ncn,

to take
Ittfttoanbcln,

to sack
6rttnDf"i"a^en,

mnt^ma^va,to conjecture,
guess

fro"lo(!en4

to walk
in the sleep
tiarfttwanbcln,
to
ravish,violate
ttotl^juc^tigcn,
to
or
quadfalbern, use
give quack

to exult

frii^llucfen,

to breakfast

to handle,
tianH^aben,
l^eirat^cn,
to marry

maintain

the influence

Johnson

see

On

The

and

walk
pleasure-

medicines,

to annoy
longtoeilen,
to caress
liebaugcln,

to deliberate
tat^fdylagcn,
to justify
rer^tfcrtigen,

which

Worman's

these

prefixeshave

Eberhard

Synonym.

on

the

Diet.

meaning

of verbs

Introduction.

when
prefixesl^intcr,
nti",bofl and tDltitt,
serving to compound
noun
or
adjective,have the primary accent.
and willfa^reit
X SfTO^lodcn
mostly omit gc in the past participle.

230

VERBS

COMPOUND

: INSEPAEABLE.

to emulate
tlicttcifcrn,

to judge, criticise
urt^eilen,
to prophesy
tlictffagctt,

and

mi^r

with

four verbs

to gratify
toiUfa^rcn,*

viz.

to mmnterpret
ini|beuten,

to disapprove
itttpiffiscn,
wiPrau(^cn,to misuse, abuse

140.
second

having inseparable
particles
compounded with separable
and have
the accent on
the
treated as inseparable,

Verbs

particlesare
syllableof

mipanbcln,to misuse, abuse

particle.f

the

and Inseparable
Separable
CompoundVerbs.
150.

toieber

and

when
separable^

are

their

each

retain

the accent

the

on

with

compounded

Verbs

own

pecuhar

prefix;

^nv^, ^hct, nm, nnttt,


the prefixand
the radical

and

natural

when

but

they assume
and
inseparable,

metaphoricalsense, they are


the radical syllable.In the former
on
in the latter,transitive.
generallyintransitive^
or

have

and

sense,
a

figurative

have
case,

the

they

cent
acare

EXAMPLES.

Sepa/rabk.

Inseparable.^

to penetrate
bur^ringcn,to press or force through tux^litin^tn,
to translate
to set over
(cross)
uierfc^Cllf
u6erfe^en"

to go around,
umgel^en/
to darg
jld^
untcrflc'^cn,
to repeat
t"teber|olcn,

umQC^en, to associate
shelter
to go under
untcrjle^cn,
to fetch or bring back
tOteiier^oUn/

evade

Neuter and IntransitiveVerbs.


1 5 1

"liffersfrom
1. Such
a

tenses

that of active verbs


as

express

change

another

e.

with

conjugationof

The

"

See

mere

and

only in

the

intransitive

compound

activitya continuous
,

to live
lebeti,

f Except

"

on

tenses.

subjectfrom one state into


form their compound
to sit,
; ff^en,

J^nhtVt.
note

verbs

out
state,with-

transition of their

or

g.,

neuter

preceding

page.

which
is separable;
'"c\"orfle^en,

te"or.
ic^fle^c

NEUTEB

AND

mTRANSITIVE

231

VERBS.

that express a change or transition of their subject


from one
state into another,a motion
placeto another,

2. Those

from

(me

to go, form their


to fall ; ge^cn,
g., fallen,
when
the placeor the manner
with fcitt^
e,

tenses

compound
of the

motion

is

referred to.

^Theyare conjugated,however, with


when
a
l^abett^
simple action is designated,or the verb is
taken in a figurative
sense
; e. g., 2^ bin in fcie"Stabt geritten,
I rode {literally:
I have ridden)into the city; but, id^^aht
I rode {literally
tai ^fe" geritten,
: I have
ridden)the horse.
15S*

Exception.

"

A Neuter Verb

with
conjugated

^ommtn,

to

^cin^

come.

INDICATIVE.

5^ hmmt, I come, "c.


I came
Impeifect. 3"^^cim,
First Future, 3(^ wertc fommen,I shall come
First Gond,
3^ toixx'tt
fommen,I should come
Perfect.
3c^ I^ittgefommen,I ham come
ttt Hjlgefommen,thou hast come
he has come
er ijl
gefommen,
tDir jtnti
gefommen,we have come
i^rfeib("3ic
jtnt)
gcfommen,
you have come
ftefinl)
gefommen,they have come
Pluperfed..3c^ toar getommen,I hxjd come
bu n?arft
gefommen,thou hadst come
he had come
er njar gefommen,
t"irttjaren gefommen,we had come
i^rmaret (@iewaren)gefommen,you had come
ftewaren gefommen,they had come
Second Fut,
3^ ttjerbegefommenfcin^I shall have come
Second Gond. 3^ ttJiirte
gefommenfcin,I should have come
Present.

Note.

"

voice ; but

1 03.
are

derived

Neuter
some

and

A number
from

intransitive

of them

occur

verbs

have,

German,

no

passive

impersonally.

of transitive verbs, with

intransitive

in

verbs

by

change

causative
or

signification,

modification

of the

232

NEUTER

are

transitive

VERBS.

INTRANSITIVE

to sU ; fe^cn"
intransitive these
to set. When
fi^cn,
and form their compound tenses with fcill*
but when
irregular
they are regularand form their compound tenses with |alben.

radical vowel
verbs

AND

; e. g.,

Inirarmli'oe.

Transitive and

to fall asleep:
etttfci^Iofctt,

to put
cinf^liifern,

to be drowned
ertrinfen,

to drown
crtriinfem

lull

or

Piemen,to flow:

to float
flogcn,

to hang
^angen^

^angen"to hang up

lauten" to sound

to ring the bell


Ijittten,

to Me :
liegcn,
faugen^to suck :
f^"immcn" to swim
fmfen,to sink :
to sit :
fi^cn,

ItQtUtto lay,to put

fdugmr to suckle
horses
to bathe
f(j^n"emmenr
to (make) sink
fcnfen,

to set,to place
fe^cn,

to leap,
to jump,
fpringcn,

to crack

asleep

to guide
fii^rcn,
to
foKen, fell

to drive:
fo^rcn,

follctt,
to fall

regvlar

to

to

to drink
trinfcn,

to weigh, to
toicQCttf

open,

to blow

up,

gallop

tronfcn,to

to vanish
scrfd^rotnben,

break

to
btUfSt,fprengoif

water

to waste
"crfd^"ent)cn,

be of

weight:

toa^tn, to

ascertain

weigh, to

weight

Also:
to stand :
fle^cn
to mount
fleigctt,

Note.
form

"

their

The

to put upright
fleflen"
to raise,to enhance
ficigcrttf

intransitive verbs, lautettr


txinUn,and
faugeiir
jle^en#

compound

tvtegeiir

with

tenses

Eeflexive Verbs.
1 54.
a

reflexive verb, but

only
active

transitive verb

Nearly every

there

which
reflexives,

as
or

passivevoice

of

are

in

also

great many verbs used


English are expressedby the

in the

tenses

1 55.

v?ith

Exception

pronoun

changed into

simple verbs.

the reflexive pronoun


myself.
mic^, I accustom

be

may

These

accusative ;
Keflexive verbs

e.

verbs
g.,

form

govern

3^) gewb^nc
their

pound
com-

l^abett.
1.

"

The

verbs requirethe reflexive


following

to be in the dative

234

BEFLEXITE

V"BBS.

of a
Conjugation

Eeflexive Verbi

to rejoice.
(Sit^frcucn,

Infinitive.

Participle.

to
Pres. ft"^freuen,

rejoice
^abm, to have
Perf.fic^gefreut
rejoiced

^6^freuenti,
rejoicing
ftd)gefreut
^abent),
having rejoiced

Imperative.

Sing, freue hi^,

rejoice

Plur.

(thou)
Present.

Imperfect.

I rejoice
ttti"^,
ic^freue
bu freufl
^t"^
er

(Bit
cud^, or frcucn
freuet
f["3^^
rejoice
(ye)

i6:)
mtdti,I rejoiced
freute
bu

fi"^
freut

er

blc^
frewtefl
freute
fl"^

tt)ir
freuentttt$

tt"ir
uitd
freuten

tu^
{:^r
freut

tu^
i^xfreutet
"ic freuten
fitfy
jlefreuten
ficJ^

"Bit freuen
ft"^

ft^
fiefreuen

I have rejoiced,
etc.
Per/: ic^^abenti"|"gefreut,
I had rejoiced,
etc.
ttti^ gefreut,
Pluperf.i^ l^atte
I shall rejoice,
ittic^
First Fut. ic%mxU
etc.
freuen,
Sec. Fut. i^ werte mid^ gefreut
etc.
^Ben,I shall have rejoiced,
I should rejoice,
First Gond. i^ tDiir^e
etc.
ttti"^freuen,
I should
Sec. Cond. ic^wiirbe ntic^ gefreut
have rejoiced,
:^aben,
etc.

Verbs.
Impersonal
ltS8,

The

subjectof impersonalverbs is,as

in

English,

the

of the third person^ singularnumber^


personal pronoun
it rains ; e" fc^neit,
it snows,
neuter gender,as ; e" regnet,
etc.
Note.

The

verb tDcrbenlike the English verb to grow, helps


auxiliary
to denote an incipientstate. Thus
in speaking of the -weather ; it grows
it grows
cipient
cold,ti tuirl)!alt;
late,c^ tlitrbft"at. This indication of an in"

state

sick,and

to denote

mir uBcIror

Sind
agree,

is also extended

fctnrmeans

such

expressionsas

tJieincipient
state of those

mir ttlirb
I
iitel,

to become

to

am

to be

unanimous.

eS

situations

iflmir ubcl,I feel


we

say, S3 tuirll
ogy,
analthe same

ill. By
growing (getting)
to
le
unanimous
agreed,to
; "in3 tDerl)en#

IMPERSONAL

235

VERBS.

of an Impersonal
Verb.
Conjugation
it rains
regnet,

Present

di

Imperfect,

it snowed
S^ fdbneite,

1st Future.

it will freeze
@^ ttjirt)
frieren,

1st Conditional.

it would
S^ tuiirte
fconnern,

Perfect.
Pluperfect,

"^

it has lightened
^at geHi^t,

@5

it had
^attt ge^gclt,

2nd

Future.

S^ njirDgetagt
}}abcn,it will have

2nd

Conditional

S^ n)irt)
Qtt^ant
l^ahcn,it would

1"I9.
rendered

ITiere

is, there

thunder

hailed
dawned
thawed

have

are, there vxis, there were,

etc.,are

in the

manner
:
following
1. ViThen expressinga definite
scribed
or when
a circumexistence,
distinct place or space is added, by C0 and the verb
fein* Like the Englishto he,fettlserves merelyas a copula,
while the noun
and is in
a
followingit becomes
predicate,
the same
as the subject
case
; i. e., in the nominative; e, ff,,Sd
there is a man
outside.
tftcin Wlann braugcn,
In the interrogative
Exception.
form, e" is omitted ; e. g,,
Is there a bird in this cage ? ifi
in ticfem
etn SSogel
^aftg?
2. When
distinct place
no
existence,
expressingan indefinite
being mentioned, use e^ and the verb ^ebettwith the noun
the objectof the sentence, in the accusative ;
as
following,
there is red and
unt weigen
e. g., S^ qicht (or gibt)
rotten
SJBeln,
"

white wine.

160.
With

The

following
impersonalverbs

the Accttsative.

di bctud^t
mi^, it

seems

it appears
cd bunft mici^,
ed burjlet
mid^,I

am

to me
to me

thirsty.
glad (rejoice)

c3

frcutmi(^,I

c3

fricrt
mic^,I am cold
^ungert
mid^rI am hungry
jammert mid^,I pity
rcut mic^,I repent
fd^aubcrt
mi(^,I shudder
mid^,I am
fc^ldfcrt
sleepy
fc^merj^t
mtd^,I grieve
"crbrtc"t
mic^,I am vexed
mic^,I desire
"erlangt

ti
eS

c"
ti
c3
ed
cd
t"

am

also reflexive

are

Witli the Dative.


S3 a^ntmir, I forbode
cS

mir, it happens to
bcgegnet

ti

bduc^t
mir, methinks

me

ed efelt
mir, I nauseate
c3

mir cin,it occurs


fallt

c"

mir, I am
Qcfafft

e3

mir, I
gelingt

catgutmir leib,
c3

pleased

succeed

c3 ij^mir leib,

ii

[I

"

warm

well
to me

seems

Ucgtmir "ielbaran,it
tome

.^

sorry for it

am

t|lmir aarm, I am
I feel
ijlmir too^l,

ii fommt mir "or, it


c5

to me

is

important

236

ADVERBS.

THE

With

the Acettsative,

WUh

I wonder
ntic!^,
c" njuttbcrt

fli,
it is proper

xoa^

(itis a matter)of
"erflel^t
f!c^,
Note.

"

course

be omitted and

Sd may

am

giddy

I feel sick
ea wirb mir itbcl,

c" f(^icft
ti

mir, I
fc^winbclt

e"

it is a question
ft(^i
fragt

cd

the Dative.

fc^lt
3^ncn?

with

you

what

is the matter

the reflexive pronoun

precedethe

verb ;

etc.
thus,miiibun!t,mir efclt#

construction is to placetliesubject
poetical
the verb, and giveto the latter the impersonalform,
rfter
beginningthe sentence with c$ ; e. g., S^ gingtin Sdger tur^
there went a hunter throughthe woods.
ten SBalt),

161.

A rather

impersonalpassiveform is used to avoid


out the subject; e. gr.,@d t"trt"in I^cutfc^:
definingor pointing
there
33ierin I)eutfc^Ianb),
lant "icl33iergctntnlen,
(or man trinftttiel
e. peopledrink much
is much beer drank (i.
beer)in Germany.
163.

The

Adverbs.

nifica
EngUsh, adverbs modify the sigother adverbs,and denote
of verbs,adjectives,
or
comparison,etc. They
quantity,
place,time, qvality,
manner^
and
formed, either by derivation or compoindeclinable,
are
sition,
of
other
almost
from
part speech.
every
163.

In

German,

in

as

of
Comparison

of adverbs

adverbs

The

the

are

instead
superlative,

contracted with the


am

and
time only,
quality,
and comparative
positive
those of adjectives,*
as
same
but,in the
of the simplearticle the preposition
an is
definite article into am
(an tern);e. g,,

of manner,
of comparison. The
susceptible

164.
are

Adverbs.

fdjbnften.
16"S.

comparativeis to express excellence or eminence, it


be done 1. by using the simple or absolute form of the superlative
may
he asks very politely
; 2. by adding
(seeNo. 26) ; e. g., cr bittet^offid^ft,
teflcttfi
to the simple form the ending enS ; e. g., er la"tfic
^ru^tn,he sends
3.
the
his
sincere
most
prepositionan for
by exchanging
regards;
you
bad), or for jtl
ciuf
ouf (which contracted with the article givesonfg
he sends you
(contractedjum
; e. g., cr gru^t"Sieaufd^crjlic^fle,
J" bent)
his regardsin the most friendly
manner.
If the

See No.

2".

of
Comparison
Irregular

166.

or aufdkfler
beflcn"
the soonest
{ am t^c\ttn,
( klbigjl,
very soon
best
cm
liebflcn,
the oftener,
cm
^auftgjlen,
(most often)
au"cr|l,
extremely
f)o6)\t,
the worst
am
argjlen,

better
beffcr,
j frii^cr,

well
tnoi^Ir

(altirsoon

%ttn,*willingly,

Ucber,better

oftfoften

oftener
ofter,

cm

very
|e^r"
worse
firgcr,
mc^r, more

ubeU evil
much
tlte("

minbcr, )

little
tocnig;

am

less

wentgcr,
number

of adverbs

of

comparison

minbcflemUhe
least

iam

)
wcnigjlen,

placeare

of the
^ieflg,

of time

are
adjectives,

and

into

place,by

declined,but

do

of that time
bamalig,
present
ie^ig,
ad interim
cinfhDeiUg,

place

morgenb,of

of yesterday
geflrigr

adverbs

The

converted

; e. y. :

balbtgf
prompt
of to-day
^eutig,

168.

( am

of time and

the syllable
affixing
t0" and, like other
not admit

most
meijlen,

circumstances
denoting the particular

ADJECTIVES

Adverbs.

Superlative.

Comparative.

Positite,

16T"

237

ADVEEBS.

THE

to-morrow

|"et and ^itl,and the

numerous

ticles
par-

must
l^inein,
etc.),
compounded with them (e.g., herein,
be carefully
distinguished,^et and its compounds denote
motion towards the speaker,while ^in and its compounds
""ie fo?
denote motion
avxiy from the speaker; e. g., ^ommen
to me
at once
fortgu mir ^crauf,come
up-stairs."e^en@ic ju
to him.
i^m l^tiiauf,
go up-stairs

1 60.

Adjectivesand adverbs are negated by prefixingthe negative


lingly
un" answering to the English un, dis,"c, ; e. g., gem, wilparticle
happy
Uttgludlic^,
wnhappy.
ungern, t^nwillingly
; glutfUc^,
"

"

170.

Adverbs

of time

and
expressions,

verb, but when

the

sentence, the verb

in

"crn, Itcbcr,am

English,and

gentf I like to

run

are

an

adverbs

or

ial
adverb-

place after the subjectand


adverb or adverbial expression
begins
No. 199,4).
precedesthe subject(see

take

the

precede other
their

liebjlcn,
correspondto I like,I like better,I like best,
mostly used in connection Avith a verb, as : 3^ lauft
Wtltx,I like better to ride,"c.
id^fal^re

238

CONJUNCTIONS*

Oonjunctions.
1 7 1
the

In

position
of the
classes

three

1.

173,

divide

We

verb.

co-okdinative,

the

them
2.

greatinfluence

into

the

the

on

following

adverbial,

and

3.

CONJUNCTIONS,

SUBOBDINATIVE

THE

exert
conjunctions

German,

"

"o-ordinatiye

The

Coiynnctions (hston

p.

149)

sentences, and

links to

exert no influence on
merely as
of the verb ; e. g., 3"^^ciki^n gel^brt,
the position
abet id)|atc
I have
heard him, hut I have not seen
him.
i^nnid^t
gefe^en,
serve

1 73,

Adverbial

The

beginninga

sentence

or

when
Coiyunctions (list
on
p. 149),
to be placed
clause,requirethe suiy'ect

the verb or predicate


aUx (aHein)
tt SRec^t,
; e. g., ^toat ^attt
after
it is true that he was
but
^a^ war Unrec^t,
tnlc^
ju fc^tagen,
right,
to beat me
was
^atmi(^iti^tbcja^U,
3^i^^^leffe
fol^Uc^
wrong.
twerfcc4"^ i^n ttcrllagen,
your nephew has not paid me, co/isequentlyI shall sue him.
1 74,
The
Subordinatire
on
Coiganctions (list
p. 150)
if
and
the
quire
sentence, recompound], they begin
[bothsimple
the verb governedby them to be placed at the end of the
firstclause,and the second clause to beginwith the verb followed
f attttte^
toot
er
no(^ein
; e. g., Slid iA i^n guerjl
by the sulyect
^nak,when I first knew him, he was still a boy.

Eelative

Oonjunctions.

become

in indirect questions,*
interrogation,
the verb to be placedat
and require
relative conjunctions,

the end

of the

1 75,

All adverbs

SBann, when

why

warum,

all the

and

clause.

tt)e"^alb,
)
wc^wcgen/)

compounds of

of

Such

are

how
tt)ie,
,

WO

how long
toielange,

"^"

as

^^

how
"iei"iel,

much

"o, where

"c.
tUO^ttt,
tOO^er,

tann, tell me,


(Sagen"ie mir,too ic^i^ntteffcti

Ex.
can

find him?

S^aiman

tir

would

ni6)ifagenwoKcn, V^atrxm

theynot

tell you,

why

er

he did not

where

nid)tgcfommen tft?
come

placedin dependence on a precedingverb,become


questions,
hidirect,and requirethe verb to be at the end of the clause ; e. g., SEBei^t
?
tttrloer tied gefagt
^at? Indirect question: 2Bex ^ai tied gefagt
*

Direct

THE

239

CONJUNCTIONS.

1 76.

^Ut, aUtin,\6nhtm, but.


in apposition to each
5lber, i do not always place the sentences
fother ; i. e., they are disjunctive,
2. ^Klleitt^
but aUx may also be copulative.
used
are
%htv and ttUeitt
the
antecedent
does
indifferently,
if
not contain a negation; e. g., ^i) wod^tcbiefc^^au^ faufcn,
ahtt (oratteilt)
1.

ic^^abc!ein "elb, 1 would


the second

but when
after
men,

negation;

he has

not

of
e.

g.,

subjectand

own

verb

dx i^ noc^itilftt
abet
cingctrofen,

diqunctive,and
denied

statement

buy this house, but I have


its

no

money

even
ttbcr,

use

ge"i^
fom"

cr

toirb

is used

in the

only

antecedent

when

decided contradiction

clause

is to be made

|)a"gcgen feinen"cgner ^at cr

au"

of love for the cause, but

of hatred

out

to his

bic"

get^am

opponent, has

he

it.

done

1 T 7.

WIS (when, as, then,but). 1. At the

wTien,if followed
signifies

sentence

tense

had

has

a"3 Ciebc,fonbern
9li(ftt

out

not

clause

yet arrived,but he will surelycome.


is

3. Sontiern

e.

like to

e.

g.. When

by

the verb

beginningof
in the

I told it to

finished his exercise,alS

cr

clause

or

perfect
Imperfector Pluwhen he
i^m fagtc;

him, aid i"^eg


bcenbct l^atte.
feineSifufgabe

adjectivein the comparative,or


after fo or ebenfofollowed
by an adjective; e. g., John is taller than my
brother,So^ann iflgrofcral0 wein S3ruber; he knows it justas well as you,
2. It

cr

answers

to than

or

cw, after

an

fann c" ebcttfo


gut aid bu.
3. It

answers

to but

after

an

adverb

of

negation;

e.

g., She

fagen.
nothing but the truth,fe foU nti^tdold bie SBa^r^eit
denote qualityor condition ; e. g., He
4. It may
acted

aa

shall say

man,

cr

aid 3)?arat.
l^anbcltc
Note.

Sometimes

"

the present

is used
participle

in

English instead
g., Standing {i.e.,

conjunctionas, followed by a past tense ; e.


I stood)by the window, aid i^ am Scnfler
as
flanb;but, if a simultaneous
action is spoken of,the participle
by inbem ; e. g..
present is rendered
5lrm
his
er.
au^jlrcrftc,
ferric
Stretchingout
arm, he cried,int^ttncr feinen
of the

178*

^a

(as, since) denotes

^abe,[o toerbex^ ge^eUfas


1 79.
but

divided

I have

cau^e
; e. g., ^o
I
shall
time, {therefore)
go.
a

reason

or

are
obftftOttf
(though,although),
obtoOl^I
Obglctlft,
is
obgleifll most frequentlyemployed. They are

when

one, two

or

all synonymous,

generally

i^

monosyllablesfollow ; e. g., ob
ntic^
frcue,
although I am glad. When
they

even

or obglcit^
\^
tttid^
glei^freuc,

i^ 3ett

more

correspondsto them by means


begin a sentence, the followingmember
of the conjunctionsbO(^,llCttnoil",
or similar
particles
; as, bemuitgeai^tet,
that
nevertheless
er
notwithstanding
; e. g., O6fd)on
; ntl!^tdbe^0tlicnt5er^
he
still
is
^aar,
er
f^on
although
tio^
graue^
yet
no^ iungifl,
^at
young,
alt iflf
he has alreadygray hair ; o^ cr glcic^
fo $at er itii||td)ie^Otoeni

240

CONJUNCTIONS.

THB

fciner
"etflc^frfii'tc,
"ebrau(3^
althoughhe is old,he has still the
volligcn
perfectuse of his mental faculties.
1 80"
the subordinate
1. So (so,thus, as) often serves
to connect
the sentence
clause with the antecedent,when
junctions
beginswith ba" the conbut
\m
or
nac^bcm,o^Uid), obfc^on,obwo^I, mil mm
they
;
be omitted
in Gerneed not be translated into English and may
man
even
as
\^,fo n^erbe ic^m(|tlangertt"arten/
; e. g.y %tk er bid je^tni^t gefommen
I
will
wait
has
no
not
he
longer.
yet come,
We
Note."
as
just
might
properlysay : 2^ toerbc nx^i langcr"arten,
vMijX
ba er bid je^t
gefommen\% "c.
followed by the conjunctionm^, answers
2. @o before an adjective,
however
to however ; e. g., iSo gro^ au(^bic "Sd^rccf
en bed ^rieged
feinmiigen,
ben

al" is inserted before aU(^ ;


great the terrors of war may be. Sometimes
ever
howfei"ntag (fo)fann t^ ed bo(^m(^t billigen,
e. g" So
ongene^m al0 cd aU(^
pleasantit may have been, I can nevertheless not suffer it ; or an
of the sentence

inversion
e.

take

may

placeand au^

entirelydropped ;

be

aid cd war, fofonntci^ ed boc^nic^t


bittigen.
g., Slngcne^m

181*

To

correspondin German
adverb
of
interrogative

when

1. SBantt the

time ;^

e.

will I find you at home


?
V when
bi(i^
ju ^aufc ftnben
2. SBenit,the conjunctionof time referringto
g., SBettn bcr
call me.

;^ e.

occur

comes,

Note.
to the

"

supposed

to

events

also

as

the teacher

conjunctionof condition answering

mir, if you are


sick,
fti^rcibc
g., SBenn bu franf bijl,
verb in the imperfectis used with
tnenit,the rest

English if; e.
When

write

me.

must

be in the

cd ware

i^

Centertommit lag m\6)rufcn,when

is used

SBenn

g., SBaitttWcrbe

subjunctivemood

; e. g., He

would

be

glad,"/she came,

i^m Ikh, toenn ftcfame.

conjunctionof

3. 9110"the

lid^ju mir, when

182.

But

was

he
ill,

past ;

e.

i^ franf taatt lam

g., %U

dailyto see

came

that, 1. after

but

or

time

tag'

me.

negative clause

cr

in which

otJier-

wise,or anything else,is understood, with the adverb anberd, render aU


I
bejal^It,
baft; e. g., 3c^ "cip nit^tanberd,aU boft cr feinc(Sd)ulbenc^rlic^
don't know
but (that)he always pays his debts.
of
Note."
is also employed when
9113 iiaft
ju is used in the sense

spoken of

TOO, to indicate that a certain action


to take effect ; e. g., The
news
war
S'iac^ric^t
Ju gut,aU

2. But
moment

after

an

bag

man

was

good

ability
beyond prob-

much
to

be

believed,bit

fonnte.
fieglauben

excludingnegationis

passes, but I think

too

is too

rendered

o^Ut t)a";

e.

g., Not

nid^tcine flKinutevcrgc^t,o|ne ta" idf

of you,

"Siebenfe.

an
^

the

SSenn and

toann

other;

are

bo

iunctionof cause"

are

frequentlyused

benn and

'Hann

as

bann.
an

without

discrimination

^etittis properlyused only

adverb

of time.

as

one
a

for
con-

3*8

NUMBEB

also the

OP

NOUNS.

:
following

5ie

^a^m,(the)Lent

tie

^ftngjlen,
(the)Whitsuntide

Die

Dftern,
(the)Ea,ster

tie

^eii)nacl)ten,
(the)Cnnstmas

and

3. Mascuhne

weight,
and

!Da"

or

Neuter

Nouns*
when

measure,

implying quantity,
preceded by

meral,
nu-

followed

used
or
are
by a noun
adjective,
only in the singularform and are put in apposition
with the nouns
as
:
following,
five quires
a quire(of
S5u(^,
paper); e. g., funf^U(^ papier,

of paper.
Dag

Du^ent),a dozen

dozen

e.

g., ijier ^tt^eti^

four
3:afc^entii(^er,

handkerchiefs.

Der

%a^,a foot ; e. g., jmci5tt# {^^^5w"0 ^^"9f*"^o


Dag 3yial,
once
time, repetition
; e. g., cin ^Sftai,

feet
;

long.

jwei^ia(,

twice,etc.
Dag

^aar.fa pair; e,
stockings.
Dag 5^fuitD,
a pound ; e.
honey.

Dcr 3otI,an
1 84,

^ftlttbiponfg,
eightpounds of
g., ad^t

inch ; e.g., neun

^oU

the sheriff ;

ter (EMmann,

the nobleman

ter

nine
hvtit,

inches

broad.

Compound words ending in Wlann,change this ending


in the pluralto 'imk, when
the substantive
impliesa
without
specialregard to sex, as :
person

ter ^mtmann,

ttx

three pairof
^Saav (5trum))fe,

g., irei

Slmtlewte.

pi.W
;

pi

tie Stelleute*

the tradesman
^antelgmattii,
; pi tie Jpantelglctttc.
^auftnattn,the merchant
; pi tie ^auflctlte.

If, however, the


sex, the

term

regularform

Der (i^imann, the husband

express a distinction
Wftdnnct is used, as :
is to

(marriedman) ;pl
people,meaning man

of

tie S^emannct.

and wife.)
married
(DieS^elCttte,
Dfr S^renmann,
the man
of honor
; pi tie (S^renmanncr.
Der "taatgmann,
the statesman
; pi tie Staatgmdnnct.
*

Feminine

nouns

and

all those which

plural; e.g., jweiGtten Stud^,two

ells

for three years.


t 9"aof also signifies
/""j; e. g.,

cm

or

express

time

yards of cloth

are

used

; brci

in the

Sa^relanj*

9"aar(Stunbcn,a few hours.

GENDEB

OF

243

SUBSTANTIVES.

Gender of Substantives.
Bem.

This

of German

part

is

so
unfortunately
to general and preciseruleSythat
the student can
be successful in learningthe genders
of nouns,
only by a carefulstudy of the following
rules,and a constant attention to the article belonging
to each noun,
and notingits gender.

"

grammar

difficult to reduce

185*

In

the

German,

gender of a substantive is noty as in


English,determined
merely by the signification, but
also by the endings.
The names
of inanimate things,
be

therefore, may

either

masculine,

feminine,

or

NEUTER.

1 86

MASCULINE

by

SIGNIFICATION.

1. Appellations
the
Syiann,
the
ter ^aifcr,
ter

op

Come,the lion
the eagle
fccr2lller,
ter

man

emperor

Note.

MaleSj as

"

Diminutives*

2. Names

of

are

always neuter.

Celestial

AND

Infernal

Being^s,and

Planets,as:
the
ber (Snget,
lit

the
%i\x\t\,

^ont),the
t)er@tern,the

ber

angel
devil

moon

star

EXCEPTIONS.

bie

"

hit

the sun
"Sotttte,t

In

German

the
(Srbc,t

be formed

nearly all substantives may

drop

by aflBxingd^cn or lein.

Nouns

nutive

containing the vowels

form, and

diminutives
and

S3aum,

in

are

some

those

used

not

cases

^unb,
33ttum(^ctt;

t See 189.

only to

ending in
express

earth

smallness

into diminutives

this letter in tbe dimi.


"x, c, u

modify

it.

The

of size,but also affection,

oddity,as, ?Wann, tWanni^cn;Koc^ter,Sijc^terlcitt;


See
^iinb^cn.

also Lesson

III.

244

GENDEB

3. Names

SUBSTANTIVES.

Seasons, Months, Days, Points of

of

the
ter

OP

Compass, Winds,

"omnter,summer

Stones,as

and

ber 9lort (en),


(the

north)

January
3"inuar,
ter greitag,
Friday

ter

(Bamum,the Simoom

ter

the
^Diamant,

ber

diamond

EXCEPTIONS.
bog

the
Sal^rr

year, and

its

187^MASCULINE

by

1. Nouns

compounds,

e.

g., iai

Srul^ja^r,
spring.

TEEMINATION.

ENDING

(not 6^m),tg, i^, inq,

cti*

IN

as
littQt/

AND

"atten,the garden
the king
ter ^btitg,
the peach
ter ^ftr|i"^,

the rain
SRegeit,
fcerfaring,the herring
fcer"iinftUtig,
the favorite
ter

ter

EXCEPTIONS.
ha^

the
35e(!en,

ba"

the
Sifen,

ba"

basin
iron

ba"

thing

^a$

2a!en,the sheet

the fief
Se^ett,
the foal,
ha^ SBa^jpen,
^a" i^iitlen,
the escutcheon
^ad ^tjfen,the
the sign
cushion,pillow^a" S^idj^it,

^ing,

tas

the

Nouns

2. Five

the
^ajfec,

ber

the tea
tier2:^ee,

188.

ter

^lec,the

ber

FEMININE

BY

1. Appellations
bie

%xan,the

bie

the maid
3wtt0ff"^u,

in

ending

coffee

the brass
SJJefftng,
ee

"c^nee,the

clover

ber

snow

lake

@ce,J the

SIGNIFICATION.
op

Females,

as

bie 2lmme,the

woman

bie

:
nurse

the
^aiferin,"

empress

EXCEPTIONS.

bad
*

the wife,woman
SBeib,

bad

Infinitives used

are
substantively
Declension,

See Third

2)ic "BeCrthe sea, has

"

See

197.

no

plural

a female
%xanm^immtx,

neuter,

see

190.

3.

person

OP

GENDEB

2. Names

of

the oak
tie Sic^c,
the pear
tit S3irnc,

SUBSTANTIVES.

245

'

Trees,Fruits,Plants,and Flowers,as:
the plant
tie ^flanae,
the lilj
tie Silie,
EXCEPTIONS.

the maple
hct Sl^orn,

btt

the elder tree


"ot(unber,
htt Sac^^olter,
the juniper
ha^ 55ergi"meinni(i^t,
the together

the apple
^et 2lpfe(,
^er 33aum,the tree
the lilac
i^H^ter,

me-not

^er "olclarf,
the wall-flower
3. The

Names

Rivers, as :
tie (Spree,
the Spree

op

tie !";onau,
the Danube

EXCEPTIONS.

^cr 3J?a{n,
the Main

the La Plata
^cr Sa ^fata,
^er ^iJWifftfpppi,
the Mississippitct D^o, the Ohio
the Rhine
ber 0l^ein,

^er SJ'iijIburi,
the Missouri
189."

FEMININE

by

1. IVonns

TERMINATION.

ENDING

@e,

Prefix

IN
as

(not ee)not

the

havino

tie (5tra"e,
the street

the
tie ipiitfe,

tic Slefee,
(the)love

tie S^re,the honor

help

EXCEPTIONS.

ha^

the
Sluge,
ba" Snte,the

Srbe,the inheritance
hct ^afe,the cheese

ha^

eye
end

Note.

"

Words

this rule,as their

2. Nouns

like

"ame^

cannot

originalending is

ENDING

IN

ONE

OF

of

course

undei

come

en.

THE

AFFIXES

tl

(ci^),

^tit,feit,a^t, i^aft, n^t, iing^ ulb


as:
ttttft^
tie

the bay
tie ^tl"^t,
(Sc^meic^elei,
flattery
tie ^reil^cit,
freedom
tie Slc^tting,
esteem
tie greutttUcbfeit,
kindness,affa- tie "ctulb, patience
the arrival
tie 5ln!ttttft,
biUty
tie greuntfd^aft,
friendship

or

246

GENDER

190

^NEUTEB

Letters

of

Alphabet, as

the

21,the

2^,the

tag

2. The
tag

SUBSTANTIVES.

SIGNIFICATION.

by

1. The
tag

OP

Naivtes

Netals

op

"oI",the gold

Materials, as

and

the
^ol3,

tag

wood

EXCEPTIONS.

^er 3:ombadf,
pmchbeck
zinc
^et 2^nt,

hit ^latina,
platina
steel
htt "Bta^,
3. Infinitiyes

tag
tag

SRaud^Ctl,
smoking
the bitter
S3ttter,

tag
tag

4. Collectiye

tag

domestics
"ejlnte,
chain
"etirge,the

Nonns,

@e,

Prefix
tag

Adjectivesused

and

as

as

with

those

the

tag

moun-

Nouns,

drinking
2:rin!etl,
tiful
the sublime, beau(B"i'enc,

especially

tag

of

as

the catile
5Sie^,
the people
3SoIf,

tains
EXCEPTIONS.

the
^er "ebraud^,
the
btt (^ctanfe,

use

thought
salary

hie

"ekrtc,the gesture

Me

"eturt,the

birth

the
htv "e^alt,
obedience
^er

the tax
hie "ebii^r,
the danger
hie "efa^r,

"enuf the enjoyment


the smell
hct "crud),
the song
hex "efattg,
the taste
^er (^ef^macf,
het "eflanf,
the stench
the gain
het (Sewinn,

hit

"e^orfam,

^cr

191."

NEUTER

the
"iS""*^en,

Httle

2. Nonns

t^nm,

and

^le
hie
hie
hie

TERMINATION.

BY

1. DiminntiTes

tag

bie

the parish
"cmeinte,
history
"eftidjte,
the tumor
"efd^wwlfl,
the form, shape
"eftalt,
(3ma\t,the power
"etult,patience

c^en

in

tag

son

with

formed

tttf
,

as

:
as
leitt,
^hnm^en, the

and

the

Affixes

littletree

fel,fal,ttl,

GENDER

ta^

OP

the enigma
Slat^fel,

ta6

fate
taiS "cfcicffal,
ta^

ba^

the remedy, means


Wlittclf

247

SUBSTANTIVES.

ba^

Christianity
S^riftentl^ttttt,
the alliance
33untttt^,
the relation
^Ser^dlttti^,

EXCEPTIONS.!

t"icSmpfangnif
conception
,

the stopper
^cr (Btbpfel,
the sorrow
hie Zxixb\al,
the mistake,error
htt 3rtt^um,
bcr 3lei(^t^um,
the wealth

^cr S3a^^tt}um,
the growth
^te

hit

^ie
hit
hit

33ebrdngni",
grievance
sorrow
33e!umtttcrni",
53eforgnt",
apprehension
affliction
S3ctrubtti^,
condition
33enjant)ttig,

Exercise

on

hic (Erfenntnig,
perception
the permission
^tc ("rlau6tti",
^ie SrfparniJ,
savings
^ie gdulnig,
the putrefaction
^te ^enntni",
knowledge
damnation
hit 5)crtammni",
the omission,
hit 3Serfdumni",

delay
^te

the
Siltnif,

the Gender

wilderness

of Nouns.*

"onnc.
3;cufel"
2CoIf" S3dr. 9Henf(^.%tau. ^on'a.
Stem.
Srbc. ^al)n" ^entte. SJlai. 3Jiontag,
^naBc. Come*
"arten*
Xiamant,
Sci^t^unbert,
grul)ial}r.
Sifen. Sle^en*
"olD.
(SilBer. %Mtn.
Safen.
^i|Ten. 2e^en. "unftHttg,
Sungfrau, 5l^orn*"prce, !l)onau" Sl^ein, 9l^one. (Sic^e*
SicBc,
Sirnc. ^bitig.faring, "c^nee. "ta'^L ?5rcunt)fc^aft.
Sluge.SBac^^oltcr.
Z^n, "ante. "ebub.
Slnfunft.fRd^^
"eburt.
t^um. (3fmijfdngm""
"enu", Sftaud^ett,
"ebirge"
@i3^n(^en.t^rdutein.9)^dtd)en.
Stc^tung."(^meidjelel.
^fir^
Silie. "tern. Sltler. "amen.
SJlont). 2lmmc*
ftc^.3^i"^^tt*
"ee.
SBappen. ?^rei^eit.
Sld^tung.
3:ruBfaL33e(fen. "topfcL
51 unb 53,
S3dum(^en. S3unt)m". Srfparni^.
S^re. (SebulD*
2:omBa(i. 33eforgmg.
SJlit^:
"^t(ffal.Sac^^t^um. (Srlaufentg.
tel. 3in!. 3Sic^. Zxiih]al ^enntnig. (S^efd^macf.
"cBirge*
^ain,
"efa^r.
^^i^eunblicbfeit.
25er9i"meinnid)t.
SSer^dltni^.
^otlunber.
Srrt^um. SRdt^fel.
pupil determine the gender of each nonn.
SSefummernip,
and
f Xritbfal,
empfangnii,
"rfenntnip,
("rfparmp,
"erbertnip,
*

Let the

are
83etfaumni^

also neuter

Bometimes.

248

GENDEB

Gender of
193.

OF

SUBSTANTIVES.

CompoundSubstantives.

Compound Substantives
last component*
as
:

"

taJce the

gender

of their

EXCEPTIONS.
are
followingwords
although
FEMmiNE,
their last component is masculijie :
forbearance
tie Sangmut^,
l)te2Inmut^,
grace
meekness
tie "anftmuti
tie 3lrmut^,
poverty
tie (Bc^njermutt),
tie Xiemut^,
melancholy
humility
tie Se^mut^,sadness
tic "rogmut^,
generosity

The

a.

words

compounded
haughtiness.
"7-.tier|)oc^mut^,

Note.
e-

"

6. The

Other

followingwords

generalrule

with

also

mut^ are masculine;

deviate

from

the

bet 2lbfc^eu
(B^m),abhorrence
(Cie
the lamprey
bit 9Zcunaiige
(vai2luge),
the
^tc 2lntn?ort
2Bort),
(t"a^

answer

ba^

( the

)
"egent^eil

reverse

["

the hind part


ba^ ^intert^eif(rer2:^eiI),t-"

)
bad 35ortert^ciI

(the

fore

part

Double Gtender.
written and pronounced alike,
following
nouns,
with their gender :
change their signification
the bindingof a
ba^ Sant, the ribboUjbond
^ar(S),

1 93.
^er

book
*

^The

"

or

In French

volume
the

gender of compound

component,

Sometimes

also neuter.

nouns

is detennined

by

the

Jirst

250

SUBSTANTIVES.

OF

GENDEB

Plural.

Singvla/r.
land, country bic Sttnbcr*

baS Sanb,

'^'^^^findefinite

certain

]countries

'

vast

Portions of country

or

bic Cic^tcr,
lights,flames

candles
Sic^tc,

ber Drt,

bic Ocrtcr,singleplaces

Ortc" places

bcr

bic

"triittpcr,
nosegays
bic 6trdupe,battles
bic SCortcrf singlewords

"trauBC, "traupen,

light,candle

ba"J ^Wf

place
"traup,nosegay,

battle, ostrich
bad SBort, word
Note.

the
X)ad 3ntcrcffc,

"

19"".

The

"

bcr
bcr

the interest

followingnouns

or

bic Sac^, the brook

or

bad

or

bad Drt, the

the
Col^n,

196.

has
"advantage,

have

bcr

reward,

bcr

wages

place

bad

Z^d\, the part, share,


bad Bcug,the cloth,material,

or

bic "aue

the country

garment
blade (of grass)

Member

or

bic i^amifolc
or

bic 5Wa^lcor

itamifoler

Wi^^tx

bic ""cilcor

"cilcr

bic "pornen

or

bic "trouiJ^c
or

bush

bic S^ale or
bic SHJiirntc
or

worm

"porcii

"trduc^er

X^alcr
a:ii(^cr

bic %\x^z or

cloth

the

bcr SBurm,

"cwiinber

^almctt

or

bic ^cmben

valley

the
3;uc^,

"aucn

or

bic ^almc

^amifolfthe waistcoat
2Ra^U the repast

the
"3trau(!^,

in the

2)brncr

or

bic (SJcicanbc
or

the

the
bad %\iOi\,
bad

gender but

bad

or

bic Socmen

the roi)e, line


bad "SciI,
bcr "S^orn,the spur
bcr

the

Plural.

bad ^cmb, the shirt


bad

of

have a double
form
followingnouns
:
plural,but without a changeof signification

the

in

trash

bcr 2)orn,the thorn

bcr ^alm,

change

The

"

bad "c"anb,

words

of money.

Singular.
bod "au,

SBorte,coherent

:
of signification

not
bcr

ostriches

interest, concern,

plural,bie Sntcrcffcn
meaning

lands
Canbcreieilf

SSiirmcr

bic 3cUe

bad 3clt,the tent

Formation of Feminine
197.

"

or

Belter

Appellations.

appellationsare derived from the


corresponding masculines
by adding in or itttlin
If monosyland the pluraltakes ea.
the singular,
lables,
Most

feminine

the

radical

vowels, a, o, n,

are

modified

in

g., Xtx "raf,the count, tie "rdfin(tt),


the countesses.
the countess, pi.tie "rdfttinctt;
the

plural;

e.

251

CONSTRUCTION.

Oonstrnction.
Kemaek.

Latin, admits

like the

^The German,

"

of

great

ing
varietyin the arrangement of words in sentences,thus affordgreat faciHties for securing proper emphasis,and for
flow for which
harmonious
impartingto its periodsthe same
classics

the Latin

word

every

But
distinguished.

are

positionaccording to

its

which

of

member

or

be

cannot

sentence

certain

dom
with all this freetakes

in German
o^

definite laws

disregardedwithout

ment,
arrange-

great offence

against euphony.
I. The

have

must

in other

^1.As

"

CONSTRUCTION.

COMMON

a.

198,

Simple Sentence.

Principalor

at least two

tence
languages,every simplesenprincipal
parts,

and
1. A subject)(noun or its equivalent),
verb (expressed
or
implied).^
Ex."

predicate

X)a" ^int) tceint,the child cries.

to exist),
to be, tDCttJcn,
to
(unlessit signifies
fcilt
to seem,
to remain, l^ei^en,
to be called [not to
blcibett^
become, f(!^einen^
merely as the copula,while the noun, pronoun, adjective,or
call)serve
which
follows serves
the predicate,
and is put in the same
as
participle,
the subject
as
case
(nom.)* ("25, p. 312, I. ; " 9, Exc).
(Sin guter 3)?enfi^
Ex."
is a
ijlcin gliilllli^cr
Wtn\^, a good man

Note.

The

"

verbs

happy

man.

SlritDlbwurbe

cin

feineSS5aterknbe",Arnold
IBcrtot^er

became

traitor to his country.

2. If the

the third
Ex."

The

'

Tins

predicatehas an
principal
part,and

"r fc^reibt
cincn

he
S3rtcf,

the latter constitutes


object,
is placedafter the predicate.

writes

letter.

called the grammatical sutject,


and the
subjectis sometimes
predicatethe grammatical predicate; tlie entire subject is sometimes
and the entire predicate,the logical
called the logical
subject,
predicate.

govern

is the
two

case

also with

accusatives

any

of those

2.)when
(p.'368,

verbs

which

in the active

employed passively.

252

coNSTEUcnoN.

3. When

leadingverb is used in a compound tense,


the auxiliary
holds the place of the predicate,
and the
infinitive stands last in the sentence.
or
participle
Ex.

23ir

"

Note

If both

"

When

"

the

placeof
"

the

the

is in

aux.

predicate,and

the

Mve

the

in-

praised him.

tense, the

comp,

complement foUowa

the

the radical
stands
Dag

"

letter.

past participleoccur,

simple
the

Sr iflbeJTen
bcfci^ulbigt
tuorHen, he lias been accused

4. When

Ex.

and
infinitive

received your

is put last.

2.

Ex.

the

have

I should
3d^ wurbe i^ngcJoBtl^aBett,

"

Note

the

beinen S3riefcr^altcn,
we
j^abett

1.

anitive
Ex.

the

leadingverb
holds the placeof

is

the

tense

holds

leadingverb.
of it.

compound separable,
and tjieparpredicate,
ticle

last in the sentence.


2ld)t9

There

f)t ttU0,the lightgoes

out.

phrases consisting of verbs and nouns,


in whicli
of which
are
some
accompanied by prepomtions or adjectives,
the
of
of
to
made
the noun
is
a compound
a separableparticle
serve
part
the
also
and
are
:
same
verb,
occupies
place. They
Note.

"

several

are

to -p"j or give attention^


^d)tgcten,
to hold fiast
fcf^
fallen,

"efa^rlaufen,to run a risk


to grant a hearing
"e|or gebcjt/

to ruin
ju "runbc rid^ten,

to render aid
^ulfcIei|tcn,
to execute
tng "erf fe^en,
to
fSiat^
geben,

|U

still

Sorge tragcn,to take


5. When

the person
Ex."

the
Ex.

both

objectsin a sentence, that of


of the thing.

"ruber

metnem

to the aid
^ulfefomnicn,to come
dine
to
Wittaqeffen,
to accomplish
"tanbe bringen,
to fall to one's part
tt"crben,
3:^eil

two

are

ctncn

I have
Srtefgcf(^rieben,

written

ms

letter.

^Notice that

G. When

ju

precedesthat

3^ ^be

"

ju

care

there

brother
Note.

ju

advise

to stand
fle^en,

HxU

Sro^ Meten,to bid defiance


Seben bringen,
"md
to kill
to ask advice
urn fRat^fragen,
to perish
ju "runb" gc^en,

the

personal objectis

objectsare

persons,

in the Dative

the

(comp. " 18).

accusative

precedes

dative.
"

3d^ werbc

^\}XtnSol)n
your

"

son

to my

metnem

I shall
greunbc empfefilen,

friend.

(Compare French, /aire aiiention, (tom^aJce attention).

mend
recom-

253

CONSTRUCTION.

Exceptions.
1. When

of the two

one

placeit beforethe

objectsis

personalpronoun,

noun.

Mr. Schulze
"err "c^uljc^at rair cinen SBejuc^
abgejlattct,

Ex."

we

2. When

both

he
(1.)dx ^attcc8 S^nen Qt^d^xkUn,
Anna
(2.)5lnna l^at
fiemir gelie^cn,

"

paid

visit.

objectsare personalpronouns,
is placed first (1.)
if both are
one
; but
the Qjccusative precedes(2.)';
e. g.y

Ex.

has

had

it

written

has lent tJiem

the

syllabic
mono-

labic,
monosyl-

(to)you.

(to)me.

adverbial

expressionsof place and


are
manner
placed,(1.)immediatelybefore the participle^
the verb stands in a compound tense ; but, (2.)
when
when the verb is used in a simple tense, such adverbs
are
placedlast.
and

7. Adverbs

Ex."

(1.)2Bir labenbad i?tnb u6eraQ gcfuti^trwe have looked (for)


the child everywhere.
duties
fulfilour
unfcrc^^xijimi ^reubeit,
we
(2.)Sir crfutten
gladly.
of time and

8. Adverbs

adverbial

of time
expressions
and (2)before
are
generally
placed,(1.)beforethe object,
of place.
adverbs (or adverbial expressions)
Ex.

"

cinen Sotcn fenben,


I
(1.)3c^ iDcrbe ciligfl
a

shall

hurriedlydespatch

messenger.

^aben,he
(2.)("r fottgeflernfi^oncincn Sricf gefci^rickn
have written a letter alreadyyesterday.
"

the true
Ex.

"

"ie

sentence,

mufTentmmer
remain

9. Personal
adverbs
Ex.
*

"

to

containingtwo adverbial expressionsof time,


adverb' precedes the noun
used adverbially.

Note.

In

is said

at home

SI b c
(be"3)
in the

pronouns

b d ju

^aufcIkihin,you

must

always

evening.

without

precede
preposition

of time.

I saw
3d^ |abe il|n"orgcf!ern
gcfc^en,

3Wir and Dir,however, may

be

used

Mm

the

day

before

yesterday.

beforeor afterthe accusative.

254

CONSTRUCTION.

Exception.
Pronouns
the

the adverb
governedby a preposition/oZZoi"?

and

object.

Ex."

2"eineStante^at gejlern
btefe^
S5uc^Bci
this book

10.

^^ncttQefe^cn,
my

is placedafter
the
9(li"j^t
his theme

Note.

has

iiot written

well.

if used
'yiii^i

"

saw

direct object
(accusative).

^arl ^atfeine
Charles
Slufgaie
ttil^t
fiutgefti^riekn,

Ex."

aunt

house.

yesterdayat your

in

clause

with

before the Infinitive,


e. g. Sr fottnben

auxiliaryof mode is placed


ho canrwt write
f(i^reit"en,
S3rief
nil!)t
an

the letter.

Exception,
^ic^t

is

1. when
Ex.

placedbeforethe direct object,


the latter is precededby a preposition.

*on biefem
3"^fprac!^
nic^t
"Inge,I did

"

2. When

that which

affirmed of
Ex.

different

3(^ ^k
but the pencil.
"

3. Also in
Ex.

^akn

"

nir^tba^

one

speak of

clause

denied,is

thing (affair).
in another

object.

I have
ben S3leijlift,
fonbern
3"apier,

"tc

? Have
nx^i ben Sleiftift

of

place and

you

not the

not

the paper,

pencil.

stand

manner

2)eine "(|roejler
illitilftt
^lergcwefen,
your

"

this

sentences.
interrogative

11. Adverbs
Ex.

is in

not

ojternic^t.

sister has not been

here.

Inversion.

b.

generalorder of words may be inverted


for the sake of givingespecial
emphasis to a particular
of speech,by removing it from its usual place to
j^art
uhe beginning
of the sentence.
199.

The

"

INVERSION

1. The
In

a.

Ex."

Ex.

SUBJECT.

"(oub|ib u

C r e^

do you believe what he says?


fagt,
nlc^tgeprt l^akn,should he not have heard it ?

tt)a" er

optativeand imperativesentences.

When
"

be inverted

sentences.
interrogative

write thou at once!


Si^rciBc(bu)fofort,
had he only
er boc^ba" ntd)t
gef(^riet)en,
^fittc

Ex."

c.

THE

snbject and predicate(verb)may

Sottte
6. In

OF

the sentence

(Ed Um

beginswith

9Ziemanb,nobody

c"me.

not

written

the pronoun

C^.

that 1

255

CONSTRUCTION.

As in

English,in conditional sentences, when


if^is not used.
conjunction
toetttt,

c.

Ex.~28ttrc
not

i d) nic^tfranf
been

fittUm ^ a

1 1 e i c^t)ieX^iire
had
gcofnet,
scarcely

OF

THE

opene"tthe door.

OBJECT.

inversion of the object takes

placewhen

ticular
par-

stress is to be

laid upon
it. In such a case
after the verb.
The
sentence
:

subject is placed
greutenan,
ne^me 3^t 3lnerbicten-mit
with

the

3c()

inverted thus:

appears

ne^me tl^ wit Srcuben an,

SlnerHcten

S^r

conjunctions
(seep. 329, IV.).

INVERSION

2. The

iu)ni(^t,
"c.),had

toenn

sick.

cZ.After adverbial
Ex."

Qcwefen(insteadof

the

proposal I accept

your

pleasure.

often precede the


personalpronouns
Monosyllabic
or
subjectwhen the latter is dissyllabic
polysyllabic.
3.

Ex.

!Da

"

3^nen

92 i e

INVERSION

OF

b "twa^ in ben SBcglegt,


as

a n

ABTERBIAL.

no

one

hinders

you.

"XPRESSIO]%^S.

4. Adverbial

those of time)
expressions(especially
a
frequentlybegin the sentence when
particular

very

is to

stress

the
Ex.

"

be

laid

on

them.

Here

subject.

@cflerit9l6cnt) fam
sister arrived

mctnc

"^tceflcrin 3"an5

According to the stress to


"words,the followingand similar
in various

ways

be

bent 93auer.
gabber ^fiirfl

bad "elb.
gab bcr giirll
4. Der ^iirfl
gafcba" "etb bent Saucr.
6. 1)0.i "elb gab bent 33auer ber giirfl.
3. "em

evening my

may

certain
be

pressed
ex-

peasant.
Saucr

last

laicjupon

sentences

1. 3)cr Siirfl
ga^ bent SBauer bag "elb, the count

"elb

an,

at Paris.

5.

2. Da^

also the verb precedes

gave

the money

to

the

256

CONSTRUCTION.

ancient obsolete
^Accordingto some
poets frequentlymake use of,we might also say
Bemabe.

"

which

words

(6.)2)cm "o|nc ber SJatcr ben "egcn gat,


(7.)Dcr SJaterbem "o^ne ben "5cgcngab.
n.

300.
with

Accessory

The

Subordinate

or

Sentence*

^An accessory sentence alwaysbeginseither


relativepronoun^ or (2.)a relative adverb.
The

"

(1.)a

of the

subject,object,and adverbials remaining


is placedat the end of the
unchanged,the verb (predicate)
sentence.
When
(3.)the verb is used in a compound
the auxiliary.
or
tense, the participle
infinitive
precedes
order

Ex."

n"tr i)on S^ncn f a u ft e n


(1.)2)aa |"au",toelt^ed
tflcin fe^raltti,
of
the house (which)we
is
a
bought
you,
very old one.
bu ni(^tin bic "d^ulc f a m fl,
tuorum
(2.)2)ie Ce^rcrinjragtcmic!^,
,

the teacher

asked

(3.)2)en "Sto(f,"

toorben^the

to school ?
why you did not come
1
1
n
ill tticbcrgefiinbe
id^ derloten i^a
c
which I had lost,
has been found again.'
me

I (^e

cane

Exception.
containingtwo infinitivesor
the auxiliaryprecedes.
participle,
In

Ex.

"

sentence

I have

which

Note.

"

This

is the

is used

of mode
Ex."

l^aBc l"aben
bathing.

t"tx "ee, in wetc^em i^ bic^


seen

case

in

you

also when

placeof

the

that I could

III. The

^01.

The

"

co-ordination or

30d.

"

'

^There
The

see

are

of the

in

ries
auxilia-

fonncn,

they

told

Sentence.

ways

is formed

either

SENTENCES.

COMPOUND

poets sometimes

lake

you.

Compound

three

the

participle(p.110, IV,).

Compound Sentence
by sub-ordination.

CO-ORDINATE

a.

not

infinitiveand

fC^cn,

the infinitive form

mir, bag i(i^


bid^ni^t toiirtcfe^cn
3Han figte
me

an

of

co-ordination.

placethe auxiliaryfirst.

by

258

CONSTKUCTION.

h. In

compound
iliary.
Ex.

!Da

"

Ex."

g)a"er|aUen ^attt,as he had

prefixof separablecomp.

The

c.

cinen

er

tJieparticiple
precedesthe

tenses

received

passport.

verbs is not

separated.

tocil ftem6)t taglid^


she is
ttttgfa^rt,
iflni^t gefunb,
she does not ride out daily.

"ic

aux-

well,

not

because

Depending

d.

cases

are

placedbetween

the

subjectand

the verb.
t^ ben Sticfbciner Sil^toefier
mcincm

totm
bu ntir jiimen,
SBiirbefl

Ex."

you be offended
sister'sletter to my brother ?

SSruber fcnbe"would
send your

subordinate

3. The
member

or

sentence
; if

the second

may

with

be

if I should

me,

either the

first

the subjectof
placed first,

the

stands after the verb.


this
sentence
Frequently
principal
is indicated by f" (not generallj^
translated).
mir nic^t,
wcil
"r fc^rcibt

Ex."

er

trdge

fc^reifet
fl,(fo)
cr, "c-,he does

the

4u When

of

pronoun

not write

the

representsa person, an inanimate


idea of the principal
sentence, the
exchange places.
Ex.

me,

because

subordinate
or
object,

pronoun

cr

tragc

he is

lazy

sentence
an

and

abstract
the

noun

ifl,ij!cr boc^nici^t
glMIici^,
unfcr^a^Hx xtx6)
although our
Dl)f(^on
neighbor is rich, he is, nevertheless,not happy. (Regular
order : Unfer 9lttl^6or
er reic^
iflbod)nic^tgliitfUc^,
Dh\6^on
ifl.)

"

subordinate

5. The

the words

sentence

may

be inserted between

even

of the

of the

the order

ing
sentence, without affectprincipal
words of the principal
sentence.

ben
al0 i^ ton mciitcr IRctfc
fogleic^,
juriidfc^rtC/
of the death of your
Sob bciner "d^wefiermit,they informed
me
sister,immediately on my return from my journey.

mir
3)?an t^eilte

Ex."

conjunctionsIIIenn

6. The

In this

omitted.
Ex.

ijl,or, SSJcil

"

clauses

^a^

are

the verb is not removed

case

frequently
to the end.

fo n"iirbe i^ gerne ju bir gefontmen


^atte ic^eS getwu^t,
fein,?iad I
I would

known
Note.

and

"

The

occur

order
in

gladly have

of words

compound

is

come

to you.

exactly the same,

sentence;

if several subordinate

COMPOUND

List of

VEBBS.

CompoundVerbs,

separableor inseparable,according to their


the prefix,
the accent is on
"When separable,
signification.

which

when

are

either

the root of the verb.

on
inseparable,

Inseparable.

Separable.
(^Hicfen
burd^bo^ren
burc^bringen
burc^glu^en

u r

burc^ge^en

to

glance tlirough

througk
through
through

to bore
to force
to heat
to

uberfu^rcn
iibcrgc^cn
ubcr^cben

to lift over

iibcrlaben

to

load

iibeflcgcn

to

lay

iiSerlaufen

to

run

Hberreidt)en
ukrfc^Iagen

to

reach

ukrfd)reiben

to write

ukrfc^uttm
iiberfe^en
uberfpringen

to

to go

to

iiberflcigen to
ubcrtragen to

to throw

iiberjie'^en to
u m

gelen

umflciben
urn

fasten

RntfaJTcn

to go
to

one

side

over
over

over

pierce

to

roam

to dehver
to take

by surpriEe

dispense with

over

with

to

cover

to

translate,to overcharge

to

skip

transgress

to fall out
to

over

around,

importime

to calculate

to
over

anew

to

to transfer

over

to

associate

change clothes

to set

cross

to surpass

over

to ride

to

to direct

over

draw

penetrate

to deliver

over

mount

ubcrroerfeit

over

to interleave

to

spillover

to go

to

to reflect

to

ubcrtreten

to travel

to overburden

over

carry

hastily

to peruse

to

over

leap

penetrate

to overlook

over

to pass

pierce

to

to convict

over

over

to turn

to

design

to examine

burc^Iaufcn to run through


burd^reifcn to travel through
burd^fc^aucttto look through
burc^fd^ie^ento shoot through
to divide by cutting
burc^fci^neiben
burc^flo^en to push through
to strike out
bur(^|lrei(|cn
u b c r brtngen to bring over
iikrfallett to fall over
to convey

one's

to inflame

away

run

to know

with

one

cover

to elude
to clothe

on

to sail around
to embrace

all sides

260

AND

NEUTER

VERBS.

INTRANSITIVE

A List of Neuter and IntransitiveVerbs,


which

are

conjugatedin German
English with

abweic^en,to deviate
to rise
aufj^e^cn,
to awake
ftufn"a(i"cn,
to life again
to come
aufleben,
to shoot up
auffd^icpcitf
to step up
ttuftrctcn,
aufwad^fm,to grow up

away

to slip
ouggleiten,
au^iuanbcrn,to emigrate

of

seme

of to

house

pale
cold

to blush
errot^en,
move

in

have.

to grow
crblafTm,
to grow
erfalten,

degenerate

in the
au^;(ic^en,

to

fcin (tobe), but

to slipfrom
cntfallcn,
to escape by flight
entflic^en,
to escape
by going
entgel^en,
to escape by running
entlaufen"
to fall asleep,to expire
entfc^Iafen,
to escape by slipping
entfc^liijjfcn,
to escape by springing
cntfprtngen,
to escape by yielding
cntweid^ettf
to
entwifc^cn,
by gliding
escape

to decay
SIbfallcn,
down
to run
Qblaufctt,
to depart
abrcifen,

au^arten, to

with

out

to appear
crfc^cincn"
to be frightened
erfd^reifcn,

to meet
bcgegnctt,

to be astonished
crfiaunen,

to burst
berf!cit,
to remain, to stay
bleiben,
to run
bo^onlaufen,
away
to penetrate
tinbringen,
to fall asleep
cinf(^lafen,

to be drowned
ertrinfen,
to awake
crttjac^en,
to
fa^ren,

ride in

to fall
fatten,
to
faulen,

rot

carriage

NEUTER

AND

INTRANSITIVE

261

VERBS.

to flow
fttepert/

to decay
tcrfallcn,
to rot
"erfaulen,
to evaporate
"erfltegen,

to follow
folijea,

serge^en,to pass away

to prosper, thrive
gebei^cn,

to starve
fter^ungern,
to become
Deria^ren,

to flutter
flattent,
to flee
jlie^en,

to go
ge^eti,

to
genefen,

to evaporate
"errauc^en,

recover

gerat^eit,
(in

etwa^); to get

unter

or

to go
Uerreifen,

into, fall among

to
"erro(len,

to coagulate
gerinneu,
to happen
gefc^e^ettr

to

journey

be consumed

by
sounding

to pass away,
Dcr)lreic^cn,
"er|lummcn,to grow dumb
Vcrtrocfnen,to dry up

come

lanben^to land
to gush
quellcn,
to
reifertf ripen

on

forth

to fade
tjerwelfen,

"crwcfen,to decay

roflen,to

to press forward
Jjorbringen,

rust

to sink
[mtixit
to sneak
fc^Iet(i"en,

to grow
n"ac^fen"
to wander
tt)anbertt,

to melt, smelt
fc^meljcn,
to slip
fc^liipfen,
to vanish
fd^minben,
to
fc^wettttt/swell

to jdeld,to give
toeid^en,

joerben,to become,

strand

perish
antiquated

to

get

to meet
jufammenlreffcn,
together ;"
and all separable verbs compounded

poor

to grow
"erblet(i"cn,

way

to step back
juriidftrctcn,

to become
Seralten,

Jjerarmen, to become

to

to fall to ruins
gerfaffen,
to burst
gcrfpringen,
to freeze over
jufrieren/
to return
juriidEfe^ren,

to die
flerben,

umfommen,

elapse

to

rotten,to roll

to
jlranben,

rust

to cease
tierfci^atten,
to depart this life
locrfc^eiben,
to disappear
5Derfd)n)inben,

flettern,
to climb
fommcn,

by time

desolate

"eroben, to become

succeed

to
gelingen,

invalid

with

palo

blciben,
fasten,
fallen,
folgen,
ge*

to fade
"crblu^en,
to
"erburj!cn,

die of thirst

following intransitive verbs, wliich express


acting power of the subject,are conjugated with

motion

The
the

to
mere

place

activity,a

subjectfrom

one

"ilen,to hasten
to
fliegen,

fly

or

space

continuous
state

is denoted
state

; with

without

^a

e n

change

fc
,

when

or

produced by

i n, when

ence
refer-

expressing

transition

of their

into another.
to creep
friec^cn,
t
o
laufen, run

to hop
l^ii^jfen,

retten,to ride

to climb
flettern,

to
reifen,

on

travel

fc^wimmcn,to swim
to spring
fpringcn,
horseback

to
fleigen,

mount

2G2

REFLEXIVE

VEBBS.

Verbs reflexivein German, but not in


Obs.

they

must

When
be

reflexive

verbs

conjugated with

"Bi6)anma"en, dat.

compounded
l^aten
(see 154

are

to presume

fici^
anne^men,gen. to take care of
fit^argern, ukr, to be vexed
to behave
fi(^auffii^rcnr
to sojourn
fid^auf^atten,
vlUx,
^\i)
auf^atteitr to criticize
du"crn, iiBcr,to express one's self
ft(^
thanks
to return
bebanfen,fiir,
ftd^
{id)bebenfen,to consider
of
bebienen, gen. to make
use
flc^
find one's self (feel)
ft(^
befinben,
bcjiel^en
to endeavor
or
ftd^
jt"^bcflei"igcn"

diligently
to repair
[id)begebcn,
ftd^begebcn*
gen. to give up
shift
to make
f!c^
be^elfeiif
ubcr, to complain
Oc^ beflagen,
[of
[xd)
bemfic^tigen,
^e/i.totake
possession

with
and

English.

separableprefix,
156).
a

to rejoice
fid)'fxtvitn,
|ii^fugen,in, to comply with

fid)fuxd)\tn,
"oj,

to be

afraid

to be pleased
ftc^gefatten,

fid)
getrauen,dat. to

be

[dare

confident,to

fic^
grdmen, uber, to grieve
of
jtc^
^uten,"or, to beware
to be mistaken
irreitr
ftcb
to mix, to meddle
ftd^mifc^en,
jtc^
nd^cntfto approach
to incline
fid^
neigen,
to settle
ftc^nieberlaJTen,
to lay down
nieberlegen"
flc^
fid)
rii^men,
gen. to boast, to glory
to
ftc^
[ashamed
rii^reiifbustle

fid)fc^dmen, "or, iibcr,gen.


in, to comply with
fte^fd^idtn,

to

be

fid)
bejinnen,
gen. to recollect
to endeavor
fid)
bcj^rcbcn,

ftc^
fc^icfen,
impers.to be becoming
fid)
nac^,to long for
fe^nen,
to sit down
fid)
fe^en,

to behave
fid)
betragen,

to make
ffd^
fputen"

to get drunk
ftc^betrinfetif
betruben,uber, to be afllicted
fid)
to stoop
bitcfen,
ft(^
einbtlben,
ftc^
a/^c. to be conceited
dat. to imagine
cinbtlbcitf
fid)
to withdraw
f!c^entfernen,

to pretend
to feign,
^d)jlcffen,
to
fid)trcnncn,
separate, to part
fid)tummein, to hurry
to look about
or back
fid)umfet)en,
to venture
fid)
mttxfitf)tn,
to agree
fid)
uereinigen,
[tooflfend
ftd)
an, to fail in one's duty,
verge^en,

jtc^
ent^altcn,
gen. to abstain
to be determined
fid)
cntf(^liepen,
crbarmen,gen. to have mercy
ftd^
to dare
fid)
crbretflen,

[come to

haste

uxixxtn,to
fid)

pass

fid)
creigneit/
impers. to happen,
to surrender
fid)ergeben,
"ftd^
ergeben,impers.to result

lose one's way

to rely
^erlaJTen,
aiif,
fid)
to assemble
^erfantntcln,
fid)

to commit
an
ijerfe'^en,
error
fid)
to dissemble
ijerflellen,
fic^
[resolve
ftc^"ome^nicn,dat. to determine, to
to recover
fid)er^olen,
dat. to imagine
jjorj^ellen,
ftc^
crinncrn,gen. to remember
fid)
dat. to resist
fid)
wibcrfe^cn,
to catch cold
fid)crfditen,
wunbern, uber, to wonder
[hood [id)
mit, to get one's liveli- fid)
fid)ernd^rcn,
jutragen,impers.to occur
to

PEEPOSITIONS.

List of
sin, on,

with
Prepositions

at, to, dot.

an)latt,instead

auf, on,

dat.

ouper, except,
ki, by, near,

witli, dat.

this side,
on
bieffeit[^],

instead
Jlatt,

gen,

dat.

dat.

against, towards,

l^alkrtor

l^tnter,
behind,
in,in, dat.

iil6er,
over,

(Leas. 68).

e?a^.

around,

account

tZ"^.

into,

"

unter,

[to],dat.

^alber,on

or

ace.

or

ace.

aec.

far

from,

gen.

below,

under,

[of],gen.

unter:^alb,
below,

(Less. 68). untDcit, not

ttermoge, by dint

gen.

son,

ienfett[a],
on

side, beyond, gen.

"or,

before,

virtue

[of],gen.

lang^, along, ^ew.

"?r

dat.

sermittelft,
see

dat.*

mit, with, dat.

toiber,against,

[of],^"}7".

nebcn,beside,

"?a^.

net"jl,
together with,
ob,

on

dat.

the

r,

dative

%xt^

[of],^e?i.

aee.

6?a".

[of],^"w.

consequence

"?r

dat.*

jumtber,contrary
jtoifc^en,
between,

to, "fa^.
dat.

or

ace.

(Less.68).

^ew.

and
Sanga, jufolge,

also govern

(Less. 68).

[of], (?a".

account

o^er^alb,above,

in
jufolge,

aee.

""r

gen.

account

pnad^fl,next,
dat.

near,

(Less.68).

jit, to, at, dM.

narf),after,to, dat.

notc^fl,
next,

on

gen.

aec.

or

njd^renb,during,
jrcgen,

means

aec.

mitteljl.

XolvA,according to, gen.

mittelflf
by

or

[of],gen.

of, from, by, dat.

fraft,by

gen.

dat.

gen.

far from,

within,
inncr^alfe,
that

dat*

(Less. 68).

(Less. 68).

ace.

[of], ^e?i.

ungeac^tet,
notwithstanding,

dat.

conformable

oAic.

or

unfern, not

gegenuter,
opposite,
gema^,

t^.

tro^, in spite [of],^e/i.

urn,

fur,for, ace.
gegcn,

ungcad^tct*

fpnber,without,

ace.

entgegen, towards,

ace.

feit,
since, dat.
of, dat.

outside

burd), through,

they govern,

(Less.68). famntt,together with,

ace.

or

which

see
olngeoc^tet,

[of], dat.

out

au^,

[of],gen.

upon,

Oases

(Less. 68). ol^nc,without,

ace.

or

the

tro^,govern

generally the

genitive, but

they

cai

tttciner 9rufft(^t
(dative)nteincm

flo^ ^oParfeitcn,noc^ ge^eime "c^d^c

flarfcn"uc^cn
\"

(Schiller,''Maria

Stuart"),

VOCABULARY.

EXPLANATION

OF

ABBREVIATIONS.

ad^. adjective.

prep,

preposition.

adverb.

pron.

pronoun.

adv.

conj.conjunction.
/. 8.

V. a.

interj.interjection.
mod.

modified.

m.

masculine

8.

n.

neuter

8.

substantive.

the

ending

singularthe termination

to the

radical

vowels

a, o, u,

languages may

be found

m.

".,pi.-c,

in the

STbcnbd, adv.

evening.
evening.

see o^fd^rciten.
gefc^rieben,
^ngcn, v. ir. to depend on.

"

v.
reifen,

v. ir. to copy.
fd^reiben,

depart,set

ENGLISH.
s., pi.-n,

ape,

monkey.

/. 8. fear.
SfengflUc^feit,
allein,
adj.alone

out.

conj.but.

adj.all.

allntdc^ttg,
conj.omnipotent.
"xU, conj.than, as, when.
al^bann, adv. then.

alfOfadv.

"

conj.thus, so.

alt,a^. old, aged,ancient,

"bft(|tlicf),
adj.intentionally.-

an,

abwed^fclnb,
adj.changeable,

anber, adj.other, next,

b J"cid^cn,
v. ir. to deviate

from.

prep.

at, in, by, near.

on.

adv.
anberfcitig,

on

the other

oh 1
a^ \ irUerj.

anbcrn,v.

ad^ten,
v.

anber^wo, adv. elsewhere.

a.

regard,esteem,
attention, regards.

to

^d^tung/
/. 8.

that
refers

spelled alike in
of the vocabulary.

5lb|tc^t,
/. 8., pi.-en, intention.

"

modified

not

nouns

allcr,c, i^,

to

pluralfrom

"

word

3le^nlic^fett,
/. ".,pi.-en, similarity.

okr, conj.but.

a.

The

Slffc,
m.

".,pi.-it eel.

Slbcnb,m.

differs in the

the last page

AND

".

neuter.

refi.verb reflexive.

is

on

neuter.

irregular.

verb

given.
only. Proper

GERMAN

%oX,

ir. verb

of substantives

of the

the two

10.

active and

auxiliary.
impersonal.

verb

imp.

".

verb

n.

verb

XI.

V. n.

pi. plural.
Whenever

and

V. aux.

substantive.

active.

verb

V. a.

substantive.

feminine

a.

hand.

to change, alter.
refl.

Slncrbictcn,
n.

s.

offer.

*2P6

TOCABULARY.

ir. to
'^Itcn,

lei,prep, by, near,

"., p?.-e, the

together.
n. 8.,pl.
SBeifpicl,
-c, example

".

; jum

"

ilmxxitn,
V.

to

lament, deplore;v.

to offend.

to

".
lo^Hcn,

a.

commodious,
tqnent,afZ;.

ttjeincn,
v.

convenient.

".

proof.

inhabitant.
to admire.

to

to be

pay.

conscious

fic^

"

of.

beer,

s.

bieten,v. ir. to bid, offer.

v. ir.
Iberilen,

to burst.

aSiQet,n.

vocation.
calling,

93inben,v. ir^

hide, conceal.

celebrated,

"., pi.-e, ticket.

bind, tie.

to

SBtrne,
/. "., pi.-n, pear.

tefc^ciben,
adj.discreet,modest.

bid, conj." flw^iJ.


until,up to,

SSefd^eiben^cit,
/. ". modesty.

V. ir.
bitten,

[c^mu"cn,".

"cfea,m.

8.

a.

to

soil,dirty,

8.,pi.-ct

v. ir. " re^. to recollect.


jtnncit,

blau,

t. ir.
frijeit,

". ir.
bleibcn,

to better, improve.
v. refl.
JefTcrn,
^. "2.
forgert,

to take care;

to

to visit,

f"d|en,
"". a.

-o. ";t.to punish,


firafen,

leaf,

" mod.

to

remain, stay.

bleid^,
adj.pale.

"lei, 7i.
"efii^^ftc

dispatchbusiness.
m
S"cfut^,
"., ^?.-c, visit,

"

(sound).

adj.blue,

to possess.

beg, request,

blafcn,V. ir. to blow


n.
23latt,

broom,

to

fein,

to bend.
v. ir. " refl.
biegcn,

to

5erii^mt,
adj.renowned,

induce.

move,

a.

^j. a.
ia^len,

SBier,
n.

"., pi.-t, mountain.

8.

to

place.

".,pi.~t,

D. ir.
IcTijejt,

m.
SScruf,

about

to we/ep.

a.

wunbern, v.

flcl^c n

"

be

to

conscious
bcwuft,a(Z;.

reward,

-en,

admiration.
a3ei"unbcrung,/.".,|)^.-en,

reward.

SBelo^ung,
/. "., pL,
S3erg/w.

take

or

SBewo^ner,w.
b

to press.

a.

v. a.
Itdcibigcn,
c

impend,

to

S3e"ci3,m.

to complain.
refl.

bag, purse.

a.

v. ir. to
betDcgen,

ir. to bite.

a.

iV.

occur

example.

v.
flagen^

judge, criticise.

" adJ?).before
be"or,conj.

5c!an"t,adj.acquainted.
I

cheat.

".

8., pi.-en, bed-

m.
aSeutel,

leg.

beifaramen,adv.

Id^iUt-D.

cheat.

to
ite utt'^eilcn,
v. n.

ad/o. almost, nearly.


fcetna^e,

for

-". tV. to
triigcn,

Sett,n.

at.

Iclbe,adj.both.
93cin,71.

m.
aSetruger,

retain.

keep,

10.

"

ENGLISH.

AND

8., pi.-"f notion.

J"tgnf,
m,
I

GEBMAN

".

lead ;

jlif t ,

w,

".,i)^.-e,

pencil.
bitdfen,t". n. to gleam, look,
blind ; -e, m. ".,2"^.
-n, blind
blinb,adj.
lead

I)crson.

lightning.
t\ n.
lighten.
bUljer,
to behave.
I c tragcti,
i". ir. " r^;/?.
naked, bare ; adf).only
" a"Zj.
surprised.bIo",aw^'.
betroffen,
participle
htrubt, "M??.aflaicted;
fein, to Slumc, /. "., i??.-n, flower, -ntopf"

bcten,f). ir. to pray, say prayers.

w.
S3It^,

"., pi.-e,
to

"

"

feel sad.

m.

8., pi.-e/ "

mod.

flower-pot.

GEHMAN

VOOABULAEY."

Sluten,".
m.
aSobeitf

Sttrone,/.
"., pi.-n,

to bleed.

n.

ground,

s.

Soncert,ti.

bottom.

wickedness.

citron.

"., p^.-c, concert.

adj.malicious, wicked.
bo^^aftr
fQo"^dU f. 8., pi.-tn, maliciousness,

2).
!Da, ""?"".there,where

s., pi. -n,

S3ote,m.

267

ENGLISH.

AND

corj.when,

becausa

messenger,

bratctt,
V. ir. to roast.

a"f". for that,for


bafitr,

to use, need.

". a.
brauc^eiTf

it.

adv. against that,


bagegen,

braun, adj.brown.
breitr
adj.broad, wide,

conj.therefore.
Dame, /. 8.,pi.-n, lady.
bamit, adv. therewith ; conj.that.

brcnncn,". ir. to bum.

banfen,v.

ir. to break,

".
bred^en,

s., pi.-t, letter ; -b

S3rief,
m,

".,p?. -n,

postman

tc

Srunnen,

m.

s.

well, spring.

for.

care

it,at it,

w.

thereof,of that; -lau*

ba"on, adv.

book;

bookstore; -flabe,

to

or

ba",conj.that.

bookseller; -labeiif

8.

about

to care

barum, ad/o. therefore.

b i n*

fen,

ber,m.". bookbinder; -^anblcr,


m.

-lie^*

after that.

brother.

8.,pi.-ix, " mod.

n.
SSud^,

en

that

in

barauf,adv. thereupon,on

bridga

s., pi.mod.

to thank,

a.

taf^e,/. "., baran, adv. thereon,

23rob"w. 8.,pi.-c, bread.


SBriiif
Cr /. "., p^.-n,

bann, adv. then,

w.

pi.-n, portfolio,
to bring.
"). ir.,
bringen,

aJruber,m.

thence

ba^er,adv.

m.

".

ir. to

away

run

bcmnad^, conj. therefore,then,

sequently,
con-

s.

"., pi.-n,

benfen,v.

(of the alphabet).


SSuc^fcr/.
"., ^^.-n, gun, box.
S3urflc,
/. 8., pi.-n, brush.
letter

to think,

vr.

benn, conj.than, but, for.


adv. likewise.
be^gletc^en,
adv. for this reason
be^^alb,

butter.
a3utter,/.".

cor^.

therefore,

be^wegen, adv.

conj. therefore,

on

that account.

o;.

bejlo,
c(mj.the

m.

8.,pi.-en,

comrade.

m.
!Dic^ter,

Sanbibat,m.

"., ^?. -en,

candidate.

t)ieb,m.

damcrabr

8., pi.-n,

Sapellc,
/
n.
Sapitol,

S^or, m.
n.

8.

bienen,v.

Diener,m.

capitol.

8.

8.,

chapel

pi.-e,

"

mod.

chorus

8.,

pi. -en,

Christian.

C^ronif,/.
".,jp^-en, chronicle,
ftigarre,/.
8., pi.-n, cigar.

the
,

more.

poet.

8.,pi.-e, thief.
n.
8.

to serve.
servant.

n. ".
2)ienflmabd^en,
v.
bingen,

choir.

m.
d^rifl,

8.

c^ r

; -m

maid-servant.

ir. to hire.

n.
8. ink; Dlntenfap,
T)\ntt,f.

[stand.
8.

ink-

bo(^,conj.yet, however, but, for all


that.

268

VOCABULARY.

bonncrn,v. imp.

2)orf,
n.

"

GERMAN

to thunder.

village,

bort,borten,adv. there, yonder.


v. ir. to penetrate, urge,
bringcttr
I)el.

brudEen,
to

v.

com-

v. a.

pinch,press.

m.
X)uft,

s.

fragrant.

vapor,

mp

"

u r

impers.to

to tear,
v. ir.,
entret"en,

seem.

v. sep. to
d^reifen*

".
d^fe^cn,

m.
2)urfl,

8.

to

travel

through ;

"

blot,

a.

m.
Sntf(^lu",

8.

a.

image.
as

"

e^e,adv.

"

to

answer,

respond
cor-

v. ir.
rbleid^en,

pale,to

to grow
; -n

I eb

c n

n.

".

die.
life

the earth.

v. ir. to experience,learn.
fasten,

Srfrifd^ung,
/. ". refreshment
v. a. to fill,
erfutten,
satisfy.
v. ir. to
er^alten,

preserve,

erfennen,
v. ir.

perceive,recognize.

ceive.
obtain,re-

haste.

wenig,adv.

little.

erfiirett,
v. a.

another.

einanber,adj.one

to imagine.
v. refl.
cinbilben,

adv.
cinerfeit^,

the

on

cittfallen,
v. ir.

to

one

side.

occur.

to

to

choose, elect.

v.
eriangen,

a.

to

acquire.

erlauben,v.

n.

to

permit.

erlcrnen,
v. a. to

cinigf
adj.sole,only.

v. ir. to
crlofd^en,

einjigf
ad;,only,alone.

ermattcn,

n. s. iron;-b
(Sifen,

Slenb, n.

decide.

". experience.
"rfal^rung,/.

as.

e^rcrbietig,
adj.reverent.
cigcn,a^. own, proper.
ein

asleep,die.

to.

e r

ere, before.

"ilc,/. ".

away.

entweber-ober,
conj.either-cr.

dozen.

etcnfo Oi\^tadv.

from.

resolution.

v. ir. to
entfpred^en,

on
n.

run

v. ir.,to
fd^Iie"en,

8. earth
("rbe,/.

CbcnMlb,

snatch

t fc^Iafen,
v. ir. to fall

cwZ;.thirsty;

-en, v. a. to thirst.
n.
X-u^enb,

en

e n t

through.

carry

thirst ; -l g

ir. to

e n t rinnen,v.

ins^. to travel over,


b u r c^fc^Iagcit/
". to pierce; to
b

".

"nt^altfamfeit,
/. 8. abstinence.

burd^,
jprep. through,by.
b

perceive,feel.

abstain.

bunfcl,adj.dark,
n.

ir. to

grandson.
v. a. to lay bare, uncover.
entblo"en,
"ntfcrnung,
/. 5., pi.-en, distance,
to
e nt l^alten,
v. ir. to contain
; v. refl.

bumm, adj.,
dull,stupid,

bunfeit/
".

ir. to receive.

ij.
ftnben,

Snfel,m.

print ;hxuitn,

to

a.

v.
fangen,

enblic^,
adj.finite ; odiJ. at last.

to threaten,

V. n.
bro^cttf

c m

receipt.

Smpfanger,m. ". recipient.


c m p fe^Ien,
". ir. to recommend.

to thrash,

".. ir.
brcfc^cn,

ENGLISH.

m.s.
@m}5fang,

" mod.

8., pi.-tx,

AND

s.

go
n.

out,

extinguish.

to weary,

tigue.
tire,fa-

:^n ,/.". rail-road.


ermorbcn,v.

misery.

("ffc,
/. "., ^^.-n, yard
aittxn,pi.parents.

"

v. a.

learn, acquire.

'

eroBcrn,".

gain.

a.

a.

to murder.

to conquer,

to

take, to

VOCABULABY.

GERMAN

resotmd.

erfd^allen,
v. ir. to

AND

ENGLISH.

S^nfler,
n.

window.

8.

v. a. to terrify,
erfci^retfenf
frighten.

ferner,
adj."

at first,
erjl,adv. first,

adj.ready.
fcrtig,

v.
erflaunen,

to be astonished.

n.

".,pi.-c, "

m.
Crtrog,

fettf
adj.fat.

m""c?. produce,

profit.
v. ir.
crtragcn,

to bear.

crwartcn,

to mention,

a.

to

v. a.

emicbcrnf v.
v.
crjd^Ien,

reply.

/. s., pi.
Grja^Iung*
".
w.
("fel"
donkey, ass.
-en,

V
eJTcn,

ciicr" pron.

Piegen,

ga^ren,!".
drive,to
Salfc,m.

to

tr.

8., pi.-n,

fattd,"w^. in
v.
fangen,

^a"f

n.

in

V. a.
foltcrn,

adv.
fort,

(that).

" mod.

to
m.
Seller,

Seinb, m.
gelbf n.

ail,be
8.

to

err,

v. ir. to
; -mcf"" freJTen,

the matter

field ;

"

eat

(appliedto

mals).
ani-

take, Sreube,/. ".,pi.-n, joy.


fail,mis-

Sreunb, m.8., pi. -e, friend; -f(]^afl"

with.

/. "., p^.-en, friendship.


v. ir. to
frieren,

8.,pi. -c, enemy.

agriculture.

freedom.

^^rei^eit,
/. "., pi.-en,

fault,mistake.

8., pi.-er"

(diminutive of Frau),

fret,
adj.free.

fist.

fence.

imp.

8.

woman.

Miss.

Oeber,/."., pi.-n, pen, feather


fer,n. a. pen-knife.
"

away.

n.
i^raulein,

faut,adj-idle,lazy.

V. n.
fc^Ien,

torment" rack.

Srau, /. ".,j3^.
'^n,

almost.

fed^ten,
v. ir. to

to

Srage,
/. "., pi.-n, question.
v. a. to ask.
fragen,

color.

-n,

%avi^,f.8.,pi.-t,

morf. river.

".,p?.-cr, " modi, barrel.

adv.
fafl,

flow.

ground.
glu^,m. "., pi.-", "

ir. to catch.

%axU, f. "., ^.

fly.

t, " wo"f. raft.


s.,pl.
m.
". wing.
^liigel,
glur,/.
8., pi.-en, field,plain,level

fall.

case

fly.

-n,

v. n. to follow,obey.
carriage, folgen,
folglid^,
adj.subsequent ; ad/v. " conj.
falcon.
consequently.

go

carry.

fatten,
v. ir. to

pi.

5Io", m.

example.

s.

".,

ir. to

i). ir. to
fliepen,

something, somewhat.

n.

8., pi.-t, fish.

d. ir. to flee.
flie^en,

eternal.
ewtg, acfj.

(ixm^d,

gif^, m.

??.

your.

cttuad, pron.

ir. to find.

gliege,/.
narration.

to eat.

ir.

v.
ftnben,

figure.

jTei^ig,
adj.diligent.

to narrate.

a.

8., pi.-en,

glaf(^e,
/. ".,pi.-n, flask,bottle.
%Ux^, n. 8. flesh,meat.

expect,

to

a.

%mx,f.

thimbla
m.8.
%'mQix,
m.8.
finger;
-l^ut,

to consider,reflect upon.
trtod^tn,v.ir.

erwa^nen,v.

adv. further.

^au, m.

s.

fresh
"w?;.
frifd^,

freeze.
;

adv.

newly.

frj)'",
(c"?mp.fro^er),
adj.joyfoL

270

VOCABDLABY.

QEBMAJT

Srud^t,/. 8. pi. -e, " mod.


fruc^tbar,
adj.fruitful.
fru^,a^. " adv. early.
Srupiidf,
n. s. breakfast,
cn" V.
fru^jlutf

v. a.
fallen,
v. a.
fii^ren,

futtcn,
V.

a.

fiir,
prep.

Su", w.
on

prt, heard

V. n.
^ox^^txit

^mn,

v.

n.

to

belongs.
to obey.
belong.

8.,pi.-er,

ghost,spirit.

gelb,
adj.yellow.

fox.

"elb,

feel,perceive.

to

"eijl,m.

to lead,

s., pi.-tx, money.

n.

"elegen^eitf
/. "., pi.-en, occasion.

to fill.

m.
"ele:^rte,
"., pi.-n,

for.

^ux^t, f. 8.
m.
Sfurfl,

mod.

ENGLISH.

ge^orfam,
adj.obedient.

to breakfast.

a.

"., pi. -t, "

m.
%\x3)$,

fruit;

AND

v. ir.
gelingeit/

fear.

learned

to succeed.

v. ir. to cost, to
geltcn,

8.,pi.-en,

prince,duke.

"., p^.-e, " ?w"?d.foot ; 8U

"cmdibe,
"

foot.

n.

"emufCr n.

8.

man.

be valuable.

picture,painting.

vegetables.
gcmut^lid^,
adj.good-natured,kind,
".

hearted.

adj.precise.
General,m. ".,pi.-e, "

genau,

"abcl, /. "., jp^.


-itf fork.

gd^ren,".

v. ir. to
gcncfcn,

*". to ferment.

mod.

general.

recover,

t". ir. to enjoy,to eat.


whole, entire ; adt. quite. gcniegctt,
am^".
Oartcn, m. 8.,pi. mod. garden.
genomntcn, taken,
adj.obliged,
gcnbt^igt,
"artncr" m. 8. gardener.
gcnug, adj. " adv. enough.
c. ir. to bring forth.
gebdren,
"cnup, m. 8.pl.
-c, " mod. enjoyment
geben,v. ir. to give.
QJcbet,n. ".,^. -c, prayer.
"cograb^ic,
/. a. geography.

ganj,

bictcn,i". ir.

to

OeMrge,ti. ". chain


brought.
gebrad^t,
m.
"ebrauc^#
"., p?.
m.
"eburt^tag,

8.

v. ir. to
gcbct^cn,

"cbi(^t,
71.
g

to

ge
-c,

"

mod.

prosper.
poem.

please,

gefangen,
ac0.imprisoned.
m.
8. prisoner.
Oefangcne,
n. ".,pi.-e, prison.
Oefdngnip,
ti. " attendant.
"efoIge,
7i. ". feeling,
(?Jefu^l,
gcgcn, prep,

8., pi. -e,

gage,
baggage, lug-

of mountains.

birth-day.

"., pi.-t,

". ir.
fattcitf

"cpd(f,n.

command.

towards, against.

QcgcKiiber,
prep, opposite.

use.

v.
ratten,

upon,

ir. to

come,

hit

or

fall

to thrive,

a^f;.
just.
gerec^t,
gem, adv. gladly,with pleasure.
m.
"cfanbte,

"., pi.-n,

ambassador.

" m^d., song.


m.
"efang,
8.,pl.-i,
v. ir. to happen.
gcfd^e^en,
n. 8.,pl.
-c, gift,
present.
"cf(^enf,

"cfc^id^te,
/.8. history,narrative.

adj.clever, skillfuL
gcf(^i(ft,
see
f(^tc"en.
gcfc^opcn,
see
fpred)cn.
gcfprod^cn,
"eflaU,/. "., pi.-en, form.
adv. yesterday.
gejlern,

ENGLISH

VOCABULARY.

gcfunb,adj. healthy; -^cit,/.

8.

adj.fevorable.
gitntlig,
"iite,/. s. kindness,

health.

"e"aUer,

271

GERMAN.

AND

8.,pi.-n,

m.

godfather.

adj.good, kind.
gutig,

s., gain, profit,

"cn)inn,m.

". ir.,to gain,win.


gewinneiir

v. a.
geiDDl^nen,

"ewo^n^eit,
/.

imp. to

".,

accustom.

pi. -en,

custom,

8.,

n.

adj.customary.
gcwo^nlid^f
adj.eager.
fiicrig/
[sonedcup
T. ir. to pour.
Qtc^cn,
w.
poison ; -bc(i^cr,

a.

v. a.
glcinjen,

to hail.

adv.

^anblung,/. ".
v. ir.
'(langcn,
v.
'^angen,

sparkle.
-n,
".,i??.
"Iocfe,/.

v.
laffen,

bell,

s.

n.

hang.
hang.

-n, hare.
".,j9^.

^a", m.

".

hate, hatred.

a.

to hate.

8.,

pi. -cr,

"

capital;

a.

-wort,

8.,

"

pi. -c,

"

"i im/pto

n.

8.,

pi. -cr,

l^altung,
/.

^ekn, V.

8.

"

mx)d.

man.

grave,

ir. to lift,

u.
^ei"en,

griin,
adj.green,
n.

to

become

green

flourish,

"ulbctt,7n

v.
^eilen,

n.

to heal.

8. home.
|)cimat^,/.

tomb.

v.
griincn,

8.

florin

(a coin).

9.

house;

household.

^ecr,n. 8.,pi.-c, army.


|)ecrbe,/.
8., pi.-n, herd, flock.

mod.

n.

adv. chiefly,
^aul)tfad^ll(^,
mainly.

father ^cft,n. 8.,pi.-c, copy-book.


adj.great,grand ;-"ater,grand0ro",
^etbc,m. "., pi.-n, heathen.
; -mutter, grandmother.
"ruft,/.

head

mod.

substantive.

noun,

count.
; v. n.

ir. to strike.

-jlabt,
/.

^au5,

8., pi.-c, old

to

m.
|"afc,

^aupt, n.

abhor, fear,
"rcia, m.

action,

to

a.

^art,
adj.hard.

^auen,v.

catch.

horror

hammer.

^^\\^, adj.ugly,

adj.fortunate, happy.
glucflid),
"oIb, -en, adj.gold.
"ott, m. 8.,pi.-cr, " mod. God.
"rab, n. "., p?.-cr, " mod. grave,
u. ir. to dig.
graben,
8., pi.-en,

keep,cling ta

8.,

to resemble.
xi. ir.,
gleid)en,
gleic^ttJO^If
con;, nevertheless,
slide,
15. zV. to glide,
gleitciif
ir. to glimmer, glow,
v.
glitnmcn,

@raf, m.

8.

m.

neck.

pi. -e, " wodJ. hand


8. glove,
m.
-fc^u'^,

equally.

". ir. to
gretfen,

" mod.

ir. to hold,

V.
^altcn,

^anb, /.

to believe,

like;

hair.

adj.half.
l^alb,
|"al^,m. 8., pi.-c,

poi- jammer,

".

shine, glitter,

to

glaukn,V.
gleic^,
adj. equal, even,
a.

"rauen,

pi.-c,

^ageln,". imp.

habit.

"ift,n.

^aax,

to

^clb, m.

ir. to call,command.
8., pi.-en,

hero,

V. ir. to help,
^clfcn,
^cll,
adj.clear,light.

272

VOCABULARY.

|"clm,m.s.,pl
^emb,

helmet,

-Cr

^enfer,m.

-bringen,v.

-en,
".,jpi.

m.

in, into.

inbem, conj.while, when,

out

ir. to

bring to light.
adv. after,afterwards,
^etna(^"
ptrr,

3. vVowel).

in,prep,

|)enHe,
/. ". hen.
adv.
Ijtxau^f

ENGLISH.

Smmer, adv. always,

hangman.

s.

AND

sliirt.

"., pi.-en,

n.

GERMAN

"

master.

inbep,inbeiTen,conj. in
I time.

Sn^U,

Sir.

m.

as.

the

contents,

a.

innen,adv. inside,within.

^errlid),
adj.beautiful.

Snfeft,n.

|"erj,

intereffant,
adj.interesting.

".,pi. -en, heart.

n.

adv.
l^eute,

mean

to-day.

incn# V.

a.,pi.-en,

"

n.

refi.to

insect,

err.

adv. here; -auf,hereupon.


l^ier,

^intmcl,w.

heaven.

s.

3. (Consonant)

l^in,adv. thither, along; -at", adv.


down

adv.

; -gegen,

on

v. ir.
-fc^Ieidjen,

steal to

the

trary
con-

to sneak

or

adv. in,
l^incin,

into ;

-legen,v.

a.

place into something.


behind, after.

l^inter,
prep,
^t^,

/. "., pi.-n,

V.
'^ofen,

n.

heat.

^oi-^flen),
ad^.high.

^od^(^o^er,am

|"b|c,
/. a.,pi.-n, hight.
^o^le,
/. s., pi.-n, cavern, pit.
a.

n.
$015",

s.,pi.-er, "

to fetch.

mod.

l^olitd)t,
adj.woodlike,

8.

a.

v.
fcungern,

a.

ever.

jcber,
c,

e^, pron.

ic^t,adv.
3ube, m.

lament.

every.

somebody.

now.

a.,pi.-n, Jew.

m.
Sungling,

a.,pi. -c,

a.

youth, young

dog.
hunger.
hunger.

pi. e,

" mod.

emperor

a.

t^um

n.

empire,
^alte,/. a.,pi. -n, cold,coldness,
^amm,

a., pi.-e, "

m.

^anind^en,
n.
^dfe,m.

hat.

coffee.

a., pi.-e, cage.

^aifer,m.

little chicken.

to

a.

^afig,m.

l^ungT'ig,
adj.hungry.
m.

to

je, adv.

^afee, m.

".,pi. -c,

m.
"hunger,

^utr

n.

wooden.

hen.

n.. 8.
NJulnd^en,
w.

jammern, v.

wood.

p^fii),ac?/.
pretty.
m.
8. hill.
.^ugcl,

^unb,

Sa^r,n. a., pi. -c, year,


Sa^re^ieit,
/. a. season.

to hear.

V. a.
l^orcn,

Pu^n, n.

hunter.

a.

Semanb, pron.

^ijfli^,
adj.polite.

^olen,V.

to

chase.

to

a.

icbo(!^,
conj.yet, however.

hope.

to

v.
jagcn,

Sager,m.

place.

3a, adv. yes.

a.

a.

rabbit,

cheese,

^a^c,/. a.,pi,

-n,

v.
faufen,

buy.

a.

to

cat.

mod.

comb.

s.

274

VOCABULARY.

Setb,n.

8. sorrow

leiben,
v. ir.

-f e i n,

-t

|u

n, to

AND

ENGLISH.

SWaurer,m.

s. mason.

SWau^, /. 8., pi.-e, " mod.

regret,

or

sorrow

cause

GERMAN

5D?ebaifle,
/. "., p?.-n, medal.

to suffer,

V. ir. to lend.
lei^cn,

SWeer,n.

IGeintDanb/
/. s. linen, linen-clotli.

me^r,adj." a"?". more.

Ccftton,
/. 8., pi.-e
Icrnenft.

"

a.

Ufcn,V. ir.

n,

9)?eUe,
/. "., ^?. -n, mile.

to read,

metnen,

le^t,adj.last.

m\%

10cute,pi.persons,

8. ocean.

meiben, "". i". to shun.

lesson.

to learn.

n.

v.

".

melfeit/
^. t".

Iteben^ipurbig,
adj.lovely,amiable.

m.
Wltxi^ii,

"ieb, n.

merfen,?j. a.

v. ir.
liegcn,
care

to

lie,place; baran-

to

linfradj.left,
lotcn,V.

8., pi.-c r, "

person.

measure.

-e, metaJ.
"., jp?.

butcher.

".

hire,rent.

to

". milk.
3"il(^,/.

loUnimxt^, adj.praiseworthy.
Sod^,n.

man,

mark, perceive.

to

t). a.
miet^en,

praise.

to

a.

left,

to milk.

8., pi.-en,

"i.
SWe^ger,

to the

tinf^,adv.

master.

v. ir. to
meffen,

SKetatt,
n.

about,

mean.

adv. most.

lieb, adj.dear, beloved.

song,

intend,

to

n.

m.
SWeijler,

people,

s., pi.-cr,

mouBe.

hole.

mod.

mipbraud^en,
??. a.

to misuse.

s. evil-doer,
criminal.
m.
SWiJTet^ater,

" off
el,m.

8.

spoon.

mipfaUen,v. ir. to displease.

m.
Sootfe,

8.

pilot.

mit,prep, with, by, at, on

CiJlDe,
m.

8., pi.-n,

lion.

tell
v. ir. to lie,
liigen,

2vL% f.

pi. -t,

8.,

V.

falsehood.

" mod.

pleasure

delight; -^aben,to have

mind.

n. ". maiden, girl.


3)?dbc^en,

" wod

or

with; -gc='

with
-". i". to go along or
]|en,
one
v. communicate.
; -tl^eilen,

any

ntitl^tn,
therefore,
conj.
consequently.

9)?ittel,
n.
8.

to make.

SWagb,/. ". pi.-c,

bringalong

m.
8. noon,
SJiittag,
midday.
n. s. dinner.
SWittag^eJTen,

aw.
3)?ac^cn,
v. a.

ir. to

; -bringert/

means,

v. a.
mitt^eilen,

to

remedy.
cate.
imi)art,communi-

vant.
maid-ser-

5W6bel,pi.furniture.
5Wal,71.

8.

SKaler,m.

time
8.

(with numerals.)

painter.

SWan, iTM^e/.
pron.

they,people,see

one;

Less.

CWonat,m.

somebody, 5Wonb, m.
57, Obs. I.

ad'c. sometimes.
manci^mal,

"lantel,m.

SWatrofe,
m.

moglid^,
adj.possible.

Wloc^, n.

s., pi. -e, month,


8. moon.
8.

5Kor9en,m.

moss.
".

morning;

ad/9, tomorrow.

s., pi." Tnod. cloak.


-n,
"., jp?.

5Wauer,/.
-n,
".,p^.

sailor.

wall.

w.
". morning dew.
3)?or9ent^au,

miibc,^wZ?weary,

fatigued.

VOCABULARY.

fWiittcr,
m.

8.

^Xi[x\,f.

s.

GERMAN

miller.

music;

m.
-le^rcr,

s.

SKut^,

V.

Tluttn,/.
8.,pi." Tnod. mother.

" mod.

nut

-93aum,

nut-tree.

8.

9?u^en,m.

spirit,courage.

8.

m.

275

EIIGLISH.

fR\i^,
f. 8., pi.-e,

music-teacher.
m.

AND

8.

"n.

a.

nii^cn,
utility
;

use,

to make

use

of,to

be of

use.

nu^Iid^r
adj.usefuL

o.
Vta", prep.
"0. a.

"

after; -af^mtn,Db, conj.whether, if; -glctd^,


eonj.

adv.

to imitate

wards;
-bent, adv. after-

conj.after, when;
fen,V. ir. to reflect

adv. afterwards
; -\)cx,

although.
oben, adv. above.

Dh%
-IdlTig,
gent
adj.careless,negli-

;
;

-ben*

-fd^on, conj.-njo^l,
conj.though,

-mittag,m.

".

nailunb na^, adv. by


Vlad^xii^t,
f. 8.,pi.-en,
ffia^t,
f. 8., pi.-e,

Dcean,

afternoon.
and

m.

8. ocean.

Dc^g, m.

by.

fruit.

n. 8.

8., pi.-txu ox.

intelligence, obcr, conj.or.

" mod.

Del,

night.

n.

oil.

8.

'iRahd,
f. 8., pi.-n, needle.

Dfen, m.

^Rame, m.

offen,
adj.open

9?arr,m.

s.,pi.-n,

name.

mod.

ndrrifd^,
adj.foolish.

v. a.
ijffnen/

neben,prep.

oft,adv. often,oft.

near.

ne^men,v.

ir. to take.

D^eim,m.

nein,adv.

no.

o^ne,prep,

nennen,

v.

ir. to

n. 8., pi.-cr,
S'iefl,

neu,

Drt,

adj. new.

m.

uncle.

without
uncle.

8.

Dper, /. ".

nest.

officer,

to open.

s.

Dnfcl, m.

nama

stove, oven.

manifest
-bar, "(^".

m.
Dfftjier,
s., pi.-i,

pi.-en, fooL

8.,

s., pi. "

opera.

-er,
5., _p^.

"

mod.

place.

muli6),adv. newly, lately.


SRi(^te,
f. 8.,pi.-n, niece.
n^t^,

nothing.
adv. nevertheless.
md^t^bellowentger,

9)aar,ti.

"., p? -e,

pair,couple.

m.
3)acf,

s., pi.-c,

" /""?"?.pack.

nie

m.
9)ala|l,

pron.

niemal^, adv.

or

S'ilen.anb,
pron.

nirgenb("),adv.

never.

nobody,

no

m.
3)antcffelf

one.

nowhere.

nod^, amj. still,yet

3)arf,m.
-einmal,once

nun,

"., pi.-n,

palace.

slipper.

park.
"., 2?^.-e, "

"?^.

stake,

f. 8.,pi. -e, " mod.

adv. "

-ya, well
nur, adv.

s.

m.
5)fa^l,

more.

^t\%

*., ^^. -e, " mod.

conj.now,
then.

only,but

pfeifen,
v. ir.

need.
at

present

to

whistle.

9)fell,
m.8.,pl. -e,
m.
5"fcnnig,

arrow.

s., p^. -e, penny.

m.
8. horse-market
9)fcrbemaTft/

pile^

276

VOCABULARY

GERMAN

/ 8, pi. -n, plant.


5)flattje"
v.
pjTegen,
"

be

to

V. n.

to take

a.

care

ENGLISH.

rein,adj. clean, pure.

of.

9leife,/.
8.,pl.-n, journey.

to do.

wont

AND

reifen,
v.

to travel.

n.

5)p[i"^t,/.
8.,pi.-en, duty.
3)^ilofo^^ic,
/. 8. philosophy.

rciten,v. ir. to ride

n.
9)iano,3)i("iino,

rcnncn,

rci^cn,
v. ir. to

piano.

8.

tear.

ir. to

v.

horseback.

on

rxm.

9)ortlon,
/. 8.,pi.-en, portion.

reucn,

". post.
g)o|l,/.

ried"cn,
v. ir. to smell.

pi.-en, president.
*J)rci^,
m.
"., pi.-e, price,prize.

fRinc;,
m.
-c, ring.
".,j9?.

9)raf[bent,
m.

m.
3)rtnj,

".,

s.,

pi.-en,

prince;

pain,

torment,

grief.
Quelle,/. 8., pi.-n, spring,fountain,

m.
fftah,n. 8., pi.-er, " mod.
9tanb, m.

s.,

v. ir.
ratten,

pi.-er,

wheel.

" mod.

to guess,

-umt"cr, all

around.

rinncn,v. ir. to run,

to

flow.,

8., pi. -c, "i mod.

coat.

fRo^,n.

8.,pi.-e, horse.

rot|,a^/-J'sd.
return.

rufen,v. ir.

to call.

ru^en,v.

to rest.

n.

?Ru^m,m.

edge.

SRo^

rose.
lein)

fUMk^x, f. 8.

spring,gush.

to

around

ffto^i,/.
s., pi. -n, (diminutive

quack.

Dual, /. "., pi. -en,

v. ir.
quetten,

v. ir. to ring,to wrestle.


rlngen,

9?orf,m.

D.
*.

imp. to rei)ent.

cfiln/
ringd, adv.

"

/. ". princess.
3"rofeffor,
m.
".,p?.-en, professor.

Quatffalber,
wi.

"

v. n.

8.

fame.

renown,

runb, {camp,runber),adj.round.

counsel.

-en, account, bill.


Sfledynung,
/. #., i"^.

to justify.
^. refl.
ref^tferttgen,
xi^ti,adv. to the right hand.

rcben,v.

a.

"

to

n.

SReben^art,/. s.,

"acf)c,
/. 8.,pi.-n, thing.
-o.
fagen,

speak, talk.

3al5, 71.

to say, tell.

a.

",

salt.

pression.
fammcln, v.
pi. -en, phrase,ex-

rebli-t,
adj.honest.

to

a.

sand

gather.
/f.desert
-wiitle,/

"Sanb,

m.

8.

"arg,

m.

8., pi. -e, "

?{eblicf)fett,
T. ir.
/. 8. honesty,uprightness. faufcn,

to drink

m.
iRegen,

to suck.

rain ;

s.

-bogen,m.

a.

raii)-

bow.

reiben,
v. ir.

to

(ofanimals).

to

fc^cibli^,
adj.injurious.

reign,govern.
rub.

S^dfer, m.

xz\^,adj.rich.
n.
3lett^,
8.

cofiln,

faucr,adj.sour.

regieren,
v. a.

m.

faugcn,v. ir.

m^d.

".

fitaffcn,
V. ir.

reign, kingdom

V. n.
-t^um, fcfwllen,

riches.

icif,
adj.ripe ;'-en, t.

s.

n.

to

ripen.

shepherd.
to

effect,created

to sound.

Sc^anbe,/. s. shame.
fd)dnbUd^,
adj.shamefoi.

VOCABULABY.

V. a.
fc^a^eti/

GERMAN

to value,

AND

2/7

ENGLISH.

v. a.
f($raubcn,

to

screw.

V. ir. to shear,
fi^ccrctt,

m.
"Sd)recf,
(en),

s.

V. ir. to separate.
f^cibcn,

id^xidtw,
V.

frighten,

"S^em, m.

".

shine ; appearance,

v. ir. to shine
fd^cmcn,

v. ir. to write.
fdjrciben,

fdbrctcn,
v. ir. to cry,

appear

V. ir. to chide, scold,


fc^eltcn,
V. a.
fd^enfcitr

to make

v. a.
fti^icfen,

to

send

rejl.to

v.

"". ir.
[c^reiten,

scream.

to stride.

I'djulbig,
adj.guilty.

present,

to

a.

terror.

be

suitable.

fc^ulblo^,
(wZ;.
guiltless.
"c^urff,7w.

"., ^^.-en,

knave.

v. ir. to push.
f(^ieben,

fc^wad),
adj.weak.

V. ir. to shoot.
f(^ic"cn"

7?i.
"(i^roager,

7W.
8. sailor.
"(i^iffcr,

t. ir. to fester.
fd^waren,

v. ir.
fc^inben,

v. ir.
[(^wetten,

m.
"(^tnfen,

flay,

to

ham.

*.

".

brother-in-law.

swell.

to

fd^tter,
heavy.
adj.difficult,

"Sc!)la(^t,
/. ". battle.

v. ir.
fc^roimmen,

v. ir.
fc^lafen,

v. ir. to disappear.
fc^njinbcn,

sleep.
fd^Iafeitb,
participle,
sleeping.
v. ir.
fdjiagen,

to

strike,beat.

to

v. ir. to swing.
fc^wingen,
v. ir. to
fc^njoren,

fc^lcd^t,
adj.bad, mean.

"egen,m.

v. ir.
fc^lei^cn,

v.
fcgncn,

to sneak.

to swim.

8.

swear.

blessing.
to bless.

a.

V. ir. to grind.
[(i^Icifen,

D. ir. to
fc|cn,

v. ir. to slit,
fc^lci"en,
split.

adv. very, much.


fc^r,
feiben,
adj.silken.

V. ir. to lock
f(^Uc"en,
v. ir.
fc^lingen,

"B^lo^,n.

8.

to

shut.

; to

"

feit,
prep.

sling.

see.

conj.since

aside.

lock ; castle.

m.
8. key.
"S(^IuffeI,

felbfl,
proTi. self;adv.

v. ir. to
fd}mei"en,

a"fi".seldom,
felten,

throw,

cast.

v. ir. to melt, smelt,


fc^meljcn,

fenbcn,v. ir.

"d^merj,m.

v. ir. to
fe^en,

s., pi. -en,

pain, ache.

"B6)Mt,m.

to snort

(ofhorses)

m.
"c^nciber,

8.

"". imp.
fd^ncien,

"teg, m.

send.
set.

"ilkr,

cut.

victory,

8.

v.
ftegfn,

8. snow*

n. ir. to
fci^nciben,

to

even,

v. ir. to seethe,boiL
fiieben,

[(i^mu^ig,
adj.dirty,
v. ir.
fd^naubcn,

; -ivdrt^,ado.

to

n.

n.

8.

conquer.

silver.

tailor,

v. ir. to sing,
fingcn,

to

ftnfen,
v. ir.

snow"

to sink,

fc^nett,
adj.quick.

v. ir. to think,
ftnnen,

ac?". already.
fd^on,

ft^en,V. ir. to sit.

"c^on^eit,
/. "., p?.-en, beduty.

"flaue,m.

"c^ote,/. ".,p?.-n, pea.


"c^ranf,m. s. pi." mod.

fo,adv. " c"m;. so, thus ; if,so


fl"ft".
fofort,
foglcici^,
immediately

-n,
"., j?^.

slave.
"

wardrobe

b".

278

GERMAN

VOCABULABY.

m,
"ol^tt,

8.,pi.-t, " mod.

v. a.
fonbcrrt/

"onnc,

".
flerben,

s., pi.-en, soldier,

m.

/.

to

8.

ENGLISH.

". a.
fletten,

son.

folc^,
pro?i. such.
"olbat,

AND

separate

to

*r.

die ;

jlcrknb,|)arti-

dying.
ciple,
fierblid^,
adj.mortal,

co7^.but.

m.
-{n)^d)im,

sun;

put, place.

to

"tern, m.

8.

s., pi.-c, star.

adv. always.
jletd,

parasol,
adv. else,otherwise.
fonfl,

fiieben,
v. ir. to flyquickly; to

fpat,
a4?-" "^^^- 1*"-^"-

flitt,
adj.stUl,calm.

to walk.

v. n.
fpajicTcn
(gc^en),

"pctf,m.

"timmc, /. 8.,pi.-n, voice.

flinfen,
v. ir. to stink.

bacon

8.

fpcienr
D. ir. to spit,

"time, /

". n.
fpcifcn,

"). ir. to thrust,push.


flopen,

to eat.

w.
"picgcl,

"piel,fi. "., pi.-t, play,game

play-things
; -pla^,w.

5.

w.

".

"

fpiclen,
V. a.

?i.

to

8., pi. -n, forehead.

v. a.
firafen,

looking-glass.

8.

start,

-jeug,

m.
"tral^I,

to

punish.

"., p^.-en, ray, beam.

"trape,
ground,
play/. "., pi. -n, street,
"traud^,m. ".,2"^.
-e, " m^d.

shrub,

bush,

play,

v. ir. to spin.
fpinncn,

". ir.
fhcid^en,

-n, point.
"pi^c,/.".,^;.
v. ir. to split.
fpleipen,

". ir. to quarrel,fight.


jlrciten,

"pott,m.

m.
"tul^l,

"tu(f, n.

mockery.

8.

to rub.

8., pi.-e,

piece.

8., pi. -e, "

mod.

chair.

"prac^e,
/, .'?.speech, language.

"tunbe, /, 8., pi.-n, hour, lesson,

fpre(^en,
v. ir. to speak.

"turm,

v. ir. to sprout.
fpriepcn,

V.
fuc^en,

8., pi.-e, "

m.

to

a.

mod.

storm,

seek, search.

i). ir. to spring,leap.


fprtngen,

"pruc^, m.

s.,

"

pi. -c,

inod.

verb.
pro-

2;abcln,v.

"pur,

m.

m.
"tac^el,

8ta^t,m.
*3taII,w.

-en,
"., _p?.
s.
8.

track.

m.
-htdi^t,

Sag, m.

steel.

8.

to blame.

Slafel,
/. "., ^^.-n, blackboard.

sting.

8., pi. -c,

a.

".,

^^.-e, day.

tagen,v. imp.
" morf. stable

tanjen,v.

n.

to dance.

tapfer,
adj.brave.

groom.

ftart,
imperfectof flc

to dawn.

c n.

Slapfcrfelt,
/. 8. bravery,valor.

Stcirfc,
/. 8. strength.

iTafd^c,
/. ".,p?. -n, pocket.

^e^en,v. ir. to prick,pierce.

Safc^entuc^,
n. 8. handkerchief.

"tecfnabel,/.
8., pi.-n, pin.

Saffe,
/. ".,p?. -n, cup.

v. ir. to stand.
fie^en,

%Oi%t,
f

V. ir.
jli^Icn,

Sau"e, /. ",,pi. -n, dove, pigeon.

to steal.

s., pi. -n,

v. ir. to step, ascend.


jlcigcn^

3;dd^,m.

BttUt* f. 8., pi.-n* place.

m.
3:cmpcl,

8., pi. -e,


8.

paw,

claw.

pond.

temple.

VOCABULARY.

n.
3;i^al,

pi.

s.y

-cr,

GERMAN

"

Trwd.

u.

dale,

valley.
%^it,m.
X^eil,m.

Uekl,

evil,ill.
a^Z;.

exercise,practise,

to

a.

ubcr,prep,

pi.-c, part.

8.,

evil ;

8.

n.

iiben,v.

tea.

s.

279

ENGLISH.

AND

over

adv. on,

yond.
be-

upon,

to divide.

v. a.
tlfieilen,

iib

adv. partly.
i\^z\U,

e r

bli(f
en,

".

to survey

a.

look.
; to over-

adj.dear.
t^eucr,
-i, animal.
"., jp?.

S^ier,71.

s., pi.-c,

Z^ox, n.

adv. moreover,
iibcrbie^,
iib

gate ; m. ".,pi.-tn,

fool.

e r

besides.

to
laufen,v. ir. (separable)

over

nm

to importune.
(inseparable)

t^oric^t,
adj.foolish.

Uebcrmap,ti.

%^xdm, f. 8., pi.-Xit tear.

adv. day after to-morrow,


iibermorgcn,

t^un,V. ir. to do.

e r

s. excess.

fc^cn,^.

to

n.

leap over

; v. a.

to translate.

%^mt, f. 8.,pi.-n, door.


ticf,
adj.deep.

Ueberfe^ung,
/. s.,pi.-en^ translation,

Itefc,
/

itb

pi. n, depth.

".

m.
Xifd^ler,

s.

Sob,

m.

tobten,^.

"

a.

adv.
ubrigen^,

Ufcr,n.

re/Z.to kill.

".,

^^.-e, "

mod.

8.

pot.

8.

tranfen,v.

umge^en,

m.

to water.

-c, "
s.,_p^.

mod.

around

dream.

traurig,
adj.sad.
treffen,
v. ir.

to drive ; to

trcten,v. ir. to

a.

practice

u m

tread,step.

trcu, adj.true,

faith/W/ -lo 3, ac?;.u

to

go

to avoid,
; (insep.)

(sep.)to

to
(insep.)

turn

v. n.
fd)Iagcn,

return

; v.

up.

to overset

; to turn

menben, v. ir.

to turn

; to

invert,

unten, adv. below, beneath,

drip,drop,

trinfen,
v. ir. to drink.

u n

trotfen,"^j.dry.
s.

to deceive.

Sugenb,/

virtue

s.

".,pi.-en,

v. ir. (neut.)to go down,


gel^cn,
perish ; (act.)to undergo,

te r

adj.interesting.
itnter^altenb,

drop,

triigen,
", ir.

m.

(separable)to

nngcad^tet,
prep, notwithstanding,

-0. ir.
triefotf

Sprann,

ir.

v.

over,

faithfe"s.

Sropfen,m.

; -matter,m.

ir. to surround,

v. n.
fe'^ren,

u m

to hit ; to meet.

treikn, v. ir.

bank, shore.

v.
geben,

u m

Sraum,

moreover.

watch-maker,

tragcn,t. ir. to bear, carry.


a.

vict.
convince, con-

to

a.

U^r,/. 8., pi. -en, watch

Sonne, /. "., p?.-n, barrel.

Sopf,w.

to excel.

daughter.

death.

8.

treffen,
'". ir.

v.
ubcriicugen,

joiner,cabinet-maker.

Joc^ter,
/. 8., pi.mod.

e r

Untcr^altung,
/.

".,

pi. -en,

sation,
conver-

virtuous.
-^ft, am^*.

unterjoc^en,
v.

a.

Unterrtd)t,
m.

instruction.

to

subdue,

tyrant.
8.

jugate.
sub-

280

VOCABULARY.

ttn t e r

n. a.
fu(3^cn,

GERMAN

to examine.

"

m.
UttteTt^ait/
s., pi. -en,

or

ject,
adj.sub-

the way.

on

v. ir.
fle^cn,

i).
fuc^en,

to

a.

traucn, ti.

trust

t) e r

ti.

r a

hebcn,

to agree

a.

v.
bergen,

" cr

v.
beffern,

" e

bieten,v. ir. to forbid.

to

" e r

cimgen,

unite, join;

v. a.

s.,

to darken.

" adv. before, for,from.

sorig,
adj.former, last.

to hinder.

". a.
"er^tnbern,

"., ^^.-e, "

pi.-tt, " mo(f. people.

UOlhrcid),
adj.populous.

i)or, prep.

v. ir. to forget.
Sjergeffcn,
n. ". pleasure,delight.
SJergniigen,

m.
S^erfauf,

adv. rather.
sielme^r,

full.
"oUer),"(^'.
refl."ott,((kw?^.

v.

to agree.
v. n.
"erf!nflern,

to wound.

a.

i). ir. to pardon.


jei^en,

33oIf,n.

v. imp. ir. to displease,


"crbrte"en,

" er

cause.

"iel,adj." adv. much.

to deserve.

a.

to

S?ctter,
m.
".,^i.-n, cousin.

improve.

"erberben,v. ir. to spoil; to corrupt.

"erbicncn,
v.

dry up.

to

upon.

ir. to conceal.

" e r

a.

" 0 r

fommcn,

v.

to occur;
(separable)

seem.
m.
S^ormittag,

mocf. sale.

ir.

y 0 r

8.

forenoon.

v. ir. to take
fe|en,

see.
care, to fore-

"erfe|rt,
ac?;.
perverted,perverse.
" c

laffen
,

ir.

v.

leave ; to

to

rely SPtubcr, adv.

over,

past,

"ortrcffIic^,
adj.excellent.

upon.

verlaumben,v.

to calumniate.

a.

uomdrt^, adv. forward.

"erltcrcn,v. ir. to loose.


m.
SJerlufl,
".,p^.-c, loss,
u.
scrntfigctt,

tr.

be

to

able;

n.

".
v. ir. to grow,
SGBaci^fen,

ability,
property.
v. a.
"erntut^en,

tier

to suppose,

presume,

n. ir. to betray.
ratten,

"erriitfen,
i). a.

to move.

wagen,

squander.

" crf(^tttnben,
t". "". to

disappeaif.

to venture.

v. a.

/. Si
9Ba^I,
v.
wal^Ien,

"erf(^teben,
adj.different.
vi. a. to
"erfc^tt)enben,

to

SJerwunberung,
/. s. astonishment.
cation.
BerttJunfc^ung,
/. "., j9^.-en, impre-

violet.

v.

njunben, v.

; v. n.

entrust.

to

V. a.

v. a.
"erurfad)en,

" e

attempt.

confidence

5.

"ertro(fnen, ".

2}eild)cn,
ti. ".

to understand.

v. a. to defend.
ijert^eibigen,

SJ e
untruthful-

misspeak.

to

" er

tktisorltc^ttgfeit,
/. ".,pi.-en, careless-

Unwa^r^cit,
/. "., pi.-en,

v. ir. to promise ; v. reJL


fprci^cn,

" er

" e

unterwcgg,adv. by

ENGLISH.

AND

choice.

a.

to choose,

wa^nfinnig,
adj.mad, crazy.
observe, improve
i\)a^rne^men,"?.t".to

Sa^r^eit,
/."., p^.-en, truth.

282

VOCABUIiAEY.

Qti^tn,

n.

v.

a.

jei^en,

v.

ir.

to

8.,

pi.

Beitung,

/.

".,

Belt,

8.,

pi.

breci^en,

jerlegen,

/.

jerrcipcn,

v.

er

jloren,

v.

/.

jte^cn,

ir.

v.

juerjl,

adv.

ir.

Bunge,

draw,

to

march;

to

J
adv.

moderate;

adj.

rably.
tole-

to

return

to

return

to

send

ju,
i u

to,

prep,

bringen,
away

8.

n.

".

room,

at,

in,

i".

to

(time).

jwar,

on.

bring

to

to

backwards;

(inseparable)

v.

-geben,
;

-fc^id

to

en,

-be^

pany
accom-

ir.

(separable)

"".

a.

(separable)

v.

a.

(separable)

v.

-fe^ren,

back,
v.

shut.

return.

ir.

(separable)

to

lock

up.
m.

juweilen,

chamber.

to

tongue.

-n,

back,

fct;liepen,

Bujlanb,
Bimmer,

procession,

(separable)

pi.

".,

back;

move.

jicmlici^,

"mod.

-e,

a.

adv.

gleiten,

destruction.

8.

v.

/.

juriicf,

dissect.

destroy.

to

pi.

8.,

first.

at

contented.

adj.

m.

tear.

to

sugar.

first,

J umactien,

dissection.

8.

a.

draught.

break.

disjoin,

to

a.

Berflorung,

to

m.

newspaper.

tent.

ir.

a.

v.

-en,

-en,

ENGLISH.

Butfcr,

Bug,

time.

pi.

Aim

jufrteben,

accuse.

-en,

v.

Berlegung,

show.

to

Beit,/.

n.

QEBMAN

sign.

s.

geigcn,

"

adv.

condition.

state,
at

times.

C(?^j. certainly,

jroingcn,
Bn"ifl#

s.

wi.

v.

ir.

to

indeed.

force,

".,jp/. -C/

constrain.

dissension,

strife.

VOCABULARY.

ENGLISH

GERMAN.

AND

A.

Abdicate,
Abhor,

aBbantcn.

v.

vermogen,

fonnen.

; adv.

ungefd^r.

About,

prep,

urn

Above,

prep,

itber,ohm,

of*),prep,

(on"

Account,

s.

Accuse,

Always,

ober^alb.

Acquire,

v.

8.

Admire,

Diec^nung.

v.

-wards,
ber9?a(!^mittag:

-noon,

s.

Against,

gcgen,

prep,

wibcr.

Aged, adj. alt, beia^rt.


Agree (upon),

ft(^scrabrebeil.

Agreeable, adj. angene^m.


Air,

s.

""?;.atlmad^tig.

All, adj. all'^not

Alone,

fl^v.
adv.

Already,

anfomnten.
ber 5JfeiI.

^iinflter*

ber

As, conj.n"k, aU,

Ascend,
Ashes,

v.

flclgen,
^tnauffleigen*

bie

5.

ba.

Slfc^e.

fragen,bitten.

V.

IflJUtlbmt*
(to be), v, jld^

Astonished

At, prep,

bet, an, auf, ju.

rtng^ uml^cr.

Attempt,

i?.

beina'^c.

atlein.

adv.

s.

all-, ringdum^cr*

all, ganj unb gar

at

all around,
itid^t;

Almost,

Arrow,

"nt;

bie Sfnfunft.

8.

".

ber "c^ein.

$ccr.

prep.

v.

Artist,

s.

bad

8.

Arrive,

Ask,

bie 8uft.

Almighty,

5lfe,

anwenben, nac^fuc^cn.

".

Around,

ttU.

antwortcn*

bcr

8.

conj.m^i^" Arrival,

atZv. tt)icber.

Again,

tj.

Army,

nad^,nad^bem ;

prep,

Answer,

Apply,

Immhtxn,

"efanbte.

ba^ I^icr.

".

Appearance,

Afflicted,a(^. betrubt.
After,

adj.

Animal,

Ape,

bcr

untcr*

prep,

Ancient,

^anblung.

8.

adj. lieben^wurbig*

Among,

rocgcn*

crlangen.

bie

immer.

adv.

Amiable,

fic^gewij^ncn.

V.

conj.obgleid^,
oBfd^oiu

Ambassador,

jei^en.

V.

Accustom,

Action,

bie

anbern.

V.

Although,

According (to), j^rep. nac|.


Account

"(???. aud^.

Alter,

"erabf{^cucn;fi(^grauen.

V.

(to be), v.

Able

Also,

fd^on.

\)erfud^cn.

Attentive, adj. aufmerffam*


Attract,

Away,

V.

adv,

anjie'^en.
"eg, fort*

284

VOCABULABY.

"

ENGLISH

AND

GERMAN.

Boat, 8. \i(iiS3oot
Seib.
^ijrper,

Bad, adj.f"^Icd^t.

Body,

Bag, 8. ber SSeutcI.


Baggage, 8. bad "epa(!.

Boil, V. fod^en.

Bake,

Baker,
Bank,

ber S3a(fer.

8.

Ufcr.

bad

s.

Battle, ". bic "(J^lac^t.

Bough,

Boat, 'P. fc^lagcn.

Box,

Sc^onl^eU.

Because, cory. n"ciL


Bed,
Beer,

8.

bad SBctt.

Before, prep.

"or,

ber Soben.

8.

ber

8.

bie

8.

S3ii(^fe.

Bravery,s.

Beg, x). bitten.


Begin, ". anfangen.
Beginning,8. ber Slnfang.
Behave, v. fi(|
betragcn.

bie lapferfeit.

brcc^en*
jerbred^en.

v.

Breakfast,
bc"or.
cl^c,

21)1.

Brave, ad;,tapfcr.
Break,

bad S3ier.

".

-seller,ber 33uc^

or

Both, adv, beibe.


Bottom,

bie

-binder,ber "uc^-a5u(^;

pnbler; -store, ber S3uc^laben*

Basket, ". ber ^ort.

Beauty, 8.

bad

".

binber ; -dealer

bacfcn.

v.

Book,

ber

8.

bad

s.

c. frii^
griibjhic!;

jliicfen.
Breath,

ber STt^em.

8.

Bridge,8. bieS3rurfe.
Bring,^. bringen;
-along,mitbringtn;
-forth,gebaren;-to light,'Kraud*

Behind, prep, ^intcr.


Believe,v. glaubcn,

Brook,

Bell,8. bic "mt.

Broom,

Belong,u gepren*

Brother-in-law,8. ber "d^Wagcr.

Below, adv.

braun.
Brown, ac?;.

Bench,
Bend,

".

unten.

bie S3anf"

biegen.

^.

bringen.

Brush,

8.

ber

SBad^.

ber

SSefcn.

s.

8.

bie

S3iirfle.

Build, i?. bauen.

au"cr"au"erbe"t.Burdensome, adj.laflig.
Bum; T. brennen,"erbrenncn.
serraf^en.

Beside,besides,^"p.

Betray,v.

Burst,

??.

bcrjlen.

Between, prep. jtt)ifd^en.


Bid, t. bieten,
gebteten.

allcin,
But, conj.a\"tx,
fonbern.

Bill,". bie SRcd^ttung*

Butcher,

Bind, t). btttben.

Butter, 8. bic "utter.

Birth-day,", ber "eburWtag.

By, prep,

8.

ber

an,

"We^er.
gleifd^er,

aud, bci/uon.

Bite, V. bei"en.

fc^warj*
Black, flMfj.
Blame,

v.

tabcln.

Bless, i?. fegnen.

Blessing,s.
Blow,

".

ber

"egctt*

blafen.

blau.
Blue, a"^*.

Cage, ". ber ^ffifig.


Call,X). nifen;to be called,^cipen.
Calling,8.

ber

Calumniate,

v.

33eruf.
verlaumbcn.

VOCABULARY.

Cane,

"

ber ^amm.

*.

Come,

285

GERMAN.

AND

Comb,

bcr (Stocf.

s.

ENGLISH

fommen

[fommen*
again, wtcbcr"

Capital,s.

bic

^auptflabt.

Captain, s.

ber

^apitdn. [baranlicgen.Comfortable, adj.kquem.

Care, take

of, v. pflcgen
;

V.

about, Command,

befc^len,
gebicten.

v.

Careless, adj uad^Idffigf


unvorftc^tig.Commence,

v.

kginnen.
anfangen"

v. mitt^eilen.
Carriage,8. pi.bie ^utfci^e. [fe^en. Communicate,
Carry, v. tragen; through, v. tuxd)" Compare, v. tjcrglcid)en.
-

Castle,8.

"(^lop.

bag

Compel,

jttjingcn.

V.

fceflagen.
jic^

Catch, V. fangen,
greifcn.

Complain,

Cause, V. "erurfad)en.

Conceal, v. Bergen,"erbcrgcn.

Cautious, adj.sorftc^tig.

Concert,

Cavern,

bic

".

^b^Ic.

v.

bag Soncert.

".

Condition,

8.

bcr

Celebrated, adj bcrii^ntt.

Confidence, 8.

Certainly,a(ii).gcroip
; jwar.

Conquer,

Chair,

bcr "Stu^l.

".

Change, -". tocc^fcln


; jt^ dnbcrn.
Charge, ". bic ^oficn; v. fcelaben.
Chase, v. jagcn;". bic 3agb.

Suj^anb.

bag SDertraucn.

fctn.
bctt"u"t
ficgen. [|i(^

v.

Conscious, adj.UtOM^t ;

to

be

of,

mtt^tn.
Consequently,adv. folgltc^,
Contented, adj.jufriebcn.
Convince,

uberjcugcn.

v.

Cook, 8, bcr ^o6) ; v. fod^en.


Cheap, adj.Wo^Ifcil.
v. fcetrugen. Cool, adj.fii^I.
Cheat, 8. ber SSctrugcr;
[|)cfi.
ber
^dfc.
Cheese, ".
book, 8. bad
Copy, V. abfc^rctbcn
;
-

Cherry,

bie

8.

^'irfc^c.

Correct,v. uerbcffem.

Chiefly,adv. ^auptfdc^Iid^.

v. cntfprc(^cn.
Correspond (to),
Cost, V. foflcn;
-ly, adj.fojltar.

Childish, adj.finbifc^.

Counsel, v. ratten.

Choose,

c.

woolen.

Country,

Church,

8.

bie

Chicken,

bag

s.

^ii^nd^en.

^irc^c.

bag ^aax.

Couple, 8.

Class, 8. bie Piaffe.

Courage, ".

rein.
Clean, "(Z/.

Cousin,

Clear, adj. Uax, |cff.

Cow,

Climb,

V.

Cloak,

8.

Clock, ".

fiimmen.
ber SKantcL
bic

U^r; SBanbu^r.

jumac^cn.
Close, ". fc^Ue^cn,
Coat, 8.

ber 9lptf.

Coffee, 8. ber ^affee.

Coffin,8.

bcr

"arg.

ac^.fait.
Collar,8 ber ^ragcn.
Collier,". bcr ^o^lcr.
Cold,

".

bie ^dUc

8.

8.

bag \?anb.

a.

ber

SWut^.

ber SJettcr.

bie

^tt^.

Crawl,

V.

fried^en.

Create,

v.

fc^affen,
crfi^affcn*

Creep, v. fricc^cn.
Criminal,

8.

ber

SWiffet^dtcr.

v.
Criticise,
beurt^cilen.

Cross,8.

bag

^reuj.

Cry, V. f^reicn.
Cup, 8. bic J^affc.
Customary,

adv.

gcwo^nlid^.

Cut, V. fc^ncibcn.

286

VOCABULARY.

"

ENGLISH

D.

Dance,

Daughter, s.
Dawn,

Day,

Dwell,

3;ag;to-day,^eute; after

ber

8.

During,prep, wa^rcnb.
Duty, ". bic SJfli^t.

tie %o6)ttx*

tagen.

V.

to-morrow,

GERMAN.

Dry, (w!;.
c. (-up) "crtro(fncru
troffcn;

tanjcn.

v.

AND

njo^ncn.

"".

bic

Dwelling,".

2Bo^nung"

ubermorgcn.
E.

Uett.
Dear, adj.t^euer,

Deceive,

triigen,
tetriigen.

v.

Decision,". tie Sntfc^eibung.


Deed,

".

Defend,

ftert^eibigen.

Depart,v, abrcifen.
Deplore,v. beflagen.
Depth, 8. bic 3;iefc.
Deserve,

v.

Design, 8.

(ofanimals) frcffcn*
cflen;

8.

ber SRanb.

Else, a(Z". fonfl.

Emigrant, s.

Slbfic^t.

Detain, v. auf^alten.
ba^

t?.

Edge,

Destroy,v. jerjlijrcn.
Destruction,8. bic Scrfloruttfl.
Dictionary,8.

bic Srbc.

s.

Easy, adj.Iciest.
Eat,

"erbienen.

bic

frii^.
Early,acZj.
Earth,

bic %f)aU
v.

Eager,adj.gicrig.

2Bortcrbuci^.

Emperor,
Empire,

".

8.

ber Slu^n)anbcrcr"

ber

ba^

^aifer.

^aijert^um*

Empty, ac^. Iccr.


Endeavor, v. ftc^
Beflcipigcn.
crfreueit.
jtd^
Enjoy, a), genicpen;

Difficult,
fd)Wcr.
ac^',

Enjoyment, 8. bic ^reubc, ber "cmig*


Enough, adj.genug.
Entertaining, adj.untcr^altenb.

Dig,V. grabcn.

Entertainment,

Dine,

Entire,adv. ganj.

Die, ". f^erbcn.


Different,adj."crf(^icbcn.

fpeifen.

v.

Dinner,

a.

hai

^JJittagcffen.

adv. fofort.
Directly,

".

bic Unter^altung.

Equal, adj.gleic^.
Err,

V.

irrcn.
ftc^

v. bef^mu"cn.
Dirty,adj.fc^mu^lg;

Esteem,

Disappear,v. ttcrfc^winben.

Even, a"Z^. [elbjl,


glei^.

scrbricgen.
Displease,v. mipfaflcn,
Dissatisfied,
adj.unjufriebcn.

Evening, 8. ber 5l6cnb;

jcrlcgcn.
Divide, v. t^cilcn,

Ever, ado. it,jemald.

Door,

bic 2;prc.

8.

finab*
Down, adv. al, l^erab,
Dozen,
Draw,

ba^

".
1).

jic^cn.

Dream, v.
Dress, ".
Drink,

v.

!Du^cnb.

trdumcn.

8. ba3 ^teib.
anfletbcn;

Evil,

o(^tCtt.

ba"

8.

in

Examine,

v.

untcrfuc^cn.

Example,

8.

hai

"cifpiel*

Excel, -0. iibertrcffen.


Exercise,8. bic 5(ufga6c"
V.

the

-,

Oc*

Uebel; -doer, ber SPUtfc*

t^ater.

trinfcn;
(ofanimals) faufen"Expect,

Drive, v. trcibcn,
jagen.

v.

erwarten.

Expenses, 8. bic ^oflen*

VOCABULART.

"

Experience,s. bie (Srfa^ntitg.


Expression,8. bie 9iebeit^art.
Extremely,adu). au"erfl.
Eye, 8. ba" Slugc.

ENGLISH

AND

287

GEBMAN.

Foresee,v. "Dr|erfc^ett.
Forest, 8. ber SBalb.

Forget,c. sergeffen.
Fork, 8. bie "a5el.
Form,

bie

8.

"eflalt.

[e|emal".

Former, adj."orig; -ly,adt). frii^er,

Faithful,adj.treu.

Fortunate, "w?;.
gliicfUc^,

Faithless,adj. trculo3.
Fall,'D. fatten.

Fortune, 8. ba^ "Iu(ff SJermiJgen.

False,adj.falfd^.

Fox,

Fame,

Free, adj.frei;
-dom,

ber

".

Farmer,

".

Fountain, s. bie Ductte^ber S3runncn.

9lu^m.

ber S3auer,Canbmann.

8.

ber Suc^3.
".

bie ^rei^eit.

Fresh, adj.frifd).

Fast,adj.fc^nett.

Friendship,". bie Sreunbf(!^aft.


Fatigued,adj.mube.
Frighten,v. erfc^redfen.
[bar.
bie
Fear,".
". |td^
gurc^t;
fiirc^tcn. Fruit,s. bie Srudjt; -ful,"w?;.
fru^t"
Feel,V. fit^Ien;sad, betriibt
fein.
"TovD.,prep.
"on, au5.
Feeling,". ba^ "efit"I.
Furniture,8. ba" SWobel.
-

Ferment,

ij.

ga^ren.
G.

Fetch, -0. ^olen.


Field,". ba" Srelb.

". gewiimctt.
Gain, 8. ber "etoinn;

Fight,V. fec^ten,
jlreitcn.

Gardener,

"

Fill,v. fiitten.

ber "artner.

8.

ber "ingang.
Gate, 8. ba^ 3;:^or,
[au^fe^en.

Find, t. ftnben
fiault,Geography,
ieftnben
; ftc^
j

".

Finish,u. beenbigen.
First

acZij.crfl,
juerfl.
(at),

Fish, ". ber ^if^.

Flame, 8. bie ?5Iamme.


Flay,"j. fc^inben.
Flax,". ber Sla^".
Flock, ".

bie |)ecrbc.

bie

"eograp^ie.

Get

(up),". auffle^en.
Ghost, ". ber "ei{!.
Gift,". ba" "efc^enf.
Give,

V.

gebcn.

Gladly,adv.

gem.

Glide, u. gleiteit.
Glimmer,

xi.

glimmem*

Florin,s. ber "ulben (acoin).

Glitter,v. glanjen.

Flourish,V.

Glove, s. ber ^anbf(|u$.

grunen.

Go, v. ge^en; for,^olen; out, auS"


along or with, mitge^en;
Fly,8. bie ^liege.
ge^en;
down
Follow, XI. folgen.
unterge^en.
(sink),
Gold, golden,adj.golben.
Fool, 8. ber J'^or;-ish,ad^.t^iJrid^t*
Good-natured, adj.gemiit^lid^.
Foot, ". bet %\x^,
Govern, x. regieren.
"Por,
prep. f0r;cowj.benit.
Grave, 8. ba^ "rab.
Force,v. jtvingen
; 8. bie ^rafl.
Flow,

V.

rinnen.
piegen,

Forehead,". bie "time.


Forenoon, a. bet Sormittag.

Graveyard,".

ber ilird^^of.

Gray, adj,grau.

288

adj. griin;to

Green,

become

-,

Ground,

8.

History,8.

bcr Sobcn.

k|Tern.
better, v. ftc^

Grow

Guess,

^intern,
"cr^inbcrn.
bic

"cfc^id^tc.

Hit, v. trcffcn.
Hold,

ratten.

V.

v.

mict^cn*
Hire, ". bingcn,

fd^lctfcn.

v.

Hill,". bcr ^iigcU


Hinder,

gritncn.
Grind,

v.

GERMAN.

AND

ENGLISH

VOCABULABY.

I^altcn.

v.

Guiltless,adj.fd^ulbb^.

Hole, 8. bag 2o(^,

Guilty,adj.fc^ulbig*
bc^ Oetoe^r*
Gun, 8. bic Sitd^fe,

Home,

bic

".

^cimat!^.

Honest, adj.c^rlid^*

Honesty, s. bic 9icbUd^fcit,


Hope,

I^offcn.

V.

Horror, ". bag "raucn.

Habit,8.

bte

Horsemarket,

@cwo^tt^"

8.

9)fcrbcmarft#

bcr

bic "tunbc*

Hair, ". ba^ ^aar.

Hour,

Half, adj.^alb.

-much,
How, adt). KDicj

Ham,
Hand,

Hunger,

bic |)anb.

8.

tt)ic
"icl"

icbo(^.
However, conj.inbcffcn,

bcr "d^ittfcn"

".

8.

s.

bcr

-5)ungcr.

Hang, V. ^dngcn;-man, ". ber ^enfer, Hungry, aw^.^ungrig*


Hunter, 8. bcr Sager*
Happen, v. gcfc^e^cn.
Happy, adj.gliitflid^.
Hard, adj.^art,fd^toer.

Hardly, a"2tj.faum.
Hate

If,coTij.
mm,
8. bcr |"ag;
v. ^affcn.
(hatred),

Head,
Heal,

^o})f;-ache, ^opf"e^. Imitate,-". naci^al^mcn.


fofort.
Immediately,adr". foglcid^,
]|ctlen.
bcr

".
".

Health,

".

bic

"cfunb^cit.

Heart,
Heat,

^orcn.

".

8.

In, into, prep,

bad |)crj.

8.

bic

Heathen,

8.

Herd,

".
s.

Hero,

8.

Hide,

".

ieleibigcn.
Injure,v. scrle^en,
Instance,a. bcr SIugcnMid.
Instruct,V. untcrri(^tcn.
Instruction, 8. bcr Untcrrid^t*

bic ^cfrbc*

ijcrkrgcn.
Hight,". bic |"ij^e.

auf; a"t

Inhabitant,8. bcr Sinwo^ncr.

bic ^cnnc.

bcr ^clb.

an,

Induce, v, bcn"cgcn.

bcr "^cibe*

Here, adv. ^ter;-upon,

in,

^incin.

^i^c.

f^wcr.
Heavy, ar?;.
Helmet, ". bcr ^clrn*
Help, "?. ^clfcn.
Hen,

Important,adj. "id("tig.
Imprisoned,participle,
gefangcn.
fortfc^rcitcn.
Improve, "". fid)bcrfern;

Healthy, adj.gcfunb.
Hear,

o6, "ofcm.

^iercttf*

*. bic S'Zac^rid^t.
Intelligence,
a^. untcr^altcnb^
Interesting,
Introduce, v. cinfii^rcn.[2)imcnfa".

Ink,

8.

bic Dintc ;

-stand,

#.

ba4

290

VOCABULARY.

ENGLISH

Milk, 8. melfen.

(tohave

Mistaken

ber

-),2u|!^aBeii.

Seller,
Srrt^um.

Misuse, 8. mi^Braud^en.

Mockery, ".
Moment, s. ber SlugenHitf
Money, s. ba" "elb.
Monkey, 8. ber 5lffe.

More,

SKittag.

[nit^r.

all,ganj unb gar


Nothing,adv. nic^t^.

Now,

adv.

at

it^unun.
adv.

nirgenbwo,
nirgenb^.

O.

Obey,V. ge^or(i^en.
Obliged,adj.genot^igt.

ber !Konat.

ber 3Konb.

".

3la^t.

Numerous, adj. iat)\xti^.


Nut, 5. bie 3^u^; -tree,ber SfJup'SSaum.

Moon,

ber

8.

Nowhere,

ber "pott.

s.

Noon,

!Ric^tc.

bie

Not, adv. nic^t;

irren.
(tobe),d. ftc^

Month,

bie

Night, 8.

Miss, 8. ba^ Srauletn.


Mistake, s.

GERMAN.

Niece, 8.

ber Soulier.

Miller,".
Mind

AND

ac^ij.me^r; -over,

ubcrbie^.

Observe, v. tt)a^rne^men.
Occasion,s. bie "elegen^eit

day after Occupation,". ber S3eruf.


Mortal, adj.jlerblici^.
[-,ubermorgcn.Of, prep. "on, aud.
Offend,i). kleibigen.
Moss, adj.ba" SWood.
Morrow

adv.
(to-),

morgcn;

33erg; (chain of
mountains), tai "et^irgc.

Mountain,

s.

Move,

V.

Much,

adv.

ber

much,

"ic ijtel.

OflBcer,s. ber Dfftcier.

Omnipotent, adj. aUmdd^tiQ.


On,

N.

Name,

ber

".

Narrative,

Near, prep,

v.
9lantc;

nenitcn.

8.

od^.

aw,

auf.

nur.

of en.
a^f;.
Open, V. offnen;

Opposite,prep, gegeniiber.
"efd^id^te,
(grja^Iung.
Or, conj.ober.
na^t,mUn, an, ^ei.

s.

bie

ber ^aU,

Necessary,adv. not^tg.
Need, s. bie ^ot^;v. Brauc^en.
Needle, 8.

prep,

upon,

Only,

Nearly,adv. bcina^e.
Neck,

anbieten.

Often,adv. oft.

rii^rcn,
bewcgen.
how
"iel;

Offer,V. Uttm,

bie 9JabeI,
9?a^nabel.

Order,

befel^Ien.

v.

Orphan, 8.

bie

2Baife.

Other, adj.onber ; -wise, adv.

Out,

out

Owe,

V.

Ox,
Neglect,V. ijernac^Iaffigcn.
"ernoc^Iafjtgt.
Neglected,participle,

8.

of,prep.

au(3.

fi^ulben
(with Dat.)
ber Dd^^.
P.

Negligent,adj.na(^Iaffig.
Neighbor, ". ber ^Jac^kr.

Pack,

8.

ber 9)a(f.

Page,

8.

bie "5eite.

Nest, 8.

Painter, s. ber SJZaler.

ba"

S^ejl

Never, adv. nit,niemal^.

Painting,5.

bcfh)
aeniger.Pair, 8.
Nevertheless,adv. nic^td
neuUd^ffrifc^.
Newly, offj.
Newspaper, ". bie Settung.
anbere.
Next, adj.md)% folgenb;

fonfl

Palace,

ba^ "emalbe"

ba" ^aax.
".

ber

9)alafl.

Pale, adj.blap,blei^.

Paper, ".

bad

3)aHfr ; (news-),bie

VOCABULARY.

ENGLISH

291

GERMAN.

AND

"onnenf^trm.[Beitung.Prefer,v. sjoriie^en.

Parasol,s.

ber

Pardon,

ijerjci^en.

v.

"

s. baS "cfc^cn!.
Present, v. fc^enfen;

beflemmen.
Press, V. briicEen,

x'arents, s. tie Sltern.

Pretty,adj.\)\ib\6^,
[*or'6ci9e^cn.
axtxQ,jiemlic^.
ber
Pass (through),
v. bur^rcifen;(by), Price,8.
9)rei"3.
Prince, s. ber 9)rinj,
%Vix\i.
Pay, V. hja^Ien.
Pea, s. btc "d^otc.
Prison,8. bad "efdngnii.
Park,

ber ^axt

s.

Penny, s.

bcr

9"fcnmg.

People, 8. ha^ SSoU, bie 2 cute.


Perceive,

tenterfen.

v.

Physician,
Piano,

bcr

5lrjt.

Piece, 8. ba3 "tutf

Pile, 8. ber 9)fa^l.

Prophesy, v weiflagen.
Prospect,8. bie Sludfid^t.
Prosper,v. gebei^en.
Punish,

Pit, ". bie |)o^Ie.

tejlrafen.

V.

Pupil,8.
[ctnlegen.

ber

Place,*,ber Drt; -d. legen;-(into,^in* Pure, adj


Plant, s.

bte

vcrfpred^en.

v.

Proper,adj. etgem paffenb.

ba" "emalbe, Silb.

Picture,s.

Probably, adv.
Promise,

ba" ^laijier.

8.

SBelc^mmgtoal^rfc^einUc^.

Profit,s. ber "eroinn.

Perhaps, adj.uieHeii^t.
5.

ber 3)reid,
bie

Prize,8.

'SJflanje.

Purse, 8.

"dottier.

rein.

ber Seutel,bie SSiJrfe.

s. ba^ "picl: -ground,


Push, ". flo"en.
Play,".fpiclcn;
bcr "pietpla^
Put, V. jleKen; on, anjielen.
; -thing,ba3 "pieljeug.
Pleasant, adj.angene^m.
Q
-

Please,

gefaUen.

t.

Pleasure,s.

baS

bie

SJergniigcn.

Pocket,

8.

Poet,

ber Dic^ter.

Point

8.
"

bie

Poison, ".
Pond,

8.

Quack,

bte eigenfd^aft,
Qualitdt

Quality,s.

Xafd^e; -handkerchief. Quarrel,v. ftd^


(Ireiten.
[ba^ 2;afd^emud(",
Question,8.

"pi^e.

bad

ber STluacffalbcr,

btc

^rage.

Quick, ar^".
fd^ncU*

"ift.

Quite,adv.

gar.

ber 3:ei(!^.

R.

Populous, adj.\)olfreid^.

Rabbit, a bad ^anind^cn.

Portfolio,". bie 23rteftaf(^c,

Rail-road,s.

Possess,V. bcfit^cn.

Rain, s.

Post, 8.

bie

9)ofl;
-man,

ber S5ricf6otc.
Ray,

8.

ber
ber

bte

Stfenk^n.

Diegen; -bow, bcr JUcgOII*

"tra^U

Possible; adj.moglid^.

Razor, ". bad SRaftrmelfcr.

Pour, V. giegen.

Read,

Poverty,s.

Reason,

bie

v.

[bogoiw

lefcn.

STrmut^.
Praiseworthy,adv. Iobend"ert^.
Pray, v. tctcn,bitten.
adv. gcnau.
Preci8e(ly),

Reception,". ber Smpfang.


Recogniae,v. erfcnncn.

Precious,adj.foflbar.

Recollect,v. {i^tefinnen,
jic^
crinncrn.

Receive,

".
v.

bte

"ernunft.

er^alten,
empfangcn,

292

VOCABULARY.

"

ENGLISH

AND

Recover, v. gcnefen.

Scream,

s. ta^ SRetc^.
Reign, v. rcgieren;

Screw,

Remain,

v.

Remedy,

".

Renown,

8.

v.

Resemble,

See, V. fe^en.

ber

JRu^m.

Seethe, v. fleben.
Send,

fenben; away, fortfdjicfcit.


Separate,v. fonbern,fd)eiben.
Set,

iidierbitteii
or audbitten.

(Srtrag.

v.
s.

abreifen.

Shine, v. f^einen,glanjen.
Short, adj.furj.

SRitcffe^r.
Riches,

(sun),unterf;e^en;
fe^en;
-out^

adv. fiirjlid^.
". bie Shortly,
umfe^rcn,
oiebergcben;

v.

Reward,

V.

Shoot, V. fd^ie"en.

Retain, v. be^attcn.
Return,

V.

V.

gleid^en,
audfc^en(rote).Shepherd, 8. ber "c^dfer.

v.

ber

".

fc^rauben.

V.

bad WitttU

8. bie 9lu^c.
Rest, V. audru("cn;

Result,

freifc^en,
fci^reien.

Season, ". bie 3a^re"jeit.

Repent, v. reuen.
Reply, V anitvortcn.
Request,

v.

bleiben.

"(Z;.
beru^mt.

Renowned,

GEEMAN.

Show,

belo'^nen
; ".

bie Selo^nung.Shudder,

Shut,

JReid^t^um.

ber

V.

jeigen.
v. f(!^aubertt.
jumad^en,fc^Ue^en*

V.

Ride, V. (carriage)
fa^ren;
(horseback)Sick, adj.franf,unwol^l.
Silent (to be),v.

reiten.

Silk

Ridiculous, adj.lac^erlid^.
to
Right, rec^t;

the

right,rec^td.

"r

fd^weigen.

silken, adj.feiben.

Silver,8. bad "ilber.

Ripen, v. reifen.
Rise, V. auffle^en;
(sun)aufge^en.

Since,prep, feit
; adv. ba.

Roast, V. braten.

Sink, V. jinfen,
unterge^eu.

Rock,

Room,

Sir,8. ^err.

wicgen.

V.
8.

Sit,V. ft^en.
-down, [\6)
nicbcrfett-n.

bag Btmmer.

Sleep,V. fc^lafen.

Round, adj.runb.
Rub,

V.

retben,f^rcici^en.

Run,

V.

lauferurennen; -away,

laufen;
-over,

Sing,v. ftngen.

Sleeping,participU,f(!^lafcitb.
bason*" Slide,v. gletten.

iiberlaufen.

Sling,7). fci)Iingen.
Slipper,8.

S.

ber 3""intcffel.

8. ber "erud^.
Smell, v. ried^en;

Sad, adj.traurtg.

Smelt, D. fcfimeljen.

"(^iffer.
Sailor,8. ber "WatTofe,

Sneak

". ber SJerfauf.


Sale,V. verfaufen;

Snort, V. fc^naubcn.

Sand,

8.

Snow,

ber "anb.

?j.

fagen;

adv.
Scarcely,

prayers,

V.

8. ber "d^nee*
fd^neten;

Soj adv. fo,alfo.

Salt, 8. bad "alj.

Say,

v. ^tnfc^Ieid^eit.
(to a place),

beten.

faum.

Scissors,8. bie (Sd^eere.

Soil,?). befd"mu^en,
befd^micrra.

Soldier,8. ber (Solbat.


Sometimes,

adv.

manc^mal.

ENGLISH

VOCABULABY.

Soon,

Sun,

adv. 6alb.

Sorrow,

bie

s.

AND

bic "ottttc.

8.

Swim,

"orgc,^ai "cib.

293

GERMAN.

fci^njtmmcn.

V.

"^tvctji.

ba^

Sorry (to be),leib t^un.

Swine,

".

bic "eelc.

Swing,

i?.

fc^wtngen.

Swear,

v.

fc^worcn.

Sweat,

".

Soul, ".
Sound,

blafen.
fd^affcn,
flingcit/

t.

Sparkle,v. Qlimmeu.

bcr

"d)tt)cig.

Swell, ^. fd^lDcIIcn.
Speak, V. fprcc()cn.
{- time)jubringcn.
Spend, V. au^gcbcn;
Spin,V. [pinnm.
s. bcr "ei|l.
Spirit,
Spit,y. fpcicn.

rcbcn.

Talk,

V,

Take,
Spite (in of),prep. trotJ,
un9ea(]^tct.

v.

Tea,

nc^mctt ; -(for),
^altcn(fur).

bcr

S^cc.
Teacher, ". bcr 2c"rcr"

Spoil,c. "erbcrben,^crtDo^nm.

8.

Spoon, 8. bcr 2offel.


bic Tear, t). icrrci"cn.
8.
quetten;
Spring, c. fpringcn,
DucUc.
Tell,V. fagcn.
Sprout, i). fpric^cn.

Tent,

Squander, v. t)crfc"WCttbett"
Stake, 8. bcr 9)fa$L

Terror, ". bcr "c^rctf,


"d^rctfctt.

Stand,

Theme,

?j.

baa Belt.

".

Than, conj.aU.

jlc^cn.

bic

".

Slufgabc.

Stay,V. blctbcri.

Then, conj.bcnn; ae^c. bann, al^bawi.


There, adv. ba, bort ; -fore,bed^alb/

Steal,V. flcttctt.

Thief, 8.

Star, 8.

bcr "tcrn.

Steamboat,

Steel, 8.

ba3

s.

bcr

!DamUf6oot*

"ta^l ; -pen,

bic

Still,a"i;.jltll
; adv. nod^.

Sting,8.

bcr

"tac^cl.

Stove, 8.

bcr

Dfcn.

Street,".

bic

"trape

Thing, ".

"ta^l* Think, t). bcnfen,ftnnm.


Thirsty,adj.burflig.
[fcbcr.
Though, conj.obfci^on,
obtt)o^l.[fcnI
Thoughtless,adj.Iciti^tjlnntg,
gcbanThrive,

tj.

Through,

Stretch

Throw,

Strife,8.

auaflrctfeiu

^.

bic "a^c.
^ling,

baa

Strength,". bie "tdrfc*


out,

bcr (Btreit.

Thus,

gcbci^cn.

prep.

"wf". fo,alfo.
baa aSittct.

Ticket,

flarf.
Strong,a"^'.

Tie, tj. binbcn.

Subdue,

V.

Subject,8.

ba^

^auptwort.

untcrjo^cn.
bcr

Untcrt^an.

b u r(i^
fc^cn.
Succeed, v. gelingen,

Suck,

D.

faugcn.

Suffer, V. Icibcn,bulbcn.

Time,

burd^.

TOcrfcn,
fdi^mctfcn.

V.

Strike,v. fd^lagcn,
l^aucn.
Substantive,".

[mit^ia.

bcr 2)icb

8.

bic 3ett, baa

8.

mean

-,

adv.

inbcffctt.

Tired, adj.mitbe.
To, prep. ju.

Too,

adv. ju.

Tomb,

8.

bic

3"al}in

"rufl.

the

234
Torment,

bie

",

Wait,

bic

Ueberfe^ung.

Want,

treu.
True, adj.roaf^x,

War,

traucn, ijcrtraucn.

Wash,

Truth,

bie SBa^r^eit.

Water,

Turn,

V.

tt)cnbcn;

over,

umf e^rcn.

v.

^Iciber^^Sd^ranf.

ber

8.

wafc^en,bcbiirfen.

V.

"alfcr;(to-animals),

bad

8.

tranfen.

Wave,

ber Ijjrann.

Tyrant, 8.

bic SSaU'

^rieg.

ber

8.

Trust, V.
s.

".

braud^cn,
bcbiirfen.

V.

Wardrobe,

buffer.

bcr

bie 2Kauer;-nut,

8.

ruj.

Troublesome, adj.lafitg.

s.

fpa5,ieren
(gc^n).

V.

Wall,

Travel, v. reifen.

Trunk,

V. wartcn.

Walk,

Translate,v. iiterfe^en.
Translation,s.

GERMAN.

Cual; v. foltern.

bie "pur.

Track, 8.

AND

ENGLISH

VOCABULAEY.

Way,

bie SBcfle.

8.

ber

".

SBeg.

fd)n)ad).
ttc?;.

Weak,

Weary, adj.miibe.
Ugly, adj.^dgli(^.

Weather,

XJndeT,prep.untcr; -take,
nc^men; -stand,

v.

v.

unttx^

"erjlcl"cn.

Undress, v. au^flciben.
Unite, V. ttereintgcn.

v.

Well,

ber

Wheel,

adv.

Where,

ac?r, ttjann,aid.

(tobe of-),nfljjcn;
gcbrauc^en;

Wine,

bcr 9?u^fn.

adv.

toc^tr.

fttoriikrj

tt)p; -upon,

worauf;-in, "crin;-of,too"on.

-on,

8.

bad fRab.

conj."

When,
Whence,

Up, upon, prep. an.


Upset, V. umfd^Iagen.
V.

8.

SSrunnen;
a(f;.
tto^I.

bid.

Until, adv.

Use,

weben.

Weave,
8.

bad SBcttcr.

".

bcr SBcin,

Whether, conj.ob.

nii^Iidj.
Useful, a"?/.

While, covj.inbcm ; prep,


Whistle,

V.

wd^renb.

pfcifen.

Whither, adj.iDo^in.

Valley,". ba" 3::^al.


8. bcr SBcrt^.
Value, t). fti^ajjcn;

Venture,v.
8.

bie

Sludftc^t.

Will,

8.

ber StIIe.

Win,

V.

getoinnen.

S5eil(^cn.

Xugenb.
Virtuous, "wf;.tugenb^aft.

Wind,

Visit, 5. bcr S3cfud)


; v. bcfuc^en.

Wish,

Virtue, 8.

Vocation,
Voice,

5.

Volume,

bic

8.

ber

S3cruf.

bie (Sttmmc.
8.

adj.breit.

Wide,

bad

Violet,8.

Why, adv.naxnm, wcd^alb.


Wicked, adj.bod^aft.

"Sicg.

bcr

Victory,".
View,

ttagcn.

adj.gan^.

Whole,

bcr 93anb.

8.

Window,

ber SSinb; v. winbcn*


8.

V.

bad

"itnfd^cn

With, prep.

mit.

Without,

prep.

Wood,

bad

8.

t^enflcr.

o^nc.

|"olj.

PEOPEB

Wool,

".

Word,

8.

Work,

8.

ber

NOUNS

AND

295

ADJECTIVES.

bie SBoIIc.
ba" 2Bcrt.
bad SBerf ; v. arbcitcn;-man,

s.

Yard,

".

ber
bie (Sffc;

Year,

s.

bag

W.

3a^r"

-table, ber 5lrbcU"ttf(^.


Slrbeitcr;
Yesterday, adv. gejlern.

World,

8.

bie SBelt.

Yet, adJ". no(i^;


conj.bod^.

Worm,

8.

ber SBurm.

Yield, ^j. weid^en*

Worth, adj.n"ert^
; to be
Wrestle,

v.

-,

ringen.

jung;
geltcn. Young, "idj.

man,

bet Siing*

ling.

Wring, V. ringen.

National

Appellations,
ProperNouns

and

Sttbolf
Adolphus.
(3lboIp^),

3o^ann,John.

Egypt.
Sfeg^pten,
Sleg9pter#
Egyptian.

3talien,Italy.
Italian.
3taliencr,

Africa.
2Ifrtfa,

^axl, Charles,

STmcrifa,America.

lateintfd^,
adj.Latin.

American.
9lmerifattcr"

Cubwig,Louis.

Asia.
Slflcnf

Suifc,Louise.

S3atcrn,Bavaria.

^axit, Mary.

S3aicr,Bavarian.

Munich.
SWunc^cn,

("dfar"Caesar.

Austria.
Defireic^,

Soln,

Austrian.
Defireid^cr,

Cologne.

Adjectives.

German.
beutfc^#

Prussia.
9)reu"cn,

T)eutf(!^lanb,
Germany.

Prussian.
3Jreu^e,

a German.
T)eutfc^cr,

9?om, Rome.

Sbuarb, Edward.

JRomcr,Roman.

"milte,Emily.

Russia.
piu^Ianb,

Snfildnbcr,
Englishman,

Russian.
9luJTe"

cnglifc^,
English.

"(^webcn,Sweden.

Frankfort.
Sranffitrt,

"d^webe, Swede.

France.
t^ranfreic^,

"S^mii, Switzerland.

Frenchman.
^ranjofe*

Swiss.
(Sc^wctjer,

French.
franjoftfc^,

^ran^r Francis.

"Sop|ie,
Sophy.
(Spamen, Spain.

Frederic.
Srtcbric^,

(Spanter,Spaniard.

"corg,George,

Xurfet (ZvLxUx!),
Turkey.

Greece.
"ried^enlanb,

2Blen,Vienna.

^cinri^,Henry.

m^dm,

William.

296

TO

ADDENDA

AND

GEEMAN

departed,set
a'bgcrctjl,
partic.
Slrmec,/. "., pL
m.
Slrjt,

-w,

s.,pi.-c"

Slumenfranj,m.

VOCABULARY.

m.
fR^tin,

out.

Rhine.
(river)
scene.

"mod., physician."d^eere,
/. s.,pi.-n, shears, pair
".,

pi.-c,

"

S3ruflf
/. "., pi.-c,

fd^immern,v.

gleam,glimmer.

to

n.

fc^Juarj,
adj. black.
"

m.
"c^roeip,

wi"?d,bopom.

".

sweat,

"eele,/.".,j9?.
-n, soul.
8ta^Ifebcr,
/. "., ^^.-n, steel-pen.

Carthage.
Earf^ago,
bid, fl^-thick, big.
m.
!i)tebjla^t,
s., pi.-c,

-e, " mod., stick,cane.


mod., theft. "tocf,m. ".,jp^.

"

eben"adv. just,even, exactly.

Strenge,
/. ". severity,

Grbbeere,/. ".,p^.-n, strawberry.

iantc,/. 5.,pi.-n, aunt.

to

crp^en,"?. ".

of

scissors,

mod.,

bloDd.

8.

the

s.

(Scene,
/. s., pi.-n,

army.

garland,wreath.
SBlut,n.

ENGLISH.

m.
I^aler,

raise,lift up.

s.

trdumen,

v. irr. to resound, sound.


erflingen,

v.

German
a.

"

n.

dollar(72
cents),
to dream

also,

standard,
trdumen, to dream, to indulge
fid)
%a^nt,f. 8., pi.-n, flag,
colors,
[friend. in dreaming.
female
Itjrannei,
/. a., pi.-en, tyranny.
s., pi.grcunbinnen,
greunbin,/.
adv. fonnerly.
adj. undoubtedly.
unjtt)eifel^aft,
fru^er,
v. a. irr. to shed, spill.
ijergiepen,
gcfauft,
past partic.bought.
m.
s. undertaking,
2}or|aben,
gemad^tr
past partic.made.
design,
"Iag, n. s. glass.
ttortreten,v. n. irr. to step forth,
"ratnmatif,/. s.,pi.-en, grammar.
present one's self.
-

"ra^,

n.

s.

2Baffe,/.

grass.

^afer,m.

s.

V.
^aftcn,

n.

cling,stay,

fixed.

to act, deal ; also

n.

s., pi.-t, "

^of, m.
i^ijln,
see

Itcbcitr
". a.

to

knife.

na^cn,"p. ti.

to draw

9)ferb,

pi.SBaffen,

armor.

truce.
m.
Saffenjlilljlanb,
s. armistice,
a.

mA)d.,yard,court-

tvanbein,v.n. to walk, wander, travel


roeilcn,
v.

n.

to

linger,
delay.

8.

[yard. weinen,v. n. to weep, lament.


see
ball,bullet.
tt)et",
(oftuiffcil,
page 120) know.

love, like.

n.
".
SJleffcr,

n.

v.

arms,

in

Soln (page 295).

-n,
^ugel,/.
".,j)Z.

n.
?)aptcr,

remain

[tomanage.

v.
^anbcln,

instrument, weapon

scarcelyused except

oats.
to

s.

near.

horse.

(see n)er).

(seewer).

wen

paper.

s., pi.-",

wem

(seep. 86),pron. who.


3aun, m. s., pi. -c, " mod., hedge,

n"er

[tion.

fence.

broken.
-n, fancy,iraagina-jerbrod)en,
9)^ntafte,/.
s.,pl.
past partic.
tec^t,
ac^." adv. right,correct ; very. j"i[d)en,
prep, between, among.

THE

NATIONAL

SERIES

MODERN
COURSE

H. Worman,
By James
Brooklyn, L. I.

A.M.,

IN

Professor

Worman's

First

Worman's

Second

Worman's

Elementary
Complete

Worman's

SCHOOL-BOOKS,

LANGUAGES,

COMPLETE

STANDARD

GF

of

German

GERMAN.

THE

Modern

in the

Languages

emy,
Adelphi Acad-

Book.

German

Book.
German

Grammar.

German

Grammar.

for intermediate

and

classes respectively.
are
designed
"
with
Otto
general method
following the same
(that of '' Gaspey "), our
is more
differs essentiallyin its application. He
practical,more
systematic
introduces
number
of invaluable
a
have
features which
accurate, and besides

These

volumes

advanced

"

Though
author
more

been

before

never

combined

in

German

grammar.

for Professor
be claimed
Worman
other
that
he has
been
the
things, it may
Among
text-book
tor learning German, a system of analogy and
firstto introduce, in an American
also enthusiastic
about
his
are
comparison with other languages. Our best teachers
methods
of inculcating the art of speaking, of understanding the spoken language, of
correct
originalclassification of nouns
pronunciation ; the sensible and convenient
(in
of irregularverbs, also deserves
much
four declensions),and
praise. We also note the
of heavy type to indicate
use
etymological changes in the paradigms and, in the exercises,
the parts which
speciallyillustrate preceding rules.

W^orman's

Elementary

Worman's

Collegiate

German

Reader.

German

Reader.

of classical

and standard
most
German
literature.
judicious compilation
from
the
embrace, progressively arranged, selections
masterpieces of
Goethe, Schiller,Korner, Seume, Uhland, Freiligrath,Heine, Schlegel, Holty, Lenau,
Wieland, Herder, Lessing, Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Winkelmann,
Humboldt,
Ranke,
Menzel, Gervinus, "c., and contain
complete Goethe's
Raumer,
Iphigenie," Schiller's
modern
in
conversational
also, for instruction
German, Benedix's
"Jungfrau;"
Eigensinn."
of each
author
There
contributing, notes, explanatory
are, besides, biographical sketches
to all leading grammars,
and
philological(afterthe text),grammatical reierences
and
well as the editor's own,
an
as
adequate Vocabulary.
finest and

The

works

These

"

**

Worman's

German

Worman's
On

Echo.

plan
progressive copies.
same

as

the

most

approved

By
of

and

the

the

natural

Learner's

These

or

Books

Pestalozzian

Vernacular.

with

James

German.

in
for

System,

By

Numbers.
English penmanship,

SERIES.

H.

teaching

belong to the new


Chautauqua
beginners learning to speak German.

German
The

the

A.

Worman,

books
for

are

Second

for

systems

CHAUTAUQUA
First

Copy-Books,

German

the

language without

the

help

M.

Language Series, and


peculiar feature;}of its

tended
in-

are

method

"

It teaches
referred
to, and
1.

the

language

does

not

allow

by direct
the

student

appeal
to

first hour

guess

to illustrations
He
is said.
what

of

the

speaks

objects
from

the

understandingly and accurately. Therefore,


2. Grammar
is taught
both
analytically and synthetically throughout the
their
and
of tense
mood, because
The
is
made
with
the auxiliaries
course.
beginning
of
the declensions
follow
theui easilyintelligible
kinship with the English makes
; then
It
is
ea.sy
arranged.
and
other
of
nouns,
parts
articles,
speech, always systematically
This
at a time.
to confuse
pernicious
the pupil by giving him
one
case
or
one
person
than
worse
are
of
Books
habits
that
thought
is
discarded.
pi-actice
beget unsystematic
worthless.

43

NATIONAL

THE

SERIES

MODERN
The

3.

rules

first the
4.

lower

sense

Everything

is

the

at

memory

The

5.

well

In

the

and

contrast

contains

that

Schele

their

within

My

dear

Worman.

of the

more

done

Your

the

me

honor

"

send

to

The

liberal publishers

very

no

notices

attention

have

Co.)

me

valuable
well

eminent

of

confreres

me,

la
the

cerely
sin-

was

at

large,as

litteraires dans

value

at
of

the

almost

thick

admit

of
in

Medes

the

Decrees

the

your
are

teaching

of

way

method

volumes.

The
here
when

decree.
by a stem
do, therefore, is to recommend

earnestly and

hundreds

economy,
of whom

time,

scatter

the

to

vast

boldly
their

of

fields of

their

to my
leave
the

us

seeds

prescribed
of

and

you
that

to

Messrs,
thank
you

they go alone.
little

have

All
your

and

to

shall

assist

be
you,

Schele

best
I

works

for

use

A. S. Barnf^
for the

"

ever

his

graduated

give

as

student

the

books
them.

Verb.

"

is

combined

just enough

to

fessor
Pro"

and

I have
of

the

natural
introduce

make

the

I shall
into my school this fall. We have
German
Worman's
using Professor
and
pleased with
are
vei-y much

lights
The
Echo," in particular,dement
advancemore
pupils. They make
"

one

vear

by the old

by this

manner

success

of

method

than

teaching

in

your

businessj

am

Yours

very

truly,
R.

44

sending

Book

French

practicable.

Wishing you

beautiful

in

examined

thing of the kind

There

seen.

Pa.

Co.

I have

First

"

it the best

in

to

of Beaver,

kindness

Your

"

appreciated.

grammar
method
the work

profess

want

to

S. Barnes

Sirs,

I think

success,
hereafter

Co.," I
those

By this
them

makes
well

as

much

Worman's

copies of

do

mind, without

the

translation.

R. T. Taylor,

A.

books

{Mass.) Normal

Master, Boston
iScliooL

Mr.

Dear

remain, very
De

of

pupil soon
possession.

would

Messrs.

can

the confessions

able

before

volumes

dozen

From

found

two

Head

outset

very
would

the

been

heartily the

hoping
also modestly to
sincerely yours,

From

tedious-

extended
vocabulary. I trust Professor
his good work.
will continue
Worman
Yours
very truly,
L. DUNTON.

I fancied

teachers.

Wishing

the

of

an

harvest
every
broadcast
over

South,

adherence

A
these

urgently, in the
graduates,
young

most

their

as

victory, I

the

the

permanent

does

laws

irreversible

faced

point of

brains

dense

admirable

obtained

I had

most

the

intervention

means

Jefferson, and

as

of Mr.

myself

from

beginner

the

volumes.

and

crania

university

our

said

be

may

kept constantly

"

not

serving
ob-

of

trinsic
in-

Most
for how
I should
unfortunately
exquisitely shaped
delight to wield such
and
to make
sharpened instruments
niy

"

the

engage

dictionary in reading the " First French


Book;" and yet the words are so introduced
often
the meaning
is
and
used, that
so

your
in a

works
with

the different

of

and

you

publishers to bring out your


style so truly in sympathy

into

and

of a new
learning the grammar
language, I think all will agree that the
great labor is mastering the vocabulary.
And
it is just at this point that
1 think
these books
of great use.
The exercises
are
are
so developed out of pictured objects nnd
well
actions, and are
so
graduated that
A

ce

Linguistique, have
great advantages

enabled

and

method,

way

the

departement de
length discerned
your

publications. But
glad that the public

as

call my
of these

to

merits

Whatever
ness

copy

nombres

sans

the

to

overtaxing

for beginners in German


and
Worman.
i"repared by Professor
Professor
is
taking his
pupils
the right road
fully.
rapidly and delight-

French

excellent works, The First French and


German
It needed
Second
Book.
introduction
in the
mentary
shape of compli-

your
the

avoid

to

little books

ahmg

(Messrs. A. S. Barnes

employ

all the essentials of German


pages
and
student
the
prepared upon its
recondite, complicated, and irregular

H.

to

its few

de

Sir,"

James

Prof.

association,

is easy,

mastery

Studies

Grammar,

being

reason.

Verb, author of a
in English, dc.
"c.. University of Virgiriia,Va.
Prof.

French

the purpose

examples;

mind.

the study
completion to enter upon
principles of the language.
From

Co/itimted.

"

much
practical varied information,
convey
the thinking faculties
of the
learner
s niiiid.

as

presented

so

by

tiie

of

the

of

taught

short, this brief series

Grammar

after

faculty

expense

lessons
as

LANGUAGES

introduced

are
or

SCHOOL-BOOKS.

STANDARD

OF

T.

Taylop.

in

NATIONAL

THE

SERIES

OF

STANDARD

SCHOOL-BOOKS.

FRENCH.
Worman's

First

first book

The

Worraan's

French.

Series by the
companion series to the successful German
for those
The peculiar features of
wisliingto speak French.
method

new

are

same

fessor
Pro-

"

the help of English.


language is taught without
of objects.
pictorialillustrations for the names
The
learner
speaks from the tirst hour under standingly.
is taught to prevent missteps in composition.
Gi-ammar
The
laws
of the language are
taught analyticallyto make them the learner's own
inferences
{= deductions).
and
contrasts.
Rapidity of progress
by dependence upon association
and instructive
on
familiar, interesting,
Strictlygraded lessons and conversations
and
idioms
of every-day life.
topics,providing the words
to variable
inflections.
Paradigms to give a systematic treatment
the eye a help to the mind.
Heavy type for inflections,to make
Hair
links for words
line type for the silent letters,and
to be connected, in order
to teach an accurate
pronunciation.
French

The

1.

It

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.

appeals

to

Worman's
This
a

in

in the

intended

author, and

Book

is

French

not

Echo.

of

mass

meaningless

use, to bewilder
Echo
de Paris
is

tourist's
"

The

"

and

parrot-like phrases

thrown

together

of a Fienchman.
presence
book, beginning with
strictly
progressiveconversational

him

for

in the

wlien

ple
sim-

phrases
leading by frequent repetition to a mastery of the idioms and of Die
of
in
every-day language used
business, on travel, at a hotel, in the chit-chat
society.
It presupposes
an
elementary knowledge of the language, such as may be acqjiired
furnishes
and
Book
French
First
French
from the
a
running
by Professor
Worman,
of the words
to find the meannig
(in the appended
text, allowing the learner of course
in
of English in the text, to think
Vocabulary), and forcing him, by the absence
and

French.
Vous
toutes les circonstances
Worman,
me
possibles de la vie
I'immeiise
Echo
de
ordinaire.
opinion sur votre
Voyez
avantage
Paris"
il vous
et
j'en fais. Je ne
quel usage
; du
premier
transporte en France
saurais
mieux
vous
repondre qu'en repromot, je m'imagine, et mes eleves avec
moi,
duisant
lettre que
k Paris, dans la rue, sur
une
sonimes
j'ecrivaisderniereque nous
ment
a un
un
coUegue qui etait, me disait-il, une place, dans une
salon,
gare, dans
bien
voire
k la cuisine
dans une
meme
chambre,
fatigue de ces insipides livres de
des Frangais ;
avec
dialogues."
; je parle comme
Vous
connaissez
done
les eleves
de
ne
ne
pas," lui
songent pas a traduire
disais-je," 'I'Echo de Paris,' edite par le
I'anglaispour me repondre ; ils pensent
Professor
C'est
veritable
le
Worman?
un
en
franQais ; ils sont Frangais pour
moment
tresor,merveilleusement
adajtte au develpar I'oreille,par la
par les yeux,
de la conversation
familitre
et
oppement
Quel autre livre pourrait produire
pensee.
."
illusion ?
cette
pmtique, telle qu'on la veut aujourd'hui.
livre met
successivement
Cut excellent
Votre tout devou6,
en
vive
A. DE
et interessante.
BOUGEMONT.
sc^ne, d'uue maniere

Cher
demandez

Monsieur

"

"

mon

*'

"

Illustrated

The

and

of

names

Offers

in

lexicon.
best

French

one

in

illustrated

are

authors.

from

grammar,
Each

five

to

twelve

conversation,
branch

diligentlycompleted the course


application,aufait in the most

English.

and

arranged

in easy

lessons.

Class-Book.

French

volume, methodically arranged,


of

and

English.

and

objects properly

common

series

Here

German

English.
Spanish

Pujol's Complete
embraced

Primers.

Language

French

is

coni))leteFrench

course

books, including the bulky and


and
choice
literature, selected

"

usually
expensive
from

the

the
student, having
thoroughly handled
; and
further
as
himself, without
prescribed, may consider
times.
politeand elegant language of modem

45

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen